1 # Translation of dpkg-man to Simplified Chinese
2 # This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package.
5 # Zhou Mo <cdluminate@gmail.com>, 2014.
9 "Project-Id-Version: dpkg-man 1.17.21\n"
10 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org\n"
11 "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 12:10+0100\n"
12 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-04-08 04:44+0200\n"
13 "Last-Translator: Zhou Mo <cdluminate@gmail.com>\n"
14 "Language-Team: Chinese (simplified) <debian-l10n-chinese@lists.debian.org>\n"
17 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
18 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
19 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
22 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
23 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
24 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
25 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
26 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
27 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
28 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
29 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
30 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
31 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
32 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
33 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
34 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
35 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
36 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod
37 #: dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
44 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
45 msgid "deb-buildinfo - Debian build information file format"
46 msgstr "deb-control - Debian 软件包的主控文件格式"
49 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
50 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
51 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
52 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
53 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
54 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
55 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
56 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
57 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
58 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
59 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
60 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
61 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
62 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
63 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.pod
64 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
71 #| msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
72 msgid "I<filename>B<.buildinfo>"
73 msgstr "I<filename>B<.deb>"
76 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
77 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
78 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
79 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
80 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
81 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
82 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
83 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
84 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
85 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
86 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
87 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
88 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
89 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
90 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod
91 #: dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
98 "Each Debian source package build can record the build information in a B<."
99 "buildinfo> control file, which contains a number of fields in L<deb822(5)> "
106 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
107 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
108 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
109 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
110 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
111 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Binary-Only-Changes>, "
112 "B<Installed-Build-Depends>, B<Environment>, B<Checksums-Md5>, B<Checksums-"
113 "Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
117 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
119 "The control data might be enclosed in an OpenPGP ASCII Armored signature, as "
120 "specified in RFC4880."
126 "The name of the B<.buildinfo> file will depend on the type of build and will "
127 "be as specific as necessary but not more; the name will be:"
132 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.buildinfo>"
136 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
137 msgid "for a build that includes B<any>"
142 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.buildinfo>"
146 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
147 msgid "otherwise for a build that includes B<all>"
152 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.buildinfo>"
156 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
157 msgid "otherwise for a build that includes B<source>"
161 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod deb-origin.pod dsc.pod
163 #| msgid "SOURCE FIELDS"
168 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
170 #| msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string>"
171 msgid "B<Format:> I<format-version> (required)"
172 msgstr "B<Version:> I<version-string>"
177 "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax "
178 "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. "
179 "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and "
180 "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor "
181 "version. The current format version is B<1.0>."
185 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
186 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>] (required)"
192 "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the "
193 "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a I<source-"
194 "version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the build is for a binary-"
195 "only non-maintainer upload."
199 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
201 #| msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
202 msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required in context)"
203 msgstr "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
208 "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages built. If "
209 "the build is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.20.0)."
215 #| msgid "B<--add-architecture> I<architecture>"
216 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (required)"
217 msgstr "B<--add-architecture> I<architectur>"
222 "This space-separated field lists the architectures of the files currently "
223 "being built. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. "
224 "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
225 "independent. If the source for the package is also being built, the special "
226 "entry B<source> is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be "
227 "present in the list."
231 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
233 #| msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string>"
234 msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string> (required)"
235 msgstr "B<Version:> I<version-string>"
238 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
240 "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
241 "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number "
242 "(for non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are "
243 "described in L<deb-version(7)>."
248 msgid "B<Binary-Only-Changes:>"
254 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
255 msgid "S< >I<changelog-entry>"
256 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
261 "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of the changelog entry "
262 "for a binary-only non-maintainer upload (binNMU) if that is the case. To "
263 "make this a valid multiline field empty lines are replaced with a single "
264 "full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented by one space character. The "
265 "exact content depends on the changelog format."
271 #| msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
272 msgid "B<Checksums-Md5:> (required)"
273 msgstr "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
276 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
277 msgid "B<Checksums-Sha1:> (required)"
281 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
282 msgid "B<Checksums-Sha256:> (required)"
286 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
287 msgid "S< >I<checksum> I<size> I<filename>"
293 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
294 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
295 "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Checksums-Md5>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and "
296 "SHA-256 for B<Checksums-Sha256>."
300 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
302 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
303 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
304 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
305 "space-separated entries describing the file: the checksum, the file size, "
311 msgid "These fields list all files that make up the build."
317 #| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
318 msgid "B<Build-Origin:> I<name>"
319 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
322 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
323 msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from."
329 #| msgid "B<--add-architecture> I<architecture>"
330 msgid "B<Build-Architecture:> I<arch> (required)"
331 msgstr "B<--add-architecture> I<architectur>"
336 "The Debian architecture for the installation the packages is being built "
337 "in. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc."
343 #| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
344 msgid "B<Build-Date:> I<build-date>"
345 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
350 "The date the package was built. It must be in the same format as the date "
351 "in a L<deb-changelog(5)> entry."
356 msgid "B<Build-Kernel-Version:> I<build-kernel-version>"
362 "The release and version (in an unspecified format) of the kernel running on "
363 "the build system. This field is only going to be present if the builder has "
364 "explicitly requested it, to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information."
369 msgid "B<Build-Path:> I<build-path>"
375 "The absolute build path, which correspond to the unpacked source tree. This "
376 "field is only going to be present if the vendor has allowed it via some "
377 "pattern match to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information."
383 "On Debian and derivatives only build paths starting with I</build/> will "
389 msgid "B<Build-Tainted-By:>"
394 msgid "S< >I<taint-reason-list>"
400 "This folded field contains a space-separated list of non-exhaustive reason "
401 "tags (formed by alphanumeric and dash characters) which identify why the "
402 "current build has been tainted (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
407 msgid "On Debian and derivatives the following reason tags can be emitted:"
412 msgid "B<merged-usr-via-aliased-dirs>"
418 "The system has a merged I</usr> via aliased directories (previously known as "
419 "B<merged-usr-via-symlinks>). This will confuse B<dpkg-query>, B<dpkg-"
420 "statoverride>, B<dpkg-trigger>, B<update-alternatives> and any other tool "
421 "using pathnames as keys into their databases, as it creates filesystem "
422 "aliasing problems, and messes with the understanding of the filesystem that "
423 "B<dpkg> has recorded in its database. For build systems that hardcode "
424 "pathnames to specific binaries or libraries on the resulting artifacts, it "
425 "can also produce packages that will be incompatible with non-/usr-merged "
431 msgid "B<usr-local-has-configs>"
436 msgid "The system has configuration files under I</usr/local/etc>."
442 #| msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
443 msgid "B<usr-local-has-includes>"
444 msgstr "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
448 msgid "The system has header files under I</usr/local/include>."
453 msgid "B<usr-local-has-programs>"
458 msgid "The system has programs under I</usr/local/bin> or I</usr/local/sbin>."
463 msgid "B<usr-local-has-libraries>"
469 "The system has libraries, either static or shared under I</usr/local/lib>."
474 msgid "B<can-execute-cross-built-programs>"
480 "The system can execute cross built programs, either directly or via some "
487 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
488 msgid "Since dpkg 1.21.10."
489 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
494 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
495 msgid "B<Installed-Build-Depends:> (required)"
496 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
501 #| msgid "Package states"
502 msgid "S< >I<package-list>"
508 "The list of installed and configured packages that might affect the package "
515 "The list consists of each package name, optionally arch-qualified for "
516 "foreign architectures, with an exact version restriction, separated by "
523 "The list includes all essential packages, packages listed in B<Build-"
524 "Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> source control "
525 "fields, any vendor specific builtin dependencies, and all their recursive "
526 "dependencies. On Debian and derivatives the dependency builtin is B<build-"
533 "For dependencies coming from the source control fields, all dependency "
534 "alternatives and all providers of virtual packages depended on will be "
540 msgid "B<Environment:>"
546 #| msgid "Package states"
547 msgid "S< >I<variable-list>"
553 "The list of environment variables that are known to affect the package build "
554 "process, with each environment variable followed by an equal sign (‘=’) and "
555 "the variable's quoted value, using double quotes (‘\"’), and backslashes "
560 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
561 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
562 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
563 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
564 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
565 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
566 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
567 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
568 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
569 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-name.pod
570 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
571 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
572 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
573 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod
574 #: update-alternatives.pod
581 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
583 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-genbuildinfo(1)>."
584 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
589 #| msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format"
590 msgid "deb-changelog - dpkg source packages' changelog file format"
591 msgstr "deb-src-control - Debian 源代码包的主控文件格式"
594 #: deb-changelog.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
595 msgid "B<debian/changelog>"
601 "Changes in the packaged version of a project are explained in the changelog "
602 "file I<debian/changelog>. This includes modifications made in the source "
603 "package compared to the upstream one as well as other changes and updates to "
610 "The format of the I<debian/changelog> allows the package building tools to "
611 "discover which version of the package is being built and find out other "
612 "release-specific information."
617 msgid "That format is a series of entries like this:"
625 " I<package> (I<version>) I<distributions>; I<metadata>\n"
626 " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n"
627 " * I<change-details>\n"
628 " I<more-change-details>\n"
629 " [blank line(s), included in L<dpkg-parsechangelog(1)> output]\n"
630 " * I<even-more-change-details>\n"
631 " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n"
632 " -- I<maintainer-name> <I<email-address>> I<date>\n"
639 "I<package> and I<version> are the source package name and version number. "
640 "I<version> is delimited by parenthesis U+00028 ‘B<(>’ and U+0029 ‘B<)>’."
646 "I<distributions> lists one or more space-separated distributions where this "
647 "version should be installed when it is uploaded; it is copied to the "
648 "B<Distribution> field in the I<.changes> file. I<distributions> must be "
649 "terminated by a semicolon (U+003B ‘B<;>’)."
655 "I<metadata> lists zero or more comma-separated I<keyword>=I<value> items. "
656 "Each keyword can contain only minus and case insensitive alphanumeric "
657 "characters, as they need to be mapped to L<deb822(5)> field names. The only "
658 "I<keyword>s currently supported by B<dpkg> are:"
671 "Its value is used for the B<Urgency> field in the I<.changes> file for the "
678 #| msgid "dpkg-source"
679 msgid "B<binary-only>"
685 "With a B<yes> value, it is used to denote that this changelog entry is for a "
686 "binary-only non-maintainer upload (an automatic binary rebuild with the only "
687 "change being the changelog entry)."
693 "The change details may in fact be any series of lines starting with at least "
694 "two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>), but conventionally each change starts with an "
695 "asterisk and a separating space and continuation lines are indented so as to "
696 "bring them in line with the start of the text above. Blank lines may be "
697 "used here to separate groups of changes, if desired."
703 "If this upload resolves bugs recorded in the distribution bug tracking "
704 "system, they may be automatically closed on the inclusion of this package "
705 "into the distribution archive by including the string:"
710 msgid "B<Closes: #>I<nnnnn>"
716 "in the change details, where B<#>I<nnnnn> is the bug number. The exact Perl "
717 "regular expression is:"
722 msgid "B</closes:\\s*(?:bug)?\\#?\\s?\\d+(?:,\\s*(?:bug)?\\#?\\s?\\d+)*/i>"
728 "That is, the string should consist of the word B<closes:> followed by a "
729 "comma-separated list of bug numbers. Bug numbers may be preceded by the "
730 "word B<bug> and/or a B<#> sign, as in C<Closes: 42, bug#43, #44, bug 45>. "
731 "The words B<closes:> and B<bug> are not case sensitive. The list of bug "
732 "numbers may span multiple lines."
738 "This information is conveyed via the B<Closes> field in the I<.changes> "
739 "file. Where, depending on the archive maintenance software, all the bug "
740 "numbers listed might get automatically closed."
746 "The maintainer name and email address used in the changelog should be the "
747 "details of the person who prepared this release of the package. They are "
748 "B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or usual package maintainer. The "
749 "information here will be copied to the B<Changed-By> field in the I<."
750 "changes> file, and then later might be used to send an acknowledgment when "
751 "the upload has been installed in the distribution archive."
757 "The I<date> has the following format (compatible and with the same semantics "
758 "of RFC2822 and RFC5322, or what «date -R» generates):"
764 "I<day-of-week>B<,> I<dd> I<month> I<yyyy> I<hh>B<:>I<mm>B<:>I<ss> B<+>I<zzzz>"
774 msgid "I<day-of-week>"
779 msgid "Is one of: B<Mon>, B<Tue>, B<Wed>, B<Thu>, B<Fri>, B<Sat>, B<Sun>."
790 "Is a one- or two-digit day of the month (B<01>-B<31>), where the leading "
791 "zero is optional, but conventionally does not get omitted."
802 "Is one of: B<Jan>, B<Feb>, B<Mar>, B<Apr>, B<May>, B<Jun>, B<Jul>, B<Aug>, "
803 "B<Sep>, B<Oct>, B<Nov>, B<Dec>."
813 msgid "Is the four-digit year (e.g. 2010)."
823 msgid "Is the two-digit hour (B<00>-B<23>)."
833 msgid "Is the two-digit minutes (B<00>-B<59>)."
843 msgid "Is the two-digit seconds (B<00>-B<60>)."
848 msgid "[B<+->]I<zzzz>"
854 "Is the time zone offset from Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). ‘B<+>’ "
855 "indicates that the time is ahead of (i.e., east of) UTC and ‘B<->’ indicates "
856 "that the time is behind (i.e., west of) UTC. The first two digits indicate "
857 "the hour difference from UTC and the last two digits indicate the number of "
858 "additional minutes difference from UTC. The last two digits must be in the "
865 "The first “title” line with the package name must start at the left hand "
866 "margin. The “trailer” line with the maintainer and date details must be "
867 "preceded by exactly one space (U+0020 B<SPACE>). The maintainer details and "
868 "the date must be separated by exactly two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>). Each "
869 "part of the I<date> can be separated by one or more spaces (U+0020 "
870 "B<SPACE>), except after the comma where it can be separated by zero or more "
871 "spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>)."
877 "Any line that consists entirely (i.e., no leading whitespace) of B<#> or B</"
878 "* */> style comments or RCS keywords."
884 "Vim modelines or Emacs local variables, and ancient changelog entries with "
885 "other formats at the end of the file should be accepted and preserved on "
886 "output, but their contents might be otherwise ignored and parsing stopped at "
892 msgid "The entire changelog must be encoded in UTF-8."
896 #: deb-changelog.pod deb-substvars.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
897 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
898 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
899 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
900 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
901 #: dselect.cfg.pod update-alternatives.pod
907 msgid "I<debian/changelog>"
911 #: deb-changelog.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-symbols.pod dpkg-architecture.pod
912 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-name.pod
913 #: dpkg.pod update-alternatives.pod
921 " dpkg (1.17.18) unstable; urgency=low\n"
929 " [ Guillem Jover ]\n"
930 " * Handle empty minimum versions when initializing dependency versions,\n"
931 " as the code is mapping the minimum version 0 to '' to avoid outputting\n"
932 " useless versions. Regression introduced in dpkg 1.17.17. Closes: #764929\n"
940 " [ Updated programs translations ]\n"
941 " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n"
949 " [ Updated dselect translations ]\n"
950 " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n"
951 " * German (Sven Joachim).\n"
959 " -- Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org> Sun, 12 Oct 2014 15:47:44 +0200\n"
966 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
968 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-"
969 "parsechangelog(1)>."
970 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
975 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
976 msgid "deb-changes - Debian upload changes control file format"
977 msgstr "deb-control - Debian 软件包的主控文件格式"
982 #| msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
983 msgid "I<filename>B<.changes>"
984 msgstr "I<filename>B<.deb>"
989 "Each Debian upload is composed of a .changes control file, which contains a "
990 "number of fields in L<deb822(5)> format."
996 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
997 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
998 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
999 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
1000 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
1001 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Description>, B<Changes>, "
1002 "B<Files>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
1008 "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax "
1009 "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. "
1010 "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and "
1011 "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor "
1012 "version. The current format version is B<1.8>."
1018 #| msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
1019 msgid "B<Date:> I<release-date> (required)"
1020 msgstr "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
1025 "The date the package was built or last edited. It must be in the same "
1026 "format as the date in a L<deb-changelog(5)> entry."
1032 "The value of this field is usually extracted from the I<debian/changelog> "
1039 "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the "
1040 "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a I<source-"
1041 "version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the upload is a binary-only "
1042 "non-maintainer upload."
1048 "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages to upload. "
1049 "If the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
1055 #| msgid "B<--add-architecture> I<architecture>"
1056 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list>"
1057 msgstr "B<--add-architecture> I<architectur>"
1062 "Lists the architectures of the files currently being uploaded. Common "
1063 "architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. Note that the B<all> "
1064 "value is meant for packages that are architecture independent. If the "
1065 "source for the package is also being uploaded, the special entry B<source> "
1066 "is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be present in the list."
1072 #| msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string>"
1073 msgid "B<Distribution:> I<distribution>s (required)"
1074 msgstr "B<Version:> I<version-string>"
1079 "Lists one or more space-separated distributions where this version should be "
1080 "installed when it is uploaded to the archive."
1085 msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency> (recommended)"
1091 "The urgency of the upload. The currently known values, in increasing order "
1092 "of urgency, are: B<low>, B<medium>, B<high>, B<critical> and B<emergency>."
1097 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)"
1103 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is "
1104 "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1105 "the software that was packaged."
1110 msgid "B<Changed-By:> I<fullname-email>"
1116 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is "
1117 "typically the person who prepared the package changes for this release."
1122 msgid "B<Description:> (recommended)"
1127 msgid "S< >I<binary-package-name> B<-> I<binary-package-summary>"
1133 "This multiline field contains a list of binary package names followed by a "
1134 "space, a dash (‘B<->’) and their possibly truncated short descriptions. If "
1135 "the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
1140 msgid "B<Closes:> I<bug-number-list>"
1146 "A space-separated list of bug report numbers for bug reports that have been "
1147 "resolved with this upload. The distribution archive software might use this "
1148 "field to automatically close the referred bug numbers in the distribution "
1149 "bug tracking system."
1154 msgid "B<Binary-Only: yes>"
1160 "This field denotes that the upload is a binary-only non-maintainer build. "
1161 "It originates from the B<binary-only=yes> key/value from the changelog "
1167 msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:> I<profile-list>"
1173 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of build profiles that this "
1174 "upload was built with."
1180 #| msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
1181 msgid "B<Changes:> (required)"
1182 msgstr "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
1187 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
1188 msgid "S< >I<changelog-entries>"
1189 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
1194 "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of all changelog entries "
1195 "that are part of the upload. To make this a valid multiline field empty "
1196 "lines are replaced with a single full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented "
1197 "by one space character. The exact content depends on the changelog format."
1201 #: deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
1203 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
1204 msgid "B<Files:> (required)"
1205 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
1209 msgid "S< >I<md5sum> I<size> I<section> I<priority> I<filename>"
1215 "This multiline field contains a list of files with an md5sum, size, section "
1216 "and priority for each one."
1222 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
1223 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
1224 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
1225 "space-separated entries describing the file: the md5sum, the file size, the "
1226 "file section, the file priority, and the file name."
1232 "This field lists all files that make up the upload. The list of files in "
1233 "this field must match the list of files in the other related B<Checksums> "
1240 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
1241 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
1242 "algorithm used: SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 for B<Checksums-"
1249 "These fields list all files that make up the upload. The list of files in "
1250 "these fields must match the list of files in the B<Files> field and the "
1251 "other related B<Checksums> fields."
1255 #: deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod
1256 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
1257 #: dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.pod
1264 "The B<Files> field is inconsistent with the other B<Checksums> fields. The "
1265 "B<Changed-By> and B<Maintainer> fields have confusing names. The "
1266 "B<Distribution> field contains information about what is commonly referred "
1273 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
1274 msgid "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>."
1275 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
1278 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1279 msgid "deb-conffiles - package conffiles"
1283 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1285 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
1286 msgid "B<DEBIAN/conffiles>"
1287 msgstr "B<config-files>"
1290 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1292 "A package declares its list of conffiles by including a I<conffiles> file in "
1293 "its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/conffiles> during package creation)."
1297 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1299 "This file contains a list of files, one per line, with an optional leading "
1300 "flag separated by whitespace. The conffiles must be listed as absolute "
1301 "pathnames. Trailing whitespace will be trimmed, but empty or whitespace-"
1302 "only lines are not accepted."
1306 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1308 "Files without a flag should exist in the binary package, otherwise "
1309 "L<dpkg(1)> will ignore them."
1313 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1315 "There is currently only one flag supported, B<remove-on-upgrade>, to mark "
1316 "that a conffile needs to be removed on the next upgrade (since dpkg "
1317 "1.20.6). These files must not exist in the binary package, as both "
1318 "L<dpkg(1)> and L<dpkg-deb(1)> will not accept building nor processing such "
1323 #: deb-conffiles.pod deb-control.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-origin.pod
1324 #: deb-src-control.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
1329 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1332 " %CONFDIR%/alternatives/README\n"
1333 " %CONFDIR%/cron.daily/dpkg\n"
1334 " %PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg\n"
1335 " %CONFDIR%/logrotate.d/dpkg\n"
1336 " remove-on-upgrade /etc/some-old-file.conf\n"
1341 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1343 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
1344 msgid "L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
1345 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
1350 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
1351 msgid "deb-control - Debian binary package control file format"
1352 msgstr "deb-control - Debian 软件包的主控文件格式"
1356 msgid "B<DEBIAN/control>"
1362 "Each Debian binary package contains a B<control> file in its B<control> "
1363 "member, and its L<deb822(5)> format is a subset of the B<debian/control> "
1364 "template source control file in Debian source packages, see L<deb-src-"
1371 "This file contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such "
1372 "as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the "
1373 "body of the field (case sensitive unless stated otherwise). Fields are "
1374 "delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple "
1375 "lines in length, but the installation tools will generally join lines when "
1376 "processing the body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> "
1377 "field, see below)."
1383 #| msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
1384 msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name> (required)"
1385 msgstr "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
1388 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1390 "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
1391 "file names by most installation tools."
1395 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1396 msgid "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>|I<type>"
1400 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1402 "This field defines the type of the package. B<udeb> is for size-constrained "
1403 "packages used by the debian installer. B<deb> is the default value, it is "
1404 "assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in the future."
1408 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1409 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (recommended)"
1413 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1415 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>”, and is "
1416 "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1417 "the software that was packaged."
1421 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1423 #| msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string>"
1424 msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (recommended)"
1425 msgstr "B<Version:> I<version-string>"
1428 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1430 #| msgid "B<--version>"
1431 msgid "S< >I<long-description>"
1432 msgstr "B<--version>"
1437 "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
1438 "line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should be used "
1439 "as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description "
1440 "must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must "
1441 "contain a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space."
1445 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1446 msgid "B<Section:> I<section>"
1450 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1452 "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
1453 "software that it installs. Some common sections are B<utils>, B<net>, "
1454 "B<mail>, B<text>, B<x11>, etc."
1458 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1459 msgid "B<Priority:> I<priority>"
1463 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1465 "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
1466 "Common priorities are B<required>, B<standard>, B<optional>, B<extra>, etc."
1470 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1472 "The B<Section> and B<Priority> fields usually have a defined set of accepted "
1473 "values based on the specific distribution policy."
1479 #| msgid "B<installed>"
1480 msgid "B<Installed-Size:> I<size>"
1481 msgstr "B<installed>"
1486 "The approximate total size of the package's installed files, in KiB units. "
1487 "The algorithm to compute the size is described in L<deb-substvars(5)>."
1491 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1492 msgid "B<Protected:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1498 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a "
1499 "package that is required mostly for proper booting of the system or used for "
1500 "custom system-local meta-packages. L<dpkg(1)> or any other installation "
1501 "tool will not allow a B<Protected> package to be removed (at least not "
1502 "without using one of the force options)."
1506 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1508 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
1509 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.20.1."
1510 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
1513 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1514 msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1520 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a "
1521 "package that is required for the packaging system, for proper operation of "
1522 "the system in general or during boot (although the latter should be "
1523 "converted to B<Protected> field instead). L<dpkg(1)> or any other "
1524 "installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed (at "
1525 "least not without using one of the force options)."
1529 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1530 msgid "B<Build-Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1536 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>, and is commonly "
1537 "injected by the archive software. It denotes a package that is required "
1538 "when building other packages."
1544 #| msgid "B<--add-architecture> I<architecture>"
1545 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (required)"
1546 msgstr "B<--add-architecture> I<architectur>"
1551 "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
1552 "for. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, B<powerpc>, "
1553 "etc. Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
1554 "independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and "
1559 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1560 msgid "B<Origin:> I<name>"
1564 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1565 msgid "B<Bugs:> I<url>"
1571 "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
1572 "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>."
1576 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1577 msgid "B<Homepage:> I<url>"
1581 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1582 msgid "The upstream project home page I<url>."
1586 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1587 msgid "B<Tag:> I<tag-list>"
1593 "List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and "
1594 "list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package."
1599 msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<no>|B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>"
1605 "This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a multi-"
1606 "arch installations."
1610 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1617 "This value is the default when the field is omitted, in which case adding "
1618 "the field with an explicit B<no> value is generally not needed."
1629 "This package is co-installable with itself, but it must not be used to "
1630 "satisfy the dependency of any package of a different architecture from "
1642 "This package is not co-installable with itself, but should be allowed to "
1643 "satisfy a non-arch-qualified dependency of a package of a different arch "
1644 "from itself (if a dependency has an explicit arch-qualifier then the value "
1645 "B<foreign> is ignored)."
1651 #| msgid "B<install>"
1658 "This allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in their B<Depends> field that "
1659 "they accept this package from a foreign architecture by qualifying the "
1660 "package name with B<:any>, but has no effect otherwise."
1665 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>]"
1671 "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if it is "
1672 "different than the name of the package itself. If the source version "
1673 "differs from the binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by "
1674 "a I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen for example on a binary-"
1675 "only non-maintainer upload, or when setting a different binary version via "
1676 "«B<dpkg-gencontrol -v>»."
1680 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1681 msgid "B<Subarchitecture:> I<value>"
1685 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1686 msgid "B<Kernel-Version:> I<value>"
1690 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1691 msgid "B<Installer-Menu-Item:> I<value>"
1697 "These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not needed. "
1698 "For more details about them, see L<https://salsa.debian.org/installer-team/"
1699 "debian-installer/-/raw/master/doc/devel/modules.txt>."
1703 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1704 msgid "B<Depends:> I<package-list>"
1710 "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
1711 "amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
1712 "package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
1713 "aren't installed (at least not without using the force options). In an "
1714 "installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in B<Depends> fields "
1715 "are run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, "
1716 "in a removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the "
1717 "packages listed in its B<Depends> field."
1721 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1722 msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> I<package-list>"
1728 "List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
1729 "can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
1730 "requires another package for running its preinst script."
1734 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1735 msgid "B<Recommends:> I<package-list>"
1741 "Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
1742 "installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
1743 "install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
1747 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1748 msgid "B<Suggests:> I<package-list>"
1754 "Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
1755 "usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
1762 "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
1763 "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
1764 "packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, ‘B<|>’. The groups "
1765 "are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes as “OR”, "
1766 "with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed "
1767 "by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, optionally "
1768 "followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
1774 "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since "
1775 "dpkg 1.16.5) or B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If omitted, the default is the "
1776 "current binary package architecture. A real Debian architecture name will "
1777 "match exactly that architecture for that package name, B<any> will match any "
1778 "architecture for that package name if the package has been marked as B<Multi-"
1783 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1785 "A version number may start with a ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’, in which case any later "
1786 "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
1787 "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’ "
1788 "for greater than, ‘B<E<lt>E<lt>>’ for less than, ‘B<E<gt>=>’ for greater "
1789 "than or equal to, ‘B<E<lt>=>’ for less than or equal to, and ‘B<=>’ for "
1794 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1795 msgid "B<Breaks:> I<package-list>"
1801 "Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the "
1802 "named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not "
1803 "allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to "
1804 "upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field."
1808 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1809 msgid "B<Conflicts:> I<package-list>"
1815 "Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
1816 "with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
1817 "conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting "
1818 "packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other."
1822 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1823 msgid "B<Replaces:> I<package-list>"
1829 "List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
1830 "allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
1831 "usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other "
1832 "package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package."
1838 "The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> is a list of package "
1839 "names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Breaks> and "
1840 "B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as “OR”. An optional "
1841 "architecture qualifier can also be appended to the package name with the "
1842 "same syntax as above, but the default is B<any> instead of the binary "
1843 "package architecture. An optional version can also be given with the same "
1844 "syntax as above for the B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields."
1848 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1849 msgid "B<Enhances:> I<package-list>"
1855 "This is a list of packages that this one enhances. It is similar to "
1856 "B<Suggests> but in the opposite direction."
1860 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1861 msgid "B<Provides:> I<package-list>"
1867 "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
1868 "used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
1869 "example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a "
1870 "common package (“mail-transport-agent”) on which other packages can depend. "
1871 "This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the "
1872 "dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from "
1873 "having to know the package names for all of them, and using ‘B<|>’ to "
1874 "separate the list."
1880 "The syntax of B<Provides> is a list of package names, separated by commas "
1881 "(and optional whitespace). An optional architecture qualifier can also be "
1882 "appended to the package name with the same syntax as above. If omitted, the "
1883 "default is the current binary package architecture. An optional exact "
1884 "(equal to) version can also be given with the same syntax as above (honored "
1885 "since dpkg 1.17.11)."
1889 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1890 msgid "B<Built-Using:> I<package-list>"
1896 "This dependency field lists extra source packages that were used during the "
1897 "build of this binary package, for license compliance purposes. This is an "
1898 "indication to the archive maintenance software that these extra source "
1899 "packages must be kept whilst this binary package is maintained. This field "
1900 "must be a comma-separated list of source package names with strict ‘B<=>’ "
1901 "version relationships enclosed within parenthesis. Note that the archive "
1902 "maintenance software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which declares "
1903 "a B<Built-Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within the archive."
1907 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1908 msgid "B<Static-Built-Using:> I<package-list>"
1914 "This dependency field lists extra source packages that were used during the "
1915 "build of this binary package, for static building purposes (for example "
1916 "linking against static libraries, builds for source-centered languages such "
1917 "as Go or Rust, usage of header-only C/C++ libraries, injecting data blobs "
1918 "into code, etc.). This is useful to track whether this package might need "
1919 "to be rebuilt when source packages listed here have been updated, for "
1920 "example due to security updates. This field must be a comma-separated list "
1921 "of source package names with strict ‘B<=>’ version relationships enclosed "
1922 "within parenthesis."
1928 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
1929 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.21.3."
1930 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
1934 msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:> I<profile-list> (obsolete)"
1940 "This field used to specify a whitespace separated list of build profiles "
1941 "that this binary packages was built with (since dpkg 1.17.2 until 1.18.18). "
1942 "The information previously found in this field can now be found in the B<."
1943 "buildinfo> file, which supersedes it."
1948 msgid "B<Auto-Built-Package:> I<reason-list>"
1954 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of reasons why this package "
1955 "was auto-generated. Binary packages marked with this field will not appear "
1956 "in the I<debian/control> template source control file. The only currently "
1957 "used reason is B<debug-symbols>."
1963 #| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
1964 msgid "B<Build-Ids:> I<elf-build-id-list>"
1965 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
1970 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of ELF build-ids. These "
1971 "are unique identifiers for semantically identical ELF objects, for each of "
1972 "these within the package."
1978 "The format or the way to compute each build-id is not defined by design."
1987 " Priority: required\n"
1989 " Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman <wakkerma@debian.org>\n"
1990 " Architecture: sparc\n"
1992 " Pre-Depends: libc6 (>= 2.0.105)\n"
1993 " Provides: rgrep\n"
1994 " Conflicts: rgrep\n"
1995 " Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n"
1996 " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n"
1997 " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n"
1998 " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n"
1999 " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n"
2000 " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
2001 " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
2002 " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
2003 " will run more slowly, however).\n"
2010 "The B<Build-Ids> field uses a rather generic name out of its original "
2011 "context within an ELF object, which serves a very specific purpose and "
2012 "executable format."
2018 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
2020 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, "
2021 "L<debtags(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>."
2022 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
2025 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2026 msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file"
2030 #: deb-extra-override.pod deb-override.pod
2035 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2037 "While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the "
2038 "control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to "
2039 "Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides."
2043 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2045 "The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments "
2046 "are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
2050 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2051 msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>"
2055 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2056 msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package."
2060 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2062 #| msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove."
2063 msgid "I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden."
2064 msgstr "I<配置文件> 参数是要移除的配置文件名。"
2067 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2069 "I<value> is the value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the "
2070 "line is split in no more than 3 columns when it's parsed."
2074 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2076 "The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be "
2077 "found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
2081 #: deb-extra-override.pod deb-override.pod
2082 msgid "L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>, L<dpkg-scansources(1)>, L<apt-ftparchive(1)>."
2087 msgid "deb-md5sums - package MD5 file digests"
2093 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
2094 msgid "B<DEBIAN/md5sums>"
2095 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
2100 "A package declares the MD5 digests for the package file contents by "
2101 "including an I<md5sums> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/md5sums> "
2102 "during package creation). This file is used for integrity verification and "
2103 "deduplication purposes, and not for any kind of security purpose."
2109 "This file contains a list of MD5 digests (as 32 case-insensitive hexadecimal "
2110 "characters) followed by two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>) and the absolute "
2111 "pathname of a plain file, one per line."
2117 "Trailing slashes (U+002F B</>) in the pathname will be trimmed. Neither "
2118 "trailing whitespace nor empty or whitespace-only lines are accepted."
2124 "If the control file does not exist in the binary package, L<dpkg(1)> will "
2125 "generate the matching information at unpack time (since B<dpkg> 1.16.3)."
2132 " 53c0d4afe4bc4eccb5cb234d2e06ef4d usr/bin/dpkg\n"
2133 " f8da2bc74cdcad8b81c48a4f0d7bb0a8 usr/bin/dpkg-deb\n"
2134 " 70b913132de56e95e75de504979309b4 usr/bin/dpkg-divert\n"
2142 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
2143 msgid "L<md5sum(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
2144 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
2148 msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format"
2152 #: deb-old.pod deb-split.pod deb.pod
2153 msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
2154 msgstr "I<filename>B<.deb>"
2159 "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
2160 "page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see "
2161 "L<deb(5)> for details of the new format."
2165 #: deb-old.pod deb-split.pod deb.pod
2172 "The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two "
2173 "concatenated gzipped ustar files."
2179 "The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is "
2180 "B<0.939000> for all old-format archives."
2186 "The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the "
2187 "length of the first gzipped tarfile."
2192 msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character."
2198 "The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary "
2199 "files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
2206 "In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally "
2207 "be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
2208 "will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only "
2209 "files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an "
2210 "entry for ‘B<.>’, that is, the current directory."
2216 "The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames "
2217 "relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
2218 "pathnames do not have leading slashes."
2224 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
2225 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>."
2226 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
2230 msgid "deb-origin - Vendor-specific information files"
2235 msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/>I<filename>"
2241 "The files in B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins> can provide information about various "
2242 "vendors who are providing Debian packages."
2248 "They contain a number of fields, or comments when the line starts with "
2249 "‘B<#>’. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Vendor> or B<Parent>, "
2250 "followed by a colon and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only by "
2251 "field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but "
2252 "the tools will join lines when processing the body of the field."
2258 "The file should be named according to the vendor name. The usual convention "
2259 "is to name the vendor file using the vendor name in all lowercase, but some "
2260 "variation is permitted."
2266 "Namely (since dpkg 1.21.10), first, non-alphanumeric characters (‘B<[^A-Za-"
2267 "z0-9]>’) are mapped to dashes (‘B<->’), then the resulting name will be "
2268 "tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it as is, lower-casing then "
2269 "capitalizing it (that is upper-casing the first character), and only "
2276 "In addition, for historical and backwards compatibility, the name will be "
2277 "tried keeping it as is without non-alphanumeric characters remapping, then "
2278 "the resulting name will be tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it "
2279 "as is, lower-casing then capitalizing it, and only capitalizing it. And "
2280 "finally the name will be tried by remapping spaces to dashes (‘B<->’), then "
2281 "the resulting name will be tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it "
2282 "as is, lower-casing then capitalizing it, and only capitalizing it."
2288 "But these backwards compatible module lookups will be removed during the "
2289 "dpkg 1.22.x release cycle."
2294 msgid "B<Vendor:> I<vendor-name> (required)"
2299 msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor name."
2304 msgid "B<Vendor-URL:> I<vendor-url>"
2309 msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor URL."
2314 msgid "B<Bugs:> I<bug-url>"
2320 "The value of this field determines the type and address of the bug tracking "
2321 "system used by this vendor. It can be a mailto URL or a debbugs URL (e.g., "
2322 "debbugs://bugs.debian.org/)."
2327 msgid "B<Parent:> I<vendor-name>"
2333 "The value of this field determines the vendor name of the vendor that this "
2334 "vendor derives from."
2342 " Vendor-URL: https://www.debian.org/\n"
2343 " Bugs: debbugs://bugs.debian.org\n"
2349 msgid "L<dpkg-vendor(1)>."
2354 msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file"
2360 "While most information about a package can be found in the control file, "
2361 "some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the "
2362 "maintainer in order to offer some global consistency. This information is "
2363 "found in the override file."
2369 "The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
2370 "allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
2375 msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainer-info>]"
2381 "I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
2382 "packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored."
2388 "I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields "
2389 "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution "
2396 "I<maintainer-info>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for "
2397 "an unconditional override, or else I<old-maintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<new-"
2398 "maintainer> to perform a substitution."
2404 "The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in "
2405 "the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
2410 msgid "deb-postinst - package post-installation maintainer script"
2415 msgid "B<DEBIAN/postinst>"
2421 "A package can perform several post-installation actions via maintainer "
2422 "scripts, by including an executable I<postinst> file in its control archive "
2423 "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/postinst> during package creation)."
2427 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2428 msgid "The script can be called in the following ways:"
2433 msgid "I<postinst> B<configure> I<old-version>"
2439 #| msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
2440 msgid "After the package was installed."
2441 msgstr "该软件包没有安装在您的系统中。"
2445 msgid "I<postinst> B<triggered> \"I<trigger-name...>\""
2451 "After the package was triggered. The list of space-separated I<trigger-"
2452 "name>s is passed as the second argument."
2457 msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>"
2463 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2464 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<upgrade> or fails on B<failed-upgrade>."
2465 msgstr "B<3.> 运行 I<preinst> 脚本,如果软件包有提供的话。"
2469 msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-remove>"
2475 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2476 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<remove>."
2477 msgstr "B<3.> 运行 I<preinst> 脚本,如果软件包有提供的话。"
2482 "I<postinst> B<abort-deconfigure> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2486 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2487 msgid "S< >[ B<removing> I<old-package> I<old-version> ]"
2493 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2494 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<deconfigure in-favour> of a package."
2495 msgstr "B<3.> 运行 I<preinst> 脚本,如果软件包有提供的话。"
2499 msgid "I<postinst> B<abort-remove> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2505 "If I<prerm> fails during B<remove in-favour> for replacement due to conflict."
2509 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2510 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.cfg.pod
2516 msgid "deb-postrm - package post-removal maintainer script"
2521 msgid "B<DEBIAN/postrm>"
2527 "A package can perform several post-removal actions via maintainer scripts, "
2528 "by including an executable I<postrm> file in its control archive (i.e. "
2529 "I<DEBIAN/postrm> during package creation)."
2534 msgid "I<postrm> B<remove>"
2540 #| msgid "The package has been triggered."
2541 msgid "After the package was removed."
2548 msgid "I<postrm> B<purge>"
2554 #| msgid "The package has been triggered."
2555 msgid "After the package was purged."
2560 msgid "I<old-postrm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>"
2566 #| msgid "The package has been triggered."
2567 msgid "After the package was upgraded."
2572 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2577 msgid "If the above B<upgrade> call fails."
2581 #: deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2583 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
2584 msgid "The I<new-version> is passed only since dpkg 1.18.5."
2585 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
2589 msgid "I<postrm> B<disappear> I<overwriter-package> I<overwriter-version>"
2594 msgid "After all of the packages files have been replaced."
2599 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install>"
2605 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2606 msgid "If I<preinst> fails during B<install>."
2607 msgstr "B<3.> 运行 I<preinst> 脚本,如果软件包有提供的话。"
2611 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2617 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2619 "If I<preinst> fails during B<install> for an upgrade of a removed package."
2620 msgstr "B<3.> 运行 I<preinst> 脚本,如果软件包有提供的话。"
2624 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2630 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2631 msgid "If I<preinst> fails during B<upgrade>."
2632 msgstr "B<3.> 运行 I<preinst> 脚本,如果软件包有提供的话。"
2636 msgid "deb-preinst - package pre-installation maintainer script"
2642 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
2643 msgid "B<DEBIAN/preinst>"
2644 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
2649 "A package can perform several pre-installation actions via maintainer "
2650 "scripts, by including an executable I<preinst> file in its control archive "
2651 "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/preinst> during package creation)."
2656 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install>"
2662 #| msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
2663 msgid "Before the package is installed."
2664 msgstr "该软件包没有安装在您的系统中。"
2668 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2674 #| msgid "The package has been triggered."
2675 msgid "Before a removed package is upgraded."
2680 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2685 msgid "Before the package is upgraded."
2690 msgid "I<old-preinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>"
2695 msgid "If I<postrm> fails during upgrade or fails on failed upgrade."
2700 msgid "deb-prerm - package pre-removal maintainer script"
2705 msgid "B<DEBIAN/prerm>"
2711 "A package can perform several pre-removal actions via maintainer scripts, by "
2712 "including an executable I<prerm> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/"
2713 "prerm> during package creation)."
2718 msgid "I<prerm> B<remove>"
2723 msgid "Before the package is removed."
2728 msgid "I<old-prerm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>"
2733 msgid "Before an upgrade."
2738 msgid "I<new-prerm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2743 msgid "If the above B<upgrade> fails."
2748 msgid "I<prerm> B<deconfigure> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2754 "Before package is deconfigured while dependency is replaced due to conflict."
2759 msgid "I<prerm> B<remove> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2765 #| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
2766 msgid "Before the package is replaced due to conflict."
2767 msgstr "该软件已经解压,但还没有进行配置。"
2771 msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file"
2776 msgid "B<debian/shlibs>, B<debian/>I<binary-name>B<.shlibs>, B<DEBIAN/shlibs>"
2782 "B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<SONAMEs>) to "
2783 "dependencies suitable for a package control file. There is one entry per "
2784 "line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed. Lines beginning with a B<#> "
2785 "character are considered commentary, and are ignored. All other lines must "
2791 msgid "[I<type>B<:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>"
2797 "The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the "
2798 "I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line. The I<type> field is "
2799 "optional and normally not needed."
2805 "The I<dependencies> field has the same syntax as the B<Depends> field in a "
2806 "binary control file, see L<deb-control(5)>."
2813 msgid "SONAME FORMATS"
2818 msgid "The SONAME formats supported are:"
2824 #| msgid "B<--version>"
2825 msgid "I<name>.so.I<version>"
2826 msgstr "B<--version>"
2836 #| msgid "B<--version>"
2837 msgid "I<name>-I<version>.so"
2838 msgstr "B<--version>"
2842 msgid "where I<name> is usually prefixed by B<lib>."
2848 "The former tends to be used by shared libraries with stable interfaces. The "
2849 "latter by shared libraries with unstable interfaces, where the whole version "
2850 "becomes part of the SONAME and needs to be specified in full when linking "
2851 "against those libraries."
2857 "The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that "
2858 "provides one library whose SONAME is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read"
2865 " libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (>= 1.2-1)\n"
2872 "The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that "
2873 "added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were "
2874 "added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>. This is not the only reason the "
2875 "dependencies might need to be tightened."
2881 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
2882 msgid "L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>."
2883 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
2887 msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format"
2888 msgstr "deb-split - 分割的多块 Debian 二进制软件包格式"
2893 "The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller "
2894 "pieces to ease transport in small media."
2900 "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The "
2901 "file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
2907 "The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, "
2908 "separated by newlines. Currently eight lines are present:"
2912 #: deb-split.pod deb-src-symbols.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
2913 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dselect.pod
2920 "The format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written."
2925 msgid "The package name."
2930 msgid "The package version."
2935 msgid "The md5sum of the package."
2940 msgid "The total size of the package."
2945 msgid "The maximum part size."
2951 "The current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of parts "
2957 msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
2963 "Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for the minor "
2964 "format version number to be increased and additional lines to be present, "
2965 "and should ignore these if this is the case."
2971 "If the major format version number has changed, an incompatible change has "
2972 "been made and the program should stop. If it has not, then the program "
2973 "should be able to safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member "
2974 "in the archive (except at the end), as described below."
2980 "The second, last required member is named B<data.>I<N>, where I<N> denotes "
2981 "the part number. It contains the raw part data."
2987 "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations "
2988 "should ignore any additional members after B<data.>I<N>. Further members "
2989 "may be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these "
2996 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
2997 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<dpkg-split(1)>."
2998 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
3001 #: deb-src-control.pod
3003 #| msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format"
3004 msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source package template control file format"
3005 msgstr "deb-src-control - Debian 源代码包的主控文件格式"
3008 #: deb-src-control.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
3009 msgid "B<debian/control>"
3013 #: deb-src-control.pod
3015 "Each Debian source package contains the «B<debian/control>» template source "
3016 "control file, and its L<deb822(5)> format is a superset of the B<control> "
3017 "file shipped in Debian binary packages, see L<deb-control(5)>."
3021 #: deb-src-control.pod
3023 "This file contains at least 2 stanzas, separated by a blank line. The first "
3024 "stanza is called the source package stanza and lists all information about "
3025 "the source package in general, while each following stanzas are called the "
3026 "binary package stanzas and describe exactly one binary package per stanza. "
3027 "Each stanza consists of at least one field. A field starts with a field "
3028 "name, such as B<Package> or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed by a "
3029 "colon, the body of the field (case sensitive unless stated otherwise) and a "
3030 "newline. Multi-line fields are also allowed, but each supplementary line, "
3031 "without a field name, should start with at least one space. The content of "
3032 "the multi-line fields is generally joined to a single line by the tools "
3033 "(except in the case of the B<Description> field, see below). To insert "
3034 "empty lines into a multi-line field, insert a dot after the space. Lines "
3035 "starting with a ‘B<#>’ are treated as comments."
3039 #: deb-src-control.pod
3040 msgid "SOURCE FIELDS"
3044 #: deb-src-control.pod
3045 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)"
3049 #: deb-src-control.pod
3051 "The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should match "
3052 "the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A package name "
3053 "must consist only of lowercase letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and "
3054 "minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must be at least two "
3055 "characters long and must start with a lowercase alphanumeric character (a-"
3060 #: deb-src-control.pod
3062 "Should be in the format «Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>», and "
3063 "references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to the "
3064 "author of the software or the original packager."
3068 #: deb-src-control.pod
3069 msgid "B<Uploaders:> I<fullname-email>"
3073 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3075 "Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, in "
3076 "the same format as the B<Maintainer> field. Multiple co-maintainers should "
3077 "be separated by a comma."
3081 #: deb-src-control.pod
3082 msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string>"
3086 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3088 "This documents the most recent version of the distribution policy standards "
3089 "this package complies with."
3093 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3095 #| msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string>"
3096 msgid "B<Description> I<short-description>"
3097 msgstr "B<Version:> I<version-string>"
3100 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3102 "The format for the source package description is a short brief summary on "
3103 "the first line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should "
3104 "be used as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long "
3105 "description must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long "
3106 "description must contain a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space."
3110 #: deb-src-control.pod
3111 msgid "The upstream project home page URL."
3115 #: deb-src-control.pod
3117 "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
3118 "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian."
3119 "org>. This field is usually not needed."
3123 #: deb-src-control.pod
3124 msgid "B<Rules-Requires-Root:> B<no>|B<binary-targets>|I<impl-keywords>"
3128 #: deb-src-control.pod
3130 "This field is used to indicate whether the B<debian/rules> file requires "
3131 "(fake)root privileges to run some of its targets, and if so when."
3135 #: deb-src-control.pod
3137 "The binary targets will not require (fake)root at all. This is the default "
3138 "in B<dpkg-build-api> level >= 1."
3142 #: deb-src-control.pod
3143 msgid "B<binary-targets>"
3147 #: deb-src-control.pod
3149 "The binary targets must always be run under (fake)root. This value is the "
3150 "default in B<dpkg-build-api> level 0, when the field is omitted; adding the "
3151 "field with an explicit B<binary-targets>, while not strictly needed, marks "
3152 "it as having been analyzed for this requirement."
3156 #: deb-src-control.pod
3157 msgid "I<impl-keywords>"
3161 #: deb-src-control.pod
3163 "This is a space-separated list of keywords which define when (fake)root is "
3168 #: deb-src-control.pod
3170 "Keywords consist of I<namespace>/I<cases>. The I<namespace> part cannot "
3171 "contain \"/\" or whitespace. The I<cases> part cannot contain whitespace. "
3172 "Furthermore, both parts must consist entirely of printable ASCII characters."
3176 #: deb-src-control.pod
3178 "Each tool/package will define a namespace named after itself and provide a "
3179 "number of cases where (fake)root is required. (See \"Implementation "
3180 "provided keywords\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>)."
3184 #: deb-src-control.pod
3186 "When the field is set to one of the I<impl-keywords>, the builder will "
3187 "expose an interface that is used to run a command under (fake)root. (See "
3188 "\"Gain Root API\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>.)"
3192 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3193 msgid "B<Testsuite:> I<name-list>"
3197 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3198 msgid "B<Testsuite-Triggers:> I<package-list>"
3202 #: deb-src-control.pod
3204 "These fields are described in the L<dsc(5)> manual page, as they are "
3205 "generated from information inferred from B<debian/tests/control> or copied "
3206 "literally to the source control file."
3210 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3211 msgid "B<Vcs-Arch:> I<url>"
3215 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3216 msgid "B<Vcs-Bzr:> I<url>"
3220 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3221 msgid "B<Vcs-Cvs:> I<url>"
3225 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3226 msgid "B<Vcs-Darcs:> I<url>"
3230 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3231 msgid "B<Vcs-Git:> I<url>"
3235 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3236 msgid "B<Vcs-Hg:> I<url>"
3240 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3241 msgid "B<Vcs-Mtn:> I<url>"
3245 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3246 msgid "B<Vcs-Svn:> I<url>"
3250 #: deb-src-control.pod
3252 "The I<url> of the Version Control System repository used to maintain this "
3253 "package. Currently supported are B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, "
3254 "B<Darcs>, B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) and B<Svn> "
3255 "(Subversion). Usually this field points to the latest version of the "
3256 "package, such as the main branch or the trunk."
3260 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3261 msgid "B<Vcs-Browser:> I<url>"
3265 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3267 "The I<url> of a web interface to browse the Version Control System "
3272 #: deb-src-control.pod
3274 "The name of the distribution this package is originating from. This field "
3275 "is usually not needed."
3279 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3280 msgid "B<Build-Depends:> I<package-list>"
3284 #: deb-src-control.pod
3286 "A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to "
3287 "build from source package. These dependencies need to be satisfied when "
3288 "building binary architecture dependent or independent packages and source "
3289 "packages. Including a dependency in this field does not have the exact same "
3290 "effect as including it in both B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Depends-"
3291 "Indep>, because the dependency also needs to be satisfied when building the "
3296 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3297 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Arch:> I<package-list>"
3301 #: deb-src-control.pod
3303 "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
3304 "architecture dependent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed in "
3305 "this case. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to build "
3306 "with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Depends> should be used instead."
3310 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3311 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Indep:> I<package-list>"
3315 #: deb-src-control.pod
3317 "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
3318 "architecture independent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed "
3323 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3324 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:> I<package-list>"
3328 #: deb-src-control.pod
3330 "A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is built, "
3331 "for example because they interfere with the build system used. Including a "
3332 "dependency in this list has the same effect as including it in both B<Build-"
3333 "Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep>, with the additional effect of "
3334 "being used for source-only builds."
3338 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3339 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch:> I<package-list>"
3343 #: deb-src-control.pod
3345 "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
3346 "dependent packages. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to "
3347 "build with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Conflicts> should be used instead."
3351 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3352 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:> I<package-list>"
3356 #: deb-src-control.pod
3358 "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
3359 "independent packages."
3363 #: deb-src-control.pod
3365 "The syntax of the B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-"
3366 "Depends-Indep> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each "
3367 "group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, "
3368 "‘B<|>’. The groups are separated by commas ‘B<,>’, and can end with a "
3369 "trailing comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for L<deb-"
3370 "control(5)> (since dpkg 1.10.14). Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes "
3371 "as “OR”, with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally "
3372 "followed by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, "
3373 "optionally followed by a version number specification in parentheses ‘B<(>’ "
3374 "and ‘B<)>’, an architecture specification in square brackets ‘B<[>’ and "
3375 "‘B<]>’, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more lists of profile "
3376 "names in angle brackets ‘B<E<lt>>’ and ‘B<E<gt>>’."
3380 #: deb-src-control.pod
3382 "The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts>, B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-"
3383 "Conflicts-Indep> fields is a list of comma-separated package names, where "
3384 "the comma is read as an “AND”, and where the list can end with a trailing "
3385 "comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for L<deb-"
3386 "control(5)> (since dpkg 1.10.14). Specifying alternative packages using a "
3387 "“pipe” is not supported. Each package name is optionally followed by a "
3388 "version number specification in parentheses, an architecture specification "
3389 "in square brackets, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more "
3390 "lists of profile names in angle brackets."
3394 #: deb-src-control.pod
3396 "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since "
3397 "dpkg 1.16.5), B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2) or B<native> (since dpkg 1.16.5). "
3398 "If omitted, the default for B<Build-Depends> fields is the current host "
3399 "architecture, the default for B<Build-Conflicts> fields is B<any>. A real "
3400 "Debian architecture name will match exactly that architecture for that "
3401 "package name, B<any> will match any architecture for that package name if "
3402 "the package is marked with B<Multi-Arch: allowed>, and B<native> will match "
3403 "the current build architecture if the package is not marked with B<Multi-"
3408 #: deb-src-control.pod
3410 "An architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, "
3411 "separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of the "
3412 "names, meaning “NOT”."
3416 #: deb-src-control.pod
3418 "A restriction formula consists of one or more restriction lists, separated "
3419 "by whitespace. Each restriction list is enclosed in angle brackets. Items "
3420 "in the restriction list are build profile names, separated by whitespace and "
3421 "can be prefixed with an exclamation mark, meaning “NOT”. A restriction "
3422 "formula represents a disjunctive normal form expression."
3426 #: deb-src-control.pod
3428 "Note that dependencies on packages in the B<build-essential> set can be "
3429 "omitted and that declaring build conflicts against them is impossible. A "
3430 "list of these packages is in the build-essential package."
3434 #: deb-src-control.pod
3435 msgid "BINARY FIELDS"
3439 #: deb-src-control.pod
3441 "Note that the B<Priority>, B<Section> and B<Homepage> fields can also be in "
3442 "a binary stanza to override the global value from the source package."
3446 #: deb-src-control.pod
3447 msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)"
3451 #: deb-src-control.pod
3453 "This field is used to name the binary package name. The same restrictions "
3454 "as to a source package name apply."
3458 #: deb-src-control.pod
3459 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)"
3463 #: deb-src-control.pod
3465 "The architecture specifies on which type of hardware this package runs. For "
3466 "packages that run on all architectures, use the B<any> value. For packages "
3467 "that are architecture independent, such as shell and Perl scripts or "
3468 "documentation, use the B<all> value. To restrict the packages to a certain "
3469 "set of architectures, specify the architecture names, separated by a space. "
3470 "It's also possible to put architecture wildcards in that list (see L<dpkg-"
3471 "architecture(1)> for more information about them)."
3475 #: deb-src-control.pod
3476 msgid "B<Build-Profiles:> I<restriction-formula>"
3480 #: deb-src-control.pod
3482 "This field specifies the conditions for which this binary package does or "
3483 "does not build. To express that condition, the same restriction formula "
3484 "syntax from the B<Build-Depends> field is used (including the angle "
3489 #: deb-src-control.pod
3491 "If a binary package stanza does not contain this field, then it implicitly "
3492 "means that it builds with all build profiles (including none at all)."
3496 #: deb-src-control.pod
3498 "In other words, if a binary package stanza is annotated with a non-empty "
3499 "B<Build-Profiles> field, then this binary package is generated if and only "
3500 "if the condition expressed by the conjunctive normal form expression "
3501 "evaluates to true."
3505 #: deb-src-control.pod
3506 msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>|B<no>"
3510 #: deb-src-control.pod
3512 "These fields are described in the L<deb-control(5)> manual page, as they are "
3513 "copied literally to the control file of the binary package."
3517 #: deb-src-control.pod
3519 "These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed in "
3520 "the L<deb-control(5)> manual page. When these fields are found in I<debian/"
3521 "control> they can also end with a trailing comma (since dpkg 1.10.14), have "
3522 "architecture specifications and restriction formulas which will all get "
3523 "reduced when generating the fields for L<deb-control(5)>."
3527 #: deb-src-control.pod
3529 "These fields are used by the debian-installer in B<udeb>s and are usually "
3530 "not needed. For more details about them, see L<https://salsa.debian.org/"
3531 "installer-team/debian-installer/-/raw/master/doc/devel/modules.txt>."
3535 #: deb-src-control.pod
3536 msgid "USER-DEFINED FIELDS"
3540 #: deb-src-control.pod
3542 "It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. "
3543 "The tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied "
3544 "over to the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a "
3545 "custom naming scheme: the fields should start with an B<X>, followed by zero "
3546 "or more of the letters B<SBC> and a hyphen."
3550 #: deb-src-control.pod
3555 #: deb-src-control.pod
3557 "The field will appear in the source package control file, see L<dsc(5)>."
3561 #: deb-src-control.pod
3566 #: deb-src-control.pod
3568 "The field will appear in the control file in the binary package, see L<deb-"
3573 #: deb-src-control.pod
3578 #: deb-src-control.pod
3580 "The field will appear in the upload control (.changes) file, see L<deb-"
3585 #: deb-src-control.pod
3587 "Note that the B<X>[B<SBC>]B<-> prefixes are stripped when the fields are "
3588 "copied over to the output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> will appear as "
3589 "B<Approved-By> in the changes file and will not appear in the binary or "
3590 "source package control files."
3594 #: deb-src-control.pod
3596 "Take into account that these user-defined fields will be using the global "
3597 "namespace, which might at some point in the future collide with officially "
3598 "recognized fields. To avoid such potential situation you can prefix those "
3599 "fields with B<Private->, such as B<XB-Private-New-Field>."
3603 #: deb-src-control.pod
3609 " Priority: required\n"
3610 " Maintainer: Dpkg Developers <debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org>\n"
3611 " # this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n"
3612 " XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n"
3613 " Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n"
3614 " Vcs-Browser: https://git.dpkg.org/cgit/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
3615 " Vcs-Git: https://git.dpkg.org/git/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
3616 " Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n"
3617 " Build-Depends: pkgconf, debhelper (>= 4.1.81),\n"
3618 " libselinux1-dev (>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n"
3623 #: deb-src-control.pod
3626 " Package: dpkg-dev\n"
3628 " Priority: optional\n"
3629 " Architecture: all\n"
3630 " # this is a custom field in the binary package\n"
3631 " XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog <hertzog@debian.org>\n"
3632 " Depends: dpkg (>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (>= 2.4.2-2),\n"
3633 " bzip2, lzma, patch (>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n"
3634 " Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n"
3635 " Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n"
3636 " Conflicts: dpkg-cross (<< 2.0.0), devscripts (<< 2.10.26)\n"
3637 " Replaces: manpages-pl (<= 20051117-1)\n"
3638 " Description: Debian package development tools\n"
3639 " This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n"
3640 " required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n"
3642 " Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n"
3643 " for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n"
3648 #: deb-src-control.pod
3650 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
3652 "I<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, "
3653 "L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>"
3654 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
3657 #: deb-src-files.pod
3659 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
3660 msgid "deb-src-files - Debian distribute files format"
3661 msgstr "deb-control - Debian 软件包的主控文件格式"
3664 #: deb-src-files.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
3665 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
3666 msgid "B<debian/files>"
3670 #: deb-src-files.pod
3672 "This file contains the list of artifacts that are to be distributed via the "
3673 "B<.changes> control file."
3677 #: deb-src-files.pod
3678 msgid "The I<debian/files> file has a simple whitespace-delimited format."
3682 #: deb-src-files.pod
3683 msgid "I<filename> I<section> I<priority> [ I<keyword=value...> ]"
3687 #: deb-src-files.pod
3689 #| msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove."
3690 msgid "I<filename> is the name of the artifact to distribute."
3691 msgstr "I<配置文件> 参数是要移除的配置文件名。"
3694 #: deb-src-files.pod
3696 "I<section> and I<priority> correspond to the respective control fields "
3697 "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution "
3702 #: deb-src-files.pod
3704 "I<keyword=value...> corresponds to an optional whitespace-delimited list of "
3705 "attributes for this entry. The only currently supported keyword is "
3706 "B<automatic> with value B<yes>, to mark automatically generated files."
3710 #: deb-src-files.pod deb-version.pod dpkg-architecture.pod
3711 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
3716 #: deb-src-files.pod
3718 "This file is not intended to be modified directly, please use one of B<dpkg-"
3719 "gencontrol> or B<dpkg-distaddfile> to add entries to it."
3723 #: deb-src-files.pod
3725 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
3726 msgid "L<dpkg-genchanges(1)>, L<dpkg-distaddfile(1)>."
3727 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
3730 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3732 #| msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format"
3733 msgid "deb-src-rules - Debian source package rules file"
3734 msgstr "deb-src-control - Debian 源代码包的主控文件格式"
3737 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3739 #| msgid "deb-control"
3740 msgid "B<debian/rules>"
3741 msgstr "deb-control"
3744 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3746 "This file contains the instructions necessary to build the binary packages "
3747 "from the source package."
3751 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3753 "The I<debian/rules> file is an executable Makefile, with a shebang that is "
3754 "usually set to \"#!/usr/bin/make -f\"."
3758 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3759 msgid "It must support the following make targets:"
3763 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
3765 #| msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
3767 msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
3770 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3772 "Clean up the source tree, by undoing any change done by any of the build and "
3773 "binary targets. This target will be called with root privileges."
3777 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3778 msgid "B<build-indep>"
3782 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3784 "Build architecture independent files required to build any architecture "
3785 "independent binary package. If there are no architecture independent binary "
3786 "packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This "
3787 "target must not require root privileges."
3791 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3792 msgid "B<build-arch>"
3796 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3798 "Build architecture dependent files required to build any architecture "
3799 "dependent binary package. If there are no architecture dependent binary "
3800 "packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This "
3801 "target must not require root privileges."
3805 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
3810 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3812 "Build architecture independent and dependent files, either by depending (at "
3813 "least transitively) on B<build-indep> and/or B<build-arch> or by inlining "
3814 "what those targets would do. This target must not require root privileges."
3818 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3819 msgid "B<binary-indep>"
3823 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3825 "Build architecture independent binary packages. This target must depend (at "
3826 "least transitively) on either B<build-indep> or B<build>. This target will "
3827 "be called with root privileges."
3831 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3832 msgid "B<binary-arch>"
3836 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3838 "Build architecture dependent binary packages. This target must depend (at "
3839 "least transitively) on either B<build-arch> or B<build>. This target will "
3840 "be called with root privileges."
3844 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
3845 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
3850 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3852 "Build architecture independent and dependent binary packages, either by "
3853 "depending (at least transitively) on B<binary-indep> and/or B<binary-arch> "
3854 "or by inlining what those targets would do. This target will be called with "
3859 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3861 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
3863 "L<dpkg-architecture(1)>, L<dpkg-vendor(1)>, L<dpkg-buildflags(1)>, L<dpkg-"
3864 "parsechangelog(1)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gencontrol(1)>, L<dpkg-"
3865 "deb(1)>, L<dpkg-distaddfile(1)>."
3866 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
3869 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3870 msgid "deb-src-symbols - Debian's extended shared library template file"
3874 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3876 "B<debian/>I<package>B<.symbols.>I<arch>, B<debian/symbols.>I<arch>, B<debian/"
3877 ">I<package>B<.symbols>, B<debian/symbols>"
3881 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3883 "The symbol file templates are shipped in Debian source packages, and its "
3884 "format is a superset of the symbols files shipped in binary packages, see "
3885 "L<deb-symbols(5)>."
3889 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3894 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3896 "Comments are supported in template symbol files. Any line with ‘#’ as the "
3897 "first character is a comment except if it starts with ‘#include’ (see "
3898 "section L</Using includes>). Lines starting with ‘#MISSING:’ are special "
3899 "comments documenting symbols that have disappeared."
3903 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3904 msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution"
3908 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3910 "In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures. "
3911 "To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use "
3912 "the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name "
3913 "during installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> "
3914 "marker, I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary "
3919 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3920 msgid "Using symbol tags"
3924 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3926 "Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way. "
3927 "Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While "
3928 "all tags are parsed and stored, only some of them are understood by B<dpkg-"
3929 "gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See subsection L</"
3930 "Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags."
3934 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3936 "Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is "
3937 "allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends "
3938 "with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple "
3939 "tags are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a "
3940 "value which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names "
3941 "and values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the "
3942 "special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag "
3943 "specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters "
3944 "to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for "
3945 "the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up "
3946 "until the first space."
3950 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3953 " (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n"
3954 " (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n"
3955 " untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
3960 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3962 "The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two "
3963 "tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has "
3964 "no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged "
3965 "with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal "
3970 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3972 "Since symbol tags are an extension of the L<deb-symbols(5)> format, they can "
3973 "only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files "
3974 "should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are "
3975 "embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the "
3976 "B<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the L<deb-"
3977 "symbols(5)> format: it fully processes symbols according to the requirements "
3978 "of their standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On the "
3979 "contrary, in template mode (B<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both standard "
3980 "and unknown ones) are kept in the output and are written in their original "
3981 "form as they were loaded."
3985 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3986 msgid "Standard symbol tags"
3990 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3995 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3997 "A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and "
3998 "that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared "
3999 "optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new "
4000 "package revision. This behavior serves as a reminder for the maintainer "
4001 "that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to "
4002 "the library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as "
4003 "MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back "
4004 "to the “existing” status with its minimum version unchanged."
4008 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4010 "This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance "
4011 "do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations "
4012 "fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an "
4013 "arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered "
4018 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4020 #| msgid "B<--add-architecture> I<architecture>"
4021 msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture-list>"
4022 msgstr "B<--add-architecture> I<architectur>"
4025 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4027 #| msgid "B<--add-architecture> I<architecture>"
4028 msgid "B<arch-bits=>I<architecture-bits>"
4029 msgstr "B<--add-architecture> I<architectur>"
4032 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4033 msgid "B<arch-endian=>I<architecture-endianness>"
4037 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4039 "These tags allow one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol "
4040 "is supposed to exist. The B<arch-bits> and B<arch-endian> tags are "
4041 "supported since dpkg 1.18.0. When the symbols list is updated with the "
4042 "symbols discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not "
4043 "concern the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. "
4044 "If an arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not "
4045 "exist in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may "
4046 "cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific "
4047 "symbol is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host "
4048 "architecture is not listed in the tag or does not match the endianness and "
4049 "bits), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the arch, arch-bits and arch-endian "
4050 "tags are dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this change), "
4051 "but it is not considered as new."
4055 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4057 "When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols "
4058 "only those that match the current host architecture are written to the "
4059 "symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those "
4060 "from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in "
4065 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4067 "The format of I<architecture-list> is the same as the one used in the "
4068 "B<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square "
4069 "brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be "
4070 "considered only on alpha, any-amd64 and ia64 architectures, the second only "
4071 "on linux architectures, while the third one anywhere except on armel."
4075 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4078 " (arch=alpha any-amd64 ia64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4079 " (arch=linux-any)linux_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4080 " (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n"
4085 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4086 msgid "The I<architecture-bits> is either B<32> or B<64>."
4090 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4093 " (arch-bits=32)32bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4094 " (arch-bits=64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4099 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4100 msgid "The I<architecture-endianness> is either B<little> or B<big>."
4104 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4107 " (arch-endian=little)little_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4108 " (arch-endian=big)big_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4113 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4114 msgid "Multiple restrictions can be chained."
4118 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4121 " (arch-bits=32|arch-endian=little)32bit_le_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4126 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4128 #| msgid "B<install>"
4129 msgid "B<allow-internal>"
4133 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4135 "dpkg-gensymbols has a list of internal symbols that should not appear in "
4136 "symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation "
4137 "details of the toolchain (since dpkg 1.20.1). If for some reason, you "
4138 "really want one of those symbols to be included in the symbols file, you "
4139 "should tag the symbol with B<allow-internal>. It can be necessary for some "
4140 "low level toolchain libraries like “libgcc”."
4144 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4145 msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>"
4149 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4151 "A deprecated alias for B<allow-internal> (since dpkg 1.20.1, supported since "
4156 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4161 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4163 "Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol patterns> subsection "
4168 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4173 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4175 "Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol "
4176 "patterns> subsection below."
4180 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4185 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4187 "Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol patterns> subsection "
4192 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4193 msgid "Using symbol patterns"
4197 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4199 "Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real "
4200 "symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each "
4201 "pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol "
4202 "counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern "
4203 "is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification "
4204 "of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be "
4205 "considered as new."
4209 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4211 "A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the "
4212 "library. By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under B<-"
4213 "c1> or higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern may "
4214 "be marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match "
4215 "anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any "
4216 "symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the "
4217 "I<arch> tag. Please refer to L</Standard symbol tags> subsection above for "
4222 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4224 "Patterns are an extension of the L<deb-symbols(5)> format hence they are "
4225 "only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not "
4226 "any different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part "
4227 "of the specification serves as an expression to be matched against "
4228 "I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different "
4229 "pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag."
4233 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4234 msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:"
4238 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4240 "This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by "
4241 "their demangled symbol name (as emitted by L<c++filt(1)> utility). This "
4242 "pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary "
4243 "across different architectures while their demangled names remain the same. "
4244 "One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have architecture "
4245 "specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common instance of this "
4246 "case is a virtual destructor which under diamond inheritance needs a non-"
4247 "virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if _ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on "
4248 "32-bit architectures will probably be _ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64-"
4249 "bit ones, it can be matched with a single I<c++> pattern:"
4253 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4256 " libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
4258 " (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n"
4264 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4266 "The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:"
4270 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4273 " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n"
4278 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4280 "Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, "
4281 "this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real "
4282 "symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with "
4283 "non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most "
4284 "constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols "
4285 "for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they "
4286 "should not degrade quality of the symbol file."
4290 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4292 "This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries "
4293 "have versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream "
4294 "version where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a "
4295 "I<symver> pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. "
4300 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4303 " libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n"
4304 " (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n"
4306 " (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n"
4307 " access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n"
4312 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4314 "All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to "
4315 "minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol "
4316 "access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 "
4317 "version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern "
4318 "because specific symbols take precedence over patterns."
4322 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4324 "Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" "
4325 "in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by "
4326 "new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 "
4327 "2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same "
4328 "behavior is needed."
4332 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4334 "Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by "
4335 "the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular "
4336 "expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the "
4337 "I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> "
4338 "string. For example:"
4342 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4345 " libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
4346 " (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n"
4347 " (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n"
4352 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4354 "Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", "
4355 "\"mystack_pop@Base\", etc., will be matched by the first pattern while "
4356 "\"ng_mystack_new@Base\" would not. The second pattern will match all "
4357 "symbols having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will "
4358 "inherit I<optional> tag from the pattern."
4362 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4364 "Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that "
4365 "case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For "
4370 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4373 " (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\d\\(int\\)@Base\" 1.0\n"
4374 " (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\dEi@Base 1.0\n"
4379 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4381 "will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and "
4382 "\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first "
4383 "pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled "
4384 "name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when "
4385 "matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw "
4386 "symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to "
4387 "demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of "
4388 "the whole pattern. Therefore, for example, "
4389 "\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\dEi@Base\" will not match either of "
4390 "the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol."
4394 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4396 "In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> "
4397 "and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple "
4398 "basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1)) "
4399 "while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each "
4400 "symbol. Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns."
4404 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4406 "When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, "
4407 "then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are "
4408 "matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the "
4409 "first success. Please note, however, that manual reordering of template "
4410 "file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs "
4411 "based on the alphanumerical order of their names."
4415 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4416 msgid "Using includes"
4420 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4422 "When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become "
4423 "inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include "
4424 "directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:"
4428 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4430 "You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that "
4431 "file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive "
4436 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4439 " #include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\"\n"
4444 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4445 msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:"
4449 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4452 " (tag|...|tagN)#include \"file-to-include\"\n"
4457 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4459 "As a result, all symbols included from I<file-to-include> will be considered "
4460 "to be tagged with I<tag> ... I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature "
4461 "to create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture "
4462 "specific symbol files:"
4466 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4469 " common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n"
4470 " (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64-bit\"\n"
4471 " (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32-bit\"\n"
4472 " common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n"
4477 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4479 "The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are "
4480 "processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of "
4481 "the included file can override any content that appeared before the include "
4482 "directive and that any content after the directive can override anything "
4483 "contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include "
4484 "directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override "
4485 "values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no "
4486 "way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags."
4490 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4492 "An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the "
4493 "library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read. "
4494 "However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to "
4495 "do it is the following:"
4499 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4502 " #include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n"
4503 " arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4508 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4510 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
4511 msgid "L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>."
4512 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
4515 #: deb-substvars.pod
4516 msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
4520 #: deb-substvars.pod
4522 "B<debian/substvars>, B<debian/>I<binary-package>B<.substvars>, variables"
4526 #: deb-substvars.pod
4528 "Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their "
4529 "control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> "
4530 "and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they "
4531 "perform some variable substitutions on the output file."
4535 #: deb-substvars.pod
4536 msgid "Variable Syntax"
4540 #: deb-substvars.pod
4542 "A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable "
4543 "names consist of alphanumerics (a-zA-Z0-9), hyphens (-) and colons (:) and "
4544 "start with an alphanumeric, and are case-sensitive, even though they might "
4545 "refer to other entities which are case-preserving. Variable substitutions "
4546 "are performed repeatedly until none are left; the full text of the field "
4547 "after the substitution is rescanned to look for more substitutions."
4551 #: deb-substvars.pod
4556 #: deb-substvars.pod
4558 "Substitution variables can be specified in a file. These files consist of "
4559 "lines of the form I<name>B<=>I<value> or I<name>B<?=>I<value>. The B<=> "
4560 "operator assigns a normal substitution variable, while the B<?=> operator "
4561 "(since dpkg 1.21.8) assigns an optional substitution variable which will "
4562 "emit no warnings even if unused. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank "
4563 "lines, and lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored."
4567 #: deb-substvars.pod
4568 msgid "Substitution"
4572 #: deb-substvars.pod
4574 "Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
4575 "specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is "
4576 "specified using the B<-T> common option)."
4580 #: deb-substvars.pod
4582 "After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string "
4583 "B<${}> (which is not an actual substitution variable) is replaced with a "
4584 "B<$> sign. This can be used as an escape sequence such as B<${}"
4585 "{>I<VARIABLE>B<}> which will end up as B<${>I<VARIABLE>B<}> on the output."
4589 #: deb-substvars.pod
4591 "If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an "
4592 "empty value is assumed."
4596 #: deb-substvars.pod
4598 "While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those "
4599 "fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not "
4600 "yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> "
4601 "and B<Architecture> fields."
4605 #: deb-substvars.pod
4607 "Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have "
4608 "been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you "
4609 "do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly "
4610 "when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is "
4611 "set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following "
4616 #: deb-substvars.pod
4619 " Description: foo application\n"
4627 #: deb-substvars.pod
4628 msgid "It will result in:"
4632 #: deb-substvars.pod
4635 " Description: foo application\n"
4644 #: deb-substvars.pod
4645 msgid "Built-in Variable"
4649 #: deb-substvars.pod
4650 msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are always available:"
4654 #: deb-substvars.pod
4659 #: deb-substvars.pod
4661 "The current host architecture (i.e. the architecture the package is being "
4662 "built for, the equivalent of B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
4666 #: deb-substvars.pod
4668 #| msgid "B<--version>"
4669 msgid "B<vendor:Name>"
4670 msgstr "B<--version>"
4673 #: deb-substvars.pod
4675 "The current vendor name (since dpkg 1.20.0). This value comes from the "
4676 "B<Vendor> field for the current vendor's origin file, as L<dpkg-vendor(1)> "
4677 "would retrieve it."
4681 #: deb-substvars.pod
4682 msgid "B<vendor:Id>"
4686 #: deb-substvars.pod
4688 "The current vendor ID (since dpkg 1.20.0). This is just the lowercase "
4689 "variant of B<vendor:Name>."
4693 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
4694 msgid "B<source:Version>"
4698 #: deb-substvars.pod
4700 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
4701 msgid "The source package version (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4702 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
4705 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
4706 msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>"
4710 #: deb-substvars.pod
4712 "The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if "
4713 "any (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4717 #: deb-substvars.pod
4718 msgid "B<binary:Version>"
4722 #: deb-substvars.pod
4724 "The binary package version (which may differ from B<source:Version> in a "
4725 "binNMU for example; since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4729 #: deb-substvars.pod
4730 msgid "B<Source-Version>"
4734 #: deb-substvars.pod
4736 "The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now "
4737 "B<obsolete> and emits an error when used as its meaning is different from "
4738 "its function, please use the B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as "
4743 #: deb-substvars.pod
4745 #| msgid "dpkg-source"
4746 msgid "B<source:Synopsis>"
4747 msgstr "dpkg-source"
4750 #: deb-substvars.pod
4752 "The source package synopsis, extracted from the source stanza B<Description> "
4753 "field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
4757 #: deb-substvars.pod
4758 msgid "B<source:Extended-Description>"
4762 #: deb-substvars.pod
4764 "The source package extended description, extracted from the source stanza "
4765 "B<Description> field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
4769 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
4770 msgid "B<Installed-Size>"
4774 #: deb-substvars.pod
4776 "The approximate total size of the package's installed files. This value is "
4777 "copied into the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the "
4778 "value of that field. If this variable is not set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will "
4779 "compute the default value by accumulating the size of each regular file and "
4780 "symlink rounded to 1 KiB used units, and a baseline of 1 KiB for any other "
4781 "filesystem object type. With hardlinks only being counted once as a regular "
4786 #: deb-substvars.pod
4788 "B<Note>: Take into account that this can only ever be an approximation, as "
4789 "the actual size used on the installed system will depend greatly on the "
4790 "filesystem used and its parameters, which might end up using either more or "
4791 "less space than the specified in this field."
4795 #: deb-substvars.pod
4796 msgid "B<Extra-Size>"
4800 #: deb-substvars.pod
4802 "Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
4803 "is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether "
4804 "set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the "
4805 "B<Installed-Size> control file field."
4809 #: deb-substvars.pod
4810 msgid "B<S:>I<field-name>"
4814 #: deb-substvars.pod
4816 "The value of the source stanza field I<field-name> (which must be given in "
4817 "the canonical capitalization; since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting these variables "
4818 "has no effect other than on places where they are expanded explicitly. "
4819 "These variables are only available when generating binary control files."
4823 #: deb-substvars.pod
4824 msgid "B<F:>I<field-name>"
4828 #: deb-substvars.pod
4830 "The value of the output field I<field-name> (which must be given in the "
4831 "canonical capitalization). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
4832 "on places where they are expanded explicitly."
4836 #: deb-substvars.pod
4841 #: deb-substvars.pod
4843 "The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source "
4844 "packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
4845 "field in the B<.changes> file will change too."
4849 #: deb-substvars.pod
4850 msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>"
4854 #: deb-substvars.pod
4855 msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character."
4859 #: deb-substvars.pod
4860 msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>"
4864 #: deb-substvars.pod
4866 "Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps>."
4870 #: deb-substvars.pod
4871 msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>"
4875 #: deb-substvars.pod
4876 msgid "The upstream version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4880 #: deb-substvars.pod
4881 msgid "B<dpkg:Version>"
4885 #: deb-substvars.pod
4886 msgid "The full version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4890 #: deb-substvars.pod
4891 msgid "B<debian/substvars>"
4895 #: deb-substvars.pod
4896 msgid "List of substitution variables and values."
4900 #: deb-substvars.pod
4902 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
4904 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-vendor(1)>, L<dpkg-genchanges(1)>, L<dpkg-gencontrol(1)>, "
4905 "L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>."
4906 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
4910 msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file"
4915 msgid "B<DEBIAN/symbols>"
4921 "The symbol files are shipped in Debian binary packages, and its format is a "
4922 "subset of the template symbol files used by L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)> in Debian "
4923 "source packages, see L<deb-src-symbols(5)>."
4929 "The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in "
4938 " I<library-soname> I<main-dependency-template>\n"
4939 " [| I<alternative-dependency-template>]\n"
4941 " [* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]\n"
4943 " I<symbol> I<minimal-version> [I<id-of-dependency-template>]\n"
4950 "The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported "
4951 "by L<objdump(1)>. A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where "
4952 "I<#MINVER#> is dynamically replaced either by a version check like “(E<gt>= "
4953 "I<minimal-version>)” or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed "
4960 "Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being "
4961 "“Base” if the library is not versioned) is associated to a I<minimal-"
4962 "version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template is always "
4963 "used and will end up being combined with the dependency template referenced "
4964 "by I<id-of-dependency-template> if present). The first alternative "
4965 "dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc. Each column is "
4966 "separated by exactly a single whitespace."
4972 "Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information. "
4973 "Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the "
4974 "only valid fields are:"
4979 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Package>"
4985 "It indicates the name of the “-dev” package associated to the library and is "
4986 "used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to make sure that the dependency generated is at "
4987 "least as strict as the corresponding build dependency (since dpkg 1.14.13)."
4993 #| msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
4994 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Packages>"
4995 msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
5000 "The same as B<Build-Depends-Package> but accepts a comma-separated list of "
5001 "package names (since dpkg 1.20.0). This field will override any B<Build-"
5002 "Depends-Package> field present, and is mostly useful with “-dev” packages "
5003 "and metapackages depending on these, say for a transition period."
5008 msgid "B<Allow-Internal-Symbol-Groups>"
5014 "It indicates what internal symbol groups should be ignored, as a whitespace "
5015 "separated list, so that the symbols contained in those groups get included "
5016 "in the output file (since dpkg 1.20.1). This should only be necessary for "
5017 "toolchain packages providing those internal symbols. The available groups "
5018 "are system dependent, for ELF and GNU-based systems these are B<aeabi> and "
5024 msgid "B<Ignore-Blacklist-Groups>"
5030 "A deprecated alias for B<Allow-Internal-Symbol-Groups> (since dpkg 1.20.1, "
5031 "supported since dpkg 1.17.6)."
5036 msgid "Simple symbols file"
5043 " libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n"
5044 " DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
5045 " FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
5052 msgid "Advanced symbols file"
5059 " libGL.so.1 libgl1\n"
5060 " | libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#\n"
5061 " * Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n"
5062 " publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n"
5064 " implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n"
5072 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
5074 "L<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>, L<deb-src-"
5075 "symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>."
5076 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
5080 msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers"
5086 "B<debian/triggers>, B<debian/>I<binary-package>B<.triggers>, B<DEBIAN/"
5093 "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a "
5094 "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during "
5095 "package creation)."
5101 "This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing "
5102 "whitespace and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, "
5103 "and empty lines will be ignored."
5108 msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:"
5113 msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>"
5118 msgid "B<interest-await> I<trigger-name>"
5123 msgid "B<interest-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
5129 "Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers "
5130 "in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the "
5131 "triggers control file."
5137 "The “await” variants put the triggering package in triggers-awaited state "
5138 "depending on how the trigger was activated. The “noawait” variant does not "
5139 "put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state, even if the "
5140 "triggering package declared an “await” activation (either with an B<activate-"
5141 "await> or B<activate> directive, or by using the B<dpkg-trigger> B<--no-"
5142 "await> command-line option). The “noawait” variant should be used when the "
5143 "functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial."
5148 msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>"
5153 msgid "B<activate-await> I<trigger-name>"
5158 msgid "B<activate-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
5164 "Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified "
5165 "trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following "
5166 "operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a "
5167 "conflicting package), purge and deconfigure."
5173 "The “await” variants only put the triggering package in triggers-awaited "
5174 "state if the interest directive is also “await”. The “noawait” variant "
5175 "never puts the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. The “noawait” "
5176 "variant should be used when the functionality provided by the trigger is not "
5183 "If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the "
5184 "trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of "
5185 "the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to "
5186 "installed, does not cause activations. In the case of unpack, triggers "
5187 "mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated."
5193 "Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the "
5200 "The “-noawait” variants should always be favored when possible since "
5201 "triggering packages are not put in triggers-awaited state and can thus be "
5202 "immediately configured without requiring the processing of the trigger. If "
5203 "the triggering packages are dependencies of other upgraded packages, it will "
5204 "avoid an early trigger processing run and make it possible to run the "
5205 "trigger only once as one of the last steps of the upgrade."
5211 "The “-noawait” variants are supported since dpkg 1.16.1, and will lead to "
5212 "errors if used with an older dpkg."
5218 "The “-await” alias variants are supported since dpkg 1.17.21, and will lead "
5219 "to errors if used with an older dpkg."
5225 "When a package provides an B<interest-noawait> directive, any activation "
5226 "will set the triggering package into “noawait” mode, regardless of the "
5227 "awaiting mode requested by the activation (either “await” or “noawait”). "
5228 "When a package provides an B<interest> or B<interest-await> directive, any "
5229 "activation will set the triggering package into “await” or “noawait“ "
5230 "depending on how it was activated."
5235 msgid "L<dpkg-trigger(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>, B<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/triggers.txt>."
5240 msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format"
5241 msgstr "deb-version - Debian 软件包版本号格式"
5245 msgid "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<upstream-version>[B<->I<debian-revision>]"
5251 "Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of "
5252 "three components. These are:"
5263 "This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer. It may be omitted, in "
5264 "which case zero is assumed. If it is omitted then the I<upstream-version> "
5265 "may not contain any colons."
5271 "It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of "
5272 "a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be "
5278 msgid "I<upstream-version>"
5284 "This is the main part of the version number. It is usually the version "
5285 "number of the original (“upstream”) package from which the I<.deb> file has "
5286 "been made, if this is applicable. Usually this will be in the same format "
5287 "as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to be "
5288 "reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and "
5289 "comparison scheme."
5295 "The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the "
5296 "I<upstream-version> is described below. The I<upstream-version> portion of "
5297 "the version number is mandatory."
5303 "The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (“A-Za-z0-9”) and the "
5304 "characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, tilde) "
5305 "and should start with a digit. If there is no I<debian-revision> then "
5306 "hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not allowed."
5311 msgid "I<debian-revision>"
5317 "This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package "
5318 "based on the upstream version. It may contain only alphanumerics and the "
5319 "characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the "
5320 "same way as the I<upstream-version> is."
5326 "It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not "
5327 "contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of software "
5328 "was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is "
5329 "only one “debianization” of it and therefore no revision indication is "
5336 "It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at ‘1’ each time the "
5337 "I<upstream-version> is increased."
5343 "Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string "
5344 "(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream-version> and I<debian-"
5345 "revision>. The absence of a I<debian-revision> compares earlier than the "
5346 "presence of one (but note that the I<debian-revision> is the least "
5347 "significant part of the version number)."
5352 msgid "Sorting algorithm"
5358 "The I<upstream-version> and I<debian-revision> parts are compared by the "
5359 "package management system using the same algorithm:"
5364 msgid "The strings are compared from left to right."
5370 "First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit "
5371 "characters is determined. These two parts (one of which may be empty) are "
5372 "compared lexically. If a difference is found it is returned. The lexical "
5373 "comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters "
5374 "sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before "
5375 "anything, even the end of a part. For example, the following parts are in "
5376 "sorted order: ‘~~’, ‘~~a’, ‘~’, the empty part, ‘a’."
5382 "Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists "
5383 "entirely of digit characters is determined. The numerical values of these "
5384 "two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result "
5385 "of the comparison. For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur "
5386 "at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero."
5392 "These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and "
5393 "initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both "
5394 "strings are exhausted."
5400 "Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in "
5401 "version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering "
5402 "scheme changes. It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers "
5403 "containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot "
5404 "interpret (such as ‘ALPHA’ or ‘pre-’), or with silly orderings."
5410 "The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in "
5411 "dpkg 1.10 and some parts of the dpkg build scripts only gained support for "
5412 "it later in the 1.10.x series."
5417 msgid "L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb(5)>, L<dpkg(1)>"
5422 msgid "deb - Debian binary package format"
5423 msgstr "deb - Debian 二进制包格式"
5428 "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is "
5429 "understood since dpkg 0.93.76, and is generated by default since dpkg 1.2.0 "
5430 "and 1.1.1elf (i386/ELF builds)."
5432 "B<.deb> 格式是 Debian 的二进制软件包文件格式。此类文件被 dpkg 0.93.76 以上的"
5433 "版本支持,自 dpkg 1.2.0 和 dpkg 1.1.1elf (i386/ELF builds)之后,它也作为默认"
5440 #| "The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old "
5441 #| "format are described in B<deb-old>(5)."
5443 "The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old "
5444 "format are described in L<deb-old(5)>."
5446 "此处描述的格式在 Debian 0.93 之后启用;关于这个旧版格式的细节,请参见 B<deb-"
5452 "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. Only "
5453 "the common B<ar> archive format is supported, with no long file name "
5454 "extensions, but with file names containing an optional trailing slash, which "
5455 "limits their length to 15 characters (from the 16 allowed). File sizes are "
5456 "limited to 10 ASCII decimal digits, allowing for up to approximately 9536.74 "
5459 "此类文件是带有体系结构 B<!E<lt>archE<gt>> 魔数(magic value)的 B<ar> 归档。仅"
5460 "有通用 B<ar> 归档格式被支持,亦即,无长文件名扩展,但文件名可以选择尾缀一个斜"
5461 "杠(/),从而将文件名长度限制为15字符(总共允许16字符)。文件大小限制为10个 "
5462 "ASCII 十进制数字,这使得最大可容纳 9536.74 MiB 的成员文件。"
5468 #| "The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the "
5469 #| "pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (only the new style "
5470 #| "long pathnames and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17), and "
5471 #| "the POSIX ustar format (long names supported since dpkg 1.15.0). "
5472 #| "Unrecognized tar typeflags are considered an error."
5474 "The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the "
5475 "pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (new style long pathnames "
5476 "and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17; large file metadata since "
5477 "dpkg 1.18.24), and the POSIX ustar format (long names supported since dpkg "
5478 "1.15.0). Unrecognized tar typeflags are considered an error. Each tar "
5479 "entry size inside a tar archive is limited to 11 ASCII octal digits, "
5480 "allowing for up to 8 GiB tar entries. The GNU large file metadata support "
5481 "permits 95-bit tar entry sizes and negative timestamps, and 63-bit UID, GID "
5482 "and device numbers."
5484 "当前可用的 B<tar> 归档版本有,旧版(v7)、pre-POSIX ustar 版本,这是一个GNU格式"
5485 "的子集(只有自 dpkg 1.4.1.17 之后,新版长路径名和长链接名才被支持),以及 "
5486 "POSIX ustar 格式(自 dpkg 1.15.0 后支持长名称)。不被识别的 tar 类型标志将会"
5492 "The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, "
5493 "separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
5494 "version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs "
5495 "which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be "
5496 "increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is "
5503 "If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and "
5504 "the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to "
5505 "safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive "
5506 "(except at the end), as described below."
5512 "The second required member is named B<control.tar>. It is a tar archive "
5513 "containing the package control information, either not compressed (supported "
5514 "since dpkg 1.17.6), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension) or xz "
5515 "(with B<.xz> extension, supported since 1.17.6), zstd (with B<.zst> "
5516 "extension, supported since dpkg 1.21.18), as a series of plain files, of "
5517 "which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core control "
5518 "information, the B<md5sums>, B<conffiles>, B<triggers>, B<shlibs> and "
5519 "B<symbols> files contain optional control information, and the B<preinst>, "
5520 "B<postinst>, B<prerm> and B<postrm> files are optional maintainer scripts. "
5521 "The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for ‘B<.>’, the current "
5528 "The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>. It contains the "
5529 "filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg "
5530 "1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> "
5531 "extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), zstd (with B<.zst> extension, "
5532 "supported since dpkg 1.21.18), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, supported "
5533 "since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported since dpkg "
5540 "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations "
5541 "should ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>. Further members may "
5542 "be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these "
5543 "three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted after B<debian-"
5544 "binary> and before B<control.tar> or B<data.tar> and which should be safely "
5545 "ignored by older programs, will have names starting with an underscore, "
5552 "Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted "
5553 "before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than "
5554 "underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be "
5570 msgid "application/vnd.debian.binary-package"
5571 msgstr "application/vnd.debian.binary-package"
5580 msgid "application/x-debian-package"
5581 msgstr "application/x-debian-package"
5585 msgid "application/x-deb"
5586 msgstr "application/x-deb"
5591 "L<deb-old(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb-conffiles(5)>, L<deb-"
5592 "md5sums(5)>, L<deb-triggers(5)>, L<deb-shlibs(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<deb-"
5593 "preinst(5)>, L<deb-postinst(5)>, L<deb-prerm(5)>, L<deb-postrm(5)>."
5599 #| msgid "deb - Debian binary package format"
5600 msgid "deb822 - Debian RFC822 control data format"
5601 msgstr "deb - Debian 二进制包格式"
5606 "The package management system manipulates data represented in a common "
5607 "format, known as I<control data>, stored in I<control files>. Control files "
5608 "are used for source packages, binary packages and the B<.changes> files "
5609 "which control the installation of uploaded files (B<dpkg>'s internal "
5610 "databases are in a similar format)."
5621 "A control file consists of one or more stanzas of fields (the stanzas "
5622 "sometimes used to be referred to as paragraphs). The stanzas are separated "
5623 "by empty lines. Parsers may accept lines consisting solely of U+0020 "
5624 "B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB> as stanza separators, but control files should "
5625 "use empty lines. Some control files allow only one stanza; others allow "
5626 "several, in which case each stanza usually refers to a different package. "
5627 "(For example, in source packages, the first stanza refers to the source "
5628 "package, and later stanzas refer to binary packages generated from the "
5629 "source.) The ordering of the stanzas in control files is significant."
5635 "Each stanza consists of a series of data fields. Each field consists of the "
5636 "field name followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’), and then the data/value "
5637 "associated with that field. The field name is composed of US-ASCII "
5638 "characters excluding control characters, space, and colon (i.e., characters "
5639 "in the ranges U+0021 ‘B<!>’ through U+0039 ‘B<9>’, and U+003B ‘B<;>’ through "
5640 "U+007E ‘B<~>’, inclusive). Field names must not begin with the comment "
5641 "character (U+0023 ‘B<#>’), nor with the hyphen character (U+002D ‘B<->’)."
5647 "The field ends at the end of the line or at the end of the last continuation "
5648 "line (see below). Horizontal whitespace (U+0020 B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB>) "
5649 "may occur immediately before or after the value and is ignored there; it is "
5650 "conventional to put a single space after the colon. For example, a field "
5657 #| msgid "Package flags"
5665 msgid "the field name is B<Package> and the field value B<dpkg>."
5671 "Empty field values are only permitted in source package control files "
5672 "(I<debian/control>). Such fields are ignored."
5678 "A stanza must not contain more than one instance of a particular field name."
5683 msgid "There are three types of fields:"
5694 "The field, including its value, must be a single line. Folding of the field "
5695 "is not permitted. This is the default field type if the definition of the "
5696 "field does not specify a different type."
5707 "The value of a folded field is a logical line that may span several lines. "
5708 "The lines after the first are called continuation lines and must start with "
5709 "a U+0020 B<SPACE> or a U+0009 B<TAB>. Whitespace, including any newlines, "
5710 "is not significant in the field values of folded fields."
5716 "This folding method is similar to RFC5322, allowing control files that "
5717 "contain only one stanza and no multiline fields to be read by parsers "
5718 "written for RFC5322."
5724 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
5725 msgid "B<multiline>"
5726 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
5731 "The value of a multiline field may comprise multiple continuation lines. "
5732 "The first line of the value, the part on the same line as the field name, "
5733 "often has special significance or may have to be empty. Other lines are "
5734 "added following the same syntax as the continuation lines of the folded "
5735 "fields. Whitespace, including newlines, is significant in the values of "
5742 "Whitespace must not appear inside names (of packages, architectures, files "
5743 "or anything else) or version numbers, or between the characters of multi-"
5744 "character version relationships."
5750 "The presence and purpose of a field, and the syntax of its value may differ "
5751 "between types of control files."
5757 "Field names are not case-sensitive, but it is usual to capitalize the field "
5758 "names using mixed case as shown below. Field values are case-sensitive "
5759 "unless the description of the field says otherwise."
5765 "Stanza separators (empty lines) and lines consisting only of U+0020 B<SPACE> "
5766 "and U+0009 B<TAB>, are not allowed within field values or between fields. "
5767 "Empty lines in field values are usually escaped by representing them by a "
5768 "U+0020 B<SPACE> followed by a dot (U+002E ‘B<.>’)."
5774 "Lines starting with U+0023 ‘B<#>’, without any preceding whitespace are "
5775 "comments lines that are only permitted in source package control files "
5776 "(I<debian/control>) and in L<deb-origin(5)> files. These comment lines are "
5777 "ignored, even between two continuation lines. They do not end logical lines."
5782 msgid "All control files must be encoded in UTF-8."
5787 msgid "B<RFC822>, B<RFC5322>."
5791 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5793 "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building"
5797 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5798 msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
5802 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5804 "B<dpkg-architecture> provides a facility to determine and set the build and "
5805 "host architecture for package building."
5809 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5811 "The build architecture is always determined by either the B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH> "
5812 "variable if set (and B<--force> not being specified) or by an external call "
5813 "to L<dpkg(1)>, and cannot be set at the command line."
5817 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5819 "You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the "
5820 "options B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type>, otherwise the B<DEB_HOST_ARCH> "
5821 "variable is used if set (and B<--force> not being specified). The default "
5822 "is determined by an external call to L<gcc(1)>, or the same as the build "
5823 "architecture if B<CC> or gcc are both not available. One out of B<--host-"
5824 "arch> and B<--host-type> is sufficient, the value of the other will be set "
5825 "to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to only specify one, "
5826 "because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice does not match the "
5831 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
5832 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod
5833 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
5834 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
5839 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5840 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>"
5844 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5846 "Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format "
5847 "I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action."
5851 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5852 msgid "B<-e>, B<--equal> I<architecture>"
5856 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5858 "Check for equality of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the "
5859 "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture>, to "
5860 "check if they are equal. This action will not expand the architecture "
5861 "wildcards. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
5866 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5867 msgid "B<-i>, B<--is> I<architecture-wildcard>"
5871 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5873 "Check for identity of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the "
5874 "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture-"
5875 "wildcard> after having expanded it as an architecture wildcard, to check if "
5876 "they match. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
5881 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5882 msgid "B<-q>, B<--query> I<variable-name>"
5886 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5887 msgid "Print the value of a single variable."
5891 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5892 msgid "B<-s>, B<--print-set>"
5896 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5898 "Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables "
5899 "using the POSIX shell or make B<eval>, depending on the output format."
5903 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5904 msgid "B<-u>, B<--print-unset>"
5908 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5909 msgid "Print a similar command to B<--print-set> but to unset all variables."
5913 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5915 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
5916 msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command-string>"
5917 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
5920 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5922 "Execute a I<command-string> in an environment which has all variables set to "
5923 "the determined value."
5927 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5929 "If the I<command-string> contains shell metacharacters, then it will be "
5930 "invoked through the system bourne shell."
5934 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5935 msgid "B<-L>, B<--list-known>"
5939 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5941 "Print a list of valid architecture names. Possibly restricted by one or "
5942 "more of the matching options B<--match-wildcard>, B<--match-bits> or B<--"
5943 "match-endian> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
5947 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
5948 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
5949 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
5950 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod
5951 #: dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
5952 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
5953 msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>"
5954 msgstr "B<-?>, B<--help>"
5957 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
5958 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
5959 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
5960 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
5961 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
5962 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
5963 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-split.pod
5964 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
5965 #: update-alternatives.pod
5966 msgid "Show the usage message and exit."
5970 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
5971 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
5972 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
5973 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
5974 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
5975 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
5976 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
5977 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
5978 #: update-alternatives.pod
5979 msgid "B<--version>"
5980 msgstr "B<--version>"
5983 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
5984 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
5985 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
5986 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
5987 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
5988 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
5989 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
5990 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
5991 #: dpkg-vendor.pod update-alternatives.pod
5992 msgid "Show the version and exit."
5996 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
5997 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
5998 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
5999 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
6000 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6001 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6002 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
6003 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
6004 #: update-alternatives.pod
6009 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6010 msgid "B<-a>, B<--host-arch> I<architecture>"
6014 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6015 msgid "Set the host Debian architecture."
6019 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6020 msgid "B<-t>, B<--host-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
6024 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6025 msgid "Set the host GNU system type."
6029 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6030 msgid "B<-A>, B<--target-arch> I<architecture>"
6034 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6035 msgid "Set the target Debian architecture (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6039 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6040 msgid "B<-T>, B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
6044 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6045 msgid "Set the target GNU system type (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6049 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6050 msgid "B<-W>, B<--match-wildcard> I<architecture-wildcard>"
6054 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6056 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones matching the "
6057 "specified architecture wildcard (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6061 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6062 msgid "B<-B>, B<--match-bits> I<architecture-bits>"
6066 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6068 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the "
6069 "specified CPU bits (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<32> or B<64>."
6073 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6074 msgid "B<-E>, B<--match-endian> I<architecture-endianness>"
6078 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6080 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the "
6081 "specified endianness (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<little> or B<big>."
6085 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6087 #| msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>"
6088 msgid "B<--print-format> I<format>"
6089 msgstr "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>"
6092 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6094 "Sets the output format for B<--print-set> and B<--print-unset> (since dpkg "
6095 "1.20.6), to either B<shell> (default) or B<make>."
6099 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6100 msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
6104 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6106 "Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by "
6107 "the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this "
6108 "force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when "
6109 "the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example "
6110 "L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>)."
6114 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6119 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6120 msgid "build machine"
6124 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6125 msgid "The machine the package is built on."
6129 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6130 msgid "host machine"
6134 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6135 msgid "The machine the package is built for."
6139 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6140 msgid "target machine"
6144 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6146 "The machine the compiler is building for, or the emulator will run code "
6147 "for. This is only needed when building a cross-toolchain (or emulator), one "
6148 "that will be built on the build architecture, to be run on the host "
6149 "architecture, and to build (or run emulated) code for the target "
6154 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6155 msgid "Debian architecture"
6159 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6161 "The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the FTP "
6162 "archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386."
6166 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6167 msgid "Debian architecture tuple"
6171 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6173 "A Debian architecture tuple is the fully qualified architecture with all its "
6174 "components spelled out. This differs with Debian architectures in that at "
6175 "least the I<cpu> component does not embed the I<abi>. The current tuple has "
6176 "the form I<abi>-I<libc>-I<os>-I<cpu>. Examples: base-gnu-linux-amd64, "
6177 "eabihf-musl-linux-arm."
6181 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6182 msgid "Debian architecture wildcard"
6186 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6188 "A Debian architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will "
6189 "match any real architecture being part of it. The general form is a Debian "
6190 "architecture tuple with four or less elements, and with at least one of them "
6191 "being B<any>. Missing elements of the tuple are prefixed implicitly as "
6192 "B<any>, and thus the following pairs are equivalent:"
6196 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6197 msgid "B<any>-B<any>-B<any>-B<any> = B<any>"
6201 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6202 msgid "B<any>-B<any>-I<os>-B<any> = I<os>-B<any>"
6206 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6207 msgid "B<any>-I<libc>-B<any>-B<any> = I<libc>-B<any>-B<any>"
6211 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6213 "Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any, eabi-any-any-arm, musl-any-any."
6217 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6218 msgid "GNU system type"
6222 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6224 "An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a "
6225 "hyphen: cpu and system. Examples: i586-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i686-"
6226 "gnu, x86_64-netbsd."
6230 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6231 msgid "multiarch triplet"
6235 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6237 "The clarified GNU system type, used for filesystem paths. This triplet does "
6238 "not change even when the baseline ISA gets bumped, so that the resulting "
6239 "paths are stable over time. The only current difference with the GNU system "
6240 "type is that the CPU part for i386 based systems is always i386. Examples: "
6241 "i386-linux-gnu, x86_64-linux-gnu. Example paths: /lib/powerpc64le-linux-"
6242 "gnu/, /usr/lib/i386-kfreebsd-gnu/."
6246 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6251 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6253 "The following variables are read from the environment (unless B<--force> has "
6254 "been specified) and set by B<dpkg-architecture> (see the B<TERMS> section "
6255 "for a description of the naming scheme):"
6259 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6260 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>"
6264 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6265 msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine."
6269 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6270 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ABI>"
6274 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6276 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
6277 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6278 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
6281 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6282 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_LIBC>"
6286 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6287 msgid "The Debian libc name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6291 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6292 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS>"
6296 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6297 msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6301 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6302 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU>"
6306 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6308 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
6309 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6310 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
6313 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6314 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS>"
6318 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6319 msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6323 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6324 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6328 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6329 msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6333 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6334 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU>"
6338 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6339 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>."
6343 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6344 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6348 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6349 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>."
6353 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6354 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>"
6358 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6359 msgid "The GNU system type of the build machine."
6363 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6364 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH>"
6368 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6370 "The clarified GNU system type of the build machine, used for filesystem "
6371 "paths (since dpkg 1.16.0)."
6375 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6376 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>"
6380 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6381 msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine."
6385 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6386 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ABI>"
6390 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6392 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
6393 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6394 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
6397 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6398 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_LIBC>"
6402 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6404 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
6405 msgid "The Debian libc name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6406 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
6409 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6410 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS>"
6414 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6415 msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6419 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6420 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU>"
6424 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6426 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
6427 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6428 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
6431 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6432 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS>"
6436 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6437 msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6441 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6442 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6446 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6447 msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6451 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6452 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU>"
6456 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6457 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>."
6461 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6462 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6466 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6467 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>."
6471 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6472 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>"
6476 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6477 msgid "The GNU system type of the host machine."
6481 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6482 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH>"
6486 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6488 "The clarified GNU system type of the host machine, used for filesystem paths "
6489 "(since dpkg 1.16.0)."
6493 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6494 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH>"
6498 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6499 msgid "The Debian architecture of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6503 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6504 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ABI>"
6508 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6510 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
6511 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6512 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
6515 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6516 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_LIBC>"
6520 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6522 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
6523 msgid "The Debian libc name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6524 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
6527 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6528 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_OS>"
6532 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6533 msgid "The Debian system name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6537 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6538 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_CPU>"
6542 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6544 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
6545 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6546 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
6549 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6550 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_BITS>"
6554 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6555 msgid "The pointer size of the target machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6559 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6560 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6564 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6566 "The endianness of the target machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6570 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6571 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_CPU>"
6575 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6576 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6580 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6581 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6585 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6586 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6590 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6591 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE>"
6595 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6596 msgid "The GNU system type of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6600 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6601 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_MULTIARCH>"
6605 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6607 "The clarified GNU system type of the target machine, used for filesystem "
6608 "paths (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6612 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6613 msgid "Architecture tables"
6617 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6619 "All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their "
6620 "location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable "
6621 "B<DPKG_DATADIR>. These tables contain a format B<Version> pseudo-field on "
6622 "their first line to mark their format, so that parsers can check if they "
6623 "understand it, such as \"# Version=1.0\"."
6627 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6628 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/cputable>"
6632 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6634 "Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name. Format version 1.0 "
6635 "(since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6639 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6640 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/ostable>"
6644 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6646 "Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name. Format "
6647 "version 2.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6651 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6652 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/tupletable>"
6656 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6658 "Mapping between Debian architecture tuples and Debian architecture names. "
6659 "Format version 1.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6663 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6664 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/abitable>"
6668 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6670 "Table of Debian architecture ABI attribute overrides. Format version 2.0 "
6671 "(since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6675 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6676 msgid "Packaging support"
6680 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6681 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk>"
6685 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6687 "Makefile snippet that properly sets and exports all the variables that "
6688 "B<dpkg-architecture> outputs (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
6692 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6694 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-"
6695 "architecture>. Other examples:"
6699 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6702 " CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build\n"
6707 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6710 " eval $(dpkg-architecture -u)\n"
6715 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6717 "Check if the current or specified host architecture is equal to an "
6722 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6725 " dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha\n"
6730 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6733 " dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips\n"
6738 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6739 msgid "Check if the current or specified host architecture is a Linux system:"
6743 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6746 " dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any\n"
6751 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6754 " dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any\n"
6759 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
6760 msgid "Usage in debian/rules"
6764 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6766 "The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/"
6767 "rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not "
6768 "rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you "
6769 "should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the B<-q> "
6770 "option. Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the "
6771 "cross compilation support in your package:"
6775 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6776 msgid "Retrieving the GNU system type and forwarding it to ./configure:"
6780 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6783 " DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n"
6784 " DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
6786 " ifeq ($(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE), $(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE))\n"
6787 " confflags += --build=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
6789 " confflags += --build=$(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) \\\n"
6790 " --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
6793 " ./configure $(confflags)\n"
6798 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6799 msgid "Doing something only for a specific architecture:"
6803 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6806 " DEB_HOST_ARCH ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n"
6811 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6814 " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH),alpha)\n"
6821 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6823 "or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the "
6824 "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU> or B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS> variables."
6828 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6830 "Note that you can also rely on an external Makefile snippet to properly set "
6831 "all the variables that B<dpkg-architecture> can provide:"
6835 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6838 " include %PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk\n"
6843 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6845 "In any case, you should never use B<dpkg --print-architecture> to get "
6846 "architecture information during a package build."
6850 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6851 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod
6852 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6853 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6854 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
6855 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6856 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6857 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
6858 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod update-alternatives.pod
6863 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6864 msgid "B<DPKG_DATADIR>"
6868 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6870 "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory, where the "
6871 "architecture tables are located (since dpkg 1.14.17). Defaults to "
6876 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6877 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
6878 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6879 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
6880 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6881 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6882 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
6883 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod
6884 msgid "B<DPKG_COLORS>"
6888 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6889 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
6890 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6891 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
6892 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod
6893 #: dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
6894 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod
6896 "Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.18.5). The currently accepted values are: "
6897 "B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>."
6901 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6902 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
6903 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
6904 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
6905 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6906 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
6911 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6912 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
6913 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
6914 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
6915 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6916 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
6918 "If set, it will be used to decide whether to activate Native Language "
6919 "Support, also known as internationalization (or i18n) support (since dpkg "
6920 "1.19.0). The accepted values are: B<0> and B<1> (default)."
6924 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6925 msgid "All long command and option names available only since dpkg 1.17.17."
6929 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6931 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
6932 msgid "L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>."
6933 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
6936 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
6937 msgid "dpkg-build-api - source package dpkg build API level"
6941 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
6945 " dpkg-build-api (= 1),\n"
6950 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
6952 "The source package dpkg build API level, defines a versioned interface for "
6953 "source packages, where each API level provides specific behaviors and "
6958 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
6960 "These interfaces can then be adopted by packages in a gradual way, and "
6961 "phased out more easily than with global behavior changes."
6965 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
6967 "The declaration of this API level is done through build-dependencies, in one "
6968 "of B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> or B<Build-Depends-Arch>, or via "
6969 "the environment variable B<DPKG_BUILD_API>, which will override these if "
6970 "both are present, and might emit a warning in case they are different."
6974 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
6979 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
6984 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
6986 "This level is still under development, and cannot be declared via build-"
6991 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
6996 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
6998 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
6999 msgid "This is the recommended level. Since dpkg 1.22.0."
7000 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
7003 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7004 msgid "Changes from v0 are:"
7008 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7010 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> no longer uses the B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment "
7011 "variable. The B<-l> option should be used instead."
7015 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7017 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> defaults to B<Rules-Requires-Root> value B<no>. To "
7018 "restore the B<v0> behavior B<Rules-Requires-Root> should be set to B<binary-"
7023 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7025 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> expects all required F<debian/rules> targets to be "
7026 "supported and no longer has backwards compatibility fallback code. The "
7027 "required targets are B<clean>, B<build>, B<build-indep>, B<build-arch>, "
7028 "B<binary-indep> and B<binary-arch>."
7032 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7034 "B<vendor.mk> defaults to using B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from_v1> for the "
7035 "B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from> macro. To restore the B<v0> behavior set "
7036 "B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from> to B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from_v0>."
7040 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7041 msgid "B<default.mk> defaults to including B<buildtools.mk>."
7045 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7050 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7052 "This is the current global level, equivalent to not specifying one. The "
7053 "interfaces and behaviors provided are subject to the normal global interface "
7054 "updates, which tend to require longer deprecation cycles and/or coordinated "
7059 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7061 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
7062 msgid "L<deb-src-control(5)>."
7063 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
7066 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7067 msgid "dpkg-buildapi - returns the build API level to use during package build"
7071 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7073 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
7074 msgid "B<dpkg-buildapi> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
7075 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
7078 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7080 "B<dpkg-buildapi> is a tool to retrieve the L<dpkg-build-api(7)> level to use "
7081 "during build of source Debian packages."
7085 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7086 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.22.0."
7090 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
7091 msgid "B<-c>I<control-file>"
7095 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7097 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
7098 "default is F<debian/control>."
7102 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
7103 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
7104 #: dpkg-vendor.pod update-alternatives.pod
7109 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7110 msgid "B<DPKG_BUILD_API>"
7114 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7116 "The build API level to use. This is intended to be used internally by the "
7117 "tools executed from F<debian/rules> to avoid having to parse F<debian/"
7118 "control> multiple times, and not to set the global build API level from "
7119 "F<debian/rules>, otherwise build drivers (such as L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>) "
7124 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7125 msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildapi.mk>"
7129 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7130 msgid "Makefile snippet that will parse the build API level."
7134 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7135 msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build"
7139 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7140 msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
7144 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7146 "B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during "
7147 "build of Debian packages."
7151 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7153 "The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be extended/"
7154 "overridden in several ways:"
7158 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7163 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7164 msgid "system-wide with B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>;"
7168 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7173 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7175 "for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where "
7176 "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;"
7180 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7185 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7187 "temporarily by the user with environment variables (see section L</"
7192 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7197 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7199 "dynamically by the package maintainer with environment variables set via "
7200 "B<debian/rules> (see section L</ENVIRONMENT>)."
7204 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7205 msgid "The configuration files can contain four types of directives:"
7209 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7210 msgid "B<SET> I<flag> I<value>"
7214 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7215 msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>."
7219 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7220 msgid "B<STRIP> I<flag> I<value>"
7224 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7226 "Strip from the flag named I<flag> all the build flags listed in I<value>. "
7227 "Since dpkg 1.16.1."
7231 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7232 msgid "B<APPEND> I<flag> I<value>"
7236 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7238 "Extend the flag named I<flag> by appending the options given in I<value>. A "
7239 "space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is non-"
7244 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7245 msgid "B<PREPEND> I<flag> I<value>"
7249 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7251 "Extend the flag named I<flag> by prepending the options given in I<value>. "
7252 "A space is appended to the prepended value if the flag's current value is "
7253 "non-empty. Since dpkg 1.16.1."
7257 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7259 "The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash "
7260 "(#). Empty lines are also ignored."
7264 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
7265 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.15.7."
7269 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7274 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7276 "Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It prints "
7277 "one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign "
7278 "(“I<flag>=I<value>”). This is the default action."
7282 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7287 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7289 "Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See "
7290 "the L</SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them."
7294 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7299 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7301 "Display any information that can be useful to explain the behavior of B<dpkg-"
7302 "buildflags> (since dpkg 1.16.5): relevant environment variables, current "
7303 "vendor, state of all feature flags. Also print the resulting compiler flags "
7304 "with their origin."
7308 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7310 "This is intended to be run from B<debian/rules>, so that the build log keeps "
7311 "a clear trace of the build flags used. This can be useful to diagnose "
7312 "problems related to them."
7316 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7317 msgid "B<--export=>I<format>"
7321 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7323 "Print to standard output commands that can be used to export all the "
7324 "compilation flags for some particular tool. If the I<format> value is not "
7325 "given, B<sh> is assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper case "
7326 "character are included, others are assumed to not be suitable for the "
7327 "environment. Supported formats:"
7331 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7336 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7338 "Shell commands to set and export all the compilation flags in the "
7339 "environment. The flag values are quoted so the output is ready for "
7340 "evaluation by a shell."
7344 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7349 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7351 "Arguments to pass to a build program's command line to use all the "
7352 "compilation flags (since dpkg 1.17.0). The flag values are quoted in shell "
7357 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7358 msgid "B<configure>"
7362 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7363 msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<cmdline>."
7367 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7372 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7374 "Make directives to set and export all the compilation flags in the "
7375 "environment. Output can be written to a Makefile fragment and evaluated "
7376 "using an B<include> directive."
7380 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7381 msgid "B<--get> I<flag>"
7385 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7387 "Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is "
7388 "known otherwise exits with 1."
7392 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7393 msgid "B<--origin> I<flag>"
7397 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7399 "Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if "
7400 "the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the "
7405 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7410 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7411 msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;"
7415 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7420 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7421 msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;"
7425 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7430 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7431 msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;"
7435 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7440 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7441 msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration."
7445 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7447 #| msgid "B<--version>"
7449 msgstr "B<--version>"
7452 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7454 "Print any information that can be useful to explain the behavior of the "
7455 "program: current vendor, relevant environment variables, feature areas, "
7456 "state of all feature flags, whether a feature is handled as a builtin "
7457 "default by the compiler (since dpkg 1.21.14), and the compiler flags with "
7458 "their origin (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
7462 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7463 msgid "For example:"
7467 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7472 " DEB_CFLAGS_SET=-O0 -Wall\n"
7477 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7489 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7492 " Area: hardening\n"
7501 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7504 " Area: reproducible\n"
7512 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7516 " Value: -O0 -Wall\n"
7522 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7526 " Value: -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2\n"
7532 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7533 msgid "B<--query-features> I<area>"
7537 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7539 "Print the features enabled for a given area (since dpkg 1.16.2). If the "
7540 "feature is handled (even if only on some architectures) as a builtin default "
7541 "by the compiler, then a B<Builtin> field is printed (since dpkg 1.21.14). "
7542 "The only currently recognized areas on Debian and derivatives are B<future>, "
7543 "B<qa>, B<reproducible>, B<sanitize> and B<hardening>, see the B<FEATURE "
7544 "AREAS> section for more details. Exits with 0 if the area is known "
7545 "otherwise exits with 1."
7549 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7551 "The output is in RFC822 format, with one section per feature. For example:"
7555 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7565 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7568 " Feature: stackprotector\n"
7574 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7575 msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS"
7579 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7581 #| msgid "B<LDFLAGS>"
7586 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7588 #| msgid "Options for the C preprocessor. Default value: empty."
7590 "Options for the host assembler. Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.21.0."
7591 msgstr "C 预处理器选项。默认:空。"
7594 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7599 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7601 "Options for the host C compiler. The default value set by the vendor "
7602 "includes B<-g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> "
7603 "if the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)."
7607 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7609 msgstr "B<CPPFLAGS>"
7612 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7614 #| msgid "Options for the C preprocessor. Default value: empty."
7615 msgid "Options for the host C preprocessor. Default value: empty."
7616 msgstr "C 预处理器选项。默认:空。"
7619 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7621 msgstr "B<CXXFLAGS>"
7624 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7626 #| msgid "Options for the C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
7627 msgid "Options for the host C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
7628 msgstr "C++ 编译器选项。同 B<CFLAGS>。"
7631 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7632 msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS>"
7633 msgstr "B<OBJCFLAGS>"
7636 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7638 #| msgid "Options for the Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
7640 "Options for the host Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>. Since dpkg "
7642 msgstr "Objective-C 编译器选项。同 B<CFLAGS>。"
7645 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7646 msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>"
7647 msgstr "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>"
7650 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7652 #| msgid "Options for the Objective C++ compiler. Same as B<CXXFLAGS>."
7654 "Options for the host Objective C++ compiler. Same as B<CXXFLAGS>. Since "
7656 msgstr "Objective-C++ 编译器选项。同 B<CXXFLAGS>。"
7659 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7661 #| msgid "B<LDFLAGS>"
7666 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7668 #| msgid "Options for the Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS>."
7669 msgid "Options for the host D compiler (ldc or gdc). Since dpkg 1.20.6."
7670 msgstr "Fortran 9x 编译器选项。同 B<FFLAGS>。"
7673 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7678 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7680 #| msgid "Options for the Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of B<CFLAGS>."
7681 msgid "Options for the host Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of B<CFLAGS>."
7682 msgstr "Fortran 77 编译器选项。B<CFLAGS> 的子集。"
7685 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7690 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7692 #| msgid "Options for the Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS>."
7694 "Options for the host Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS>. Since dpkg "
7696 msgstr "Fortran 9x 编译器选项。同 B<FFLAGS>。"
7699 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7704 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7706 "Options passed to the host compiler when linking executables or shared "
7707 "objects (if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be "
7708 "stripped from these options). Default value: empty."
7712 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7714 #| msgid "B<LDFLAGS>"
7715 msgid "B<ASFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7719 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7721 #| msgid "Options for the C preprocessor. Default value: empty."
7723 "Options for the build assembler. Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
7724 msgstr "C 预处理器选项。默认:空。"
7727 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7729 #| msgid "B<FCFLAGS>"
7730 msgid "B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7734 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7736 "Options for the build C compiler. The default value set by the vendor "
7737 "includes B<-g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> "
7738 "if the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>). Since "
7743 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7745 #| msgid "B<CPPFLAGS>"
7746 msgid "B<CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7747 msgstr "B<CPPFLAGS>"
7750 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7752 #| msgid "Options for the C preprocessor. Default value: empty."
7754 "Options for the build C preprocessor. Default value: empty. Since dpkg "
7756 msgstr "C 预处理器选项。默认:空。"
7759 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7761 #| msgid "B<CXXFLAGS>"
7762 msgid "B<CXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7763 msgstr "B<CXXFLAGS>"
7766 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7768 #| msgid "Options for the Objective C++ compiler. Same as B<CXXFLAGS>."
7770 "Options for the build C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since "
7772 msgstr "Objective-C++ 编译器选项。同 B<CXXFLAGS>。"
7775 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7777 #| msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS>"
7778 msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7779 msgstr "B<OBJCFLAGS>"
7782 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7784 #| msgid "Options for the Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
7786 "Options for the build Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. "
7787 "Since dpkg 1.22.1."
7788 msgstr "Objective-C 编译器选项。同 B<CFLAGS>。"
7791 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7793 #| msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>"
7794 msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7795 msgstr "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>"
7798 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7800 #| msgid "Options for the Objective C++ compiler. Same as B<CXXFLAGS>."
7802 "Options for the build Objective C++ compiler. Same as "
7803 "B<CXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
7804 msgstr "Objective-C++ 编译器选项。同 B<CXXFLAGS>。"
7807 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7809 #| msgid "B<LDFLAGS>"
7810 msgid "B<DFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7814 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7816 #| msgid "Options for the Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
7817 msgid "Options for the build D compiler (ldc or gdc). Since dpkg 1.22.1."
7818 msgstr "Objective-C 编译器选项。同 B<CFLAGS>。"
7821 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7823 #| msgid "B<FFLAGS>"
7824 msgid "B<FFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7828 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7830 #| msgid "Options for the Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of B<CFLAGS>."
7832 "Options for the build Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of "
7833 "B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
7834 msgstr "Fortran 77 编译器选项。B<CFLAGS> 的子集。"
7837 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7839 #| msgid "B<FCFLAGS>"
7840 msgid "B<FCFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7844 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7846 #| msgid "Options for the Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS>."
7848 "Options for the build Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. "
7849 "Since dpkg 1.22.1."
7850 msgstr "Fortran 9x 编译器选项。同 B<FFLAGS>。"
7853 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7855 #| msgid "B<LDFLAGS>"
7856 msgid "B<LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7860 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7862 "Options passed to the build compiler when linking executables or shared "
7863 "objects (if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be "
7864 "stripped from these options). Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
7868 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7870 "New flags might be added in the future if the need arises (for example to "
7871 "support other languages)."
7875 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7876 msgid "FEATURE AREAS"
7880 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7882 "Each area feature can be enabled and disabled in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
7883 "and B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's area value with the "
7884 "‘B<+>’ and ‘B<->’ modifier. For example, to enable the B<hardening> “pie” "
7885 "feature and disable the “fortify” feature you can do this in B<debian/rules>:"
7889 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7892 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=+pie,-fortify\n"
7897 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7899 "The special feature B<all> (valid in any area) can be used to enable or "
7900 "disable all area features at the same time. Thus disabling everything in "
7901 "the B<hardening> area and enabling only “format” and “fortify” can be "
7906 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7909 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n"
7914 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7919 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7921 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to enable features "
7922 "that can change the ABI of a package, but cannot be enabled by default due "
7923 "to backwards compatibility reasons unless coordinated or checked "
7928 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7933 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7935 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; disabled by default) enables Large File "
7936 "Support on 32-bit architectures where their ABI does not include LFS by "
7937 "default, by adding B<-D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64> to "
7942 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7944 "When this feature is enabled it will override the value from the same "
7945 "feature in the B<future> feature area."
7949 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7954 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7956 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; disabled by default) enables 64-bit time_t "
7957 "support on 32-bit architectures where their ABI does not include it by "
7958 "default, by adding B<-D_TIME_BITS=64> to B<CPPFLAGS>. This setting "
7959 "automatically enables the B<lfs> feature as it requires it."
7963 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7968 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7970 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to enable features "
7971 "that should be enabled by default, but cannot due to backwards compatibility "
7976 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7978 "This setting (since dpkg 1.19.0; disabled by default) is now an alias for "
7979 "the B<lfs> feature in the B<abi> area, use that instead. The feature from "
7980 "the B<abi> area overrides this setting."
7984 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7989 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7991 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help detect "
7992 "problems in the source code or build system."
7996 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7997 msgid "B<bug-implicit-func>"
8001 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8003 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.3; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8004 "Werror=implicit-function-declaration> to B<CFLAGS>."
8008 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8013 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8015 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.4; disabled by default) adds any warning "
8016 "option that reliably detects problematic source code. The warnings are "
8017 "fatal. The only currently supported flags are B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS> "
8018 "with flags set to B<-Werror=array-bounds>, B<-Werror=clobbered>, B<-"
8019 "Werror=implicit-function-declaration> and B<-Werror=volatile-register-var>."
8023 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8025 "This feature handles B<-Werror=implicit-function-declaration> via the B<bug-"
8026 "implicit-func> feature, if that has not been specified."
8030 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8035 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8037 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.14; disabled by default) adds dummy canary "
8038 "options to the build flags, so that the build logs can be checked for how "
8039 "the build flags propagate and to allow finding any omission of normal build "
8040 "flag settings. The only currently supported flags are B<CPPFLAGS>, "
8041 "B<CFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS> with flags set to B<-"
8042 "D__DEB_CANARY_>I<flag>_I<random-id>B<__>, and B<LDFLAGS> set to B<-Wl,-z,deb-"
8043 "canary->I<random-id>."
8047 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8052 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8054 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help optimize a "
8055 "resulting binary (since dpkg 1.21.0). B<Note>: enabling B<all> these "
8056 "options can result in unreproducible binary artifacts."
8060 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8065 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8067 "This setting (since dpkg 1.21.0; disabled by default) enables Link Time "
8068 "Optimization by adding B<-flto=auto -ffat-lto-objects> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8069 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<FCFLAGS> and "
8074 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8079 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8081 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help sanitize a "
8082 "resulting binary against memory corruptions, memory leaks, use after free, "
8083 "threading data races and undefined behavior bugs. B<Note>: these options "
8084 "should B<not> be used for production builds as they can reduce reliability "
8085 "for conformant code, reduce security or even functionality."
8089 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8094 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8096 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8097 "fsanitize=address> to B<LDFLAGS> and B<-fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-"
8098 "pointer> to B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS>."
8102 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8107 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8109 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8110 "fsanitize=thread> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>."
8114 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8119 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8121 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8122 "fsanitize=leak> to B<LDFLAGS>. It gets automatically disabled if either the "
8123 "B<address> or the B<thread> features are enabled, as they imply it."
8127 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8129 #| msgid "B<unpacked>"
8130 msgid "B<undefined>"
8131 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
8134 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8136 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8137 "fsanitize=undefined> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>."
8141 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8148 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8150 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden a "
8151 "resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide additional "
8152 "warning messages during compilation. Except as noted below, these are "
8153 "enabled by default for architectures that support them."
8157 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8162 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8164 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -"
8165 "Werror=format-security> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS> and "
8166 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>. This will warn about improper format string uses, and will "
8167 "fail when format functions are used in a way that represent possible "
8168 "security problems. At present, this warns about calls to B<printf> and "
8169 "B<scanf> functions where the format string is not a string literal and there "
8170 "are no format arguments, as in B<printf(foo);> instead of B<printf(\"%s\", "
8171 "foo);> This may be a security hole if the format string came from untrusted "
8172 "input and contains ‘%n’."
8176 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8181 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8183 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-"
8184 "D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to B<CPPFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler "
8185 "knows a great deal of information about buffer sizes (where possible), and "
8186 "attempts to replace insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with "
8187 "length-limited ones. This is especially useful for old, crufty code. "
8188 "Additionally, format strings in writable memory that contain ‘%n’ are "
8189 "blocked. If an application depends on such a format string, it will need to "
8194 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8196 "Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be "
8197 "compiled with B<-O1> or higher. If the environment variable "
8198 "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> contains I<noopt>, then B<fortify> support will be "
8199 "disabled, due to new warnings being issued by glibc 2.16 and later."
8203 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8204 msgid "B<stackprotector>"
8208 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8210 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default if stackprotectorstrong "
8211 "is not in use) adds B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-buffer-size=4> to "
8212 "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and "
8213 "B<FCFLAGS>. This adds safety checks against stack overwrites. This renders "
8214 "many potential code injection attacks into aborting situations. In the best "
8215 "case this turns code injection vulnerabilities into denial of service or "
8216 "into non-issues (depending on the application)."
8220 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8222 "This feature requires linking against glibc (or another provider of "
8223 "B<__stack_chk_fail>), so needs to be disabled when building with B<-"
8224 "nostdlib> or B<-ffreestanding> or similar."
8228 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8229 msgid "B<stackprotectorstrong>"
8233 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8235 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.11; enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-"
8236 "protector-strong> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, "
8237 "B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This is a stronger variant of B<stackprotector>, "
8238 "but without significant performance penalties."
8242 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8243 msgid "Disabling B<stackprotector> will also disable this setting."
8247 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8249 "This feature has the same requirements as B<stackprotector>, and in addition "
8250 "also requires gcc 4.9 and later."
8254 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8255 msgid "B<stackclash>"
8259 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8261 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-clash-"
8262 "protection> on B<amd64>, B<arm64>, B<armhf> and B<armel> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8263 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This "
8264 "adds code to prevent stack clash style attacks."
8268 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8273 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8275 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; enabled by default) adds B<-fcf-protection> "
8276 "on B<amd64> and B<-mbranch-protection=standard> on B<arm64> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8277 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This "
8278 "adds branch protection to indirect calls, jumps and returns to check whether "
8279 "these are valid at run-time."
8283 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8288 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8290 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,relro> to "
8291 "B<LDFLAGS>. During program load, several ELF memory sections need to be "
8292 "written to by the linker. This flags the loader to turn these sections read-"
8293 "only before turning over control to the program. Most notably this prevents "
8294 "GOT overwrite attacks. If this option is disabled, B<bindnow> will become "
8299 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8304 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8306 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; disabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,now> to "
8307 "B<LDFLAGS>. During program load, all dynamic symbols are resolved, allowing "
8308 "for the entire PLT to be marked read-only (due to B<relro> above). The "
8309 "option cannot become enabled if B<relro> is not enabled."
8313 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8318 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8320 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; with no global default since dpkg 1.18.23, "
8321 "as it is enabled by default now by gcc on the amd64, arm64, armel, armhf, "
8322 "hurd-i386, i386, kfreebsd-amd64, kfreebsd-i386, mips, mipsel, mips64el, "
8323 "powerpc, ppc64, ppc64el, riscv64, s390x, sparc and sparc64 Debian "
8324 "architectures) adds the required options to enable or disable PIE via gcc "
8325 "specs files, if needed, depending on whether gcc injects on that "
8326 "architecture the flags by itself or not. When the setting is enabled and "
8327 "gcc injects the flags, it adds nothing. When the setting is enabled and gcc "
8328 "does not inject the flags, it adds B<-fPIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-compiler."
8329 "specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> "
8330 "and B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-fPIE -pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-link.specs>) to "
8331 "B<LDFLAGS>. When the setting is disabled and gcc injects the flags, it adds "
8332 "B<-fno-PIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-compile.specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, "
8333 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-"
8334 "fno-PIE -no-pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-link.specs>) to B<LDFLAGS>."
8338 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8340 "Position Independent Executable (PIE) is needed to take advantage of Address "
8341 "Space Layout Randomization (ASLR), supported by some kernel versions. While "
8342 "ASLR can already be enforced for data areas in the stack and heap (brk and "
8343 "mmap), the code areas must be compiled as position-independent. Shared "
8344 "libraries already do this (B<-fPIC>), so they gain ASLR automatically, but "
8345 "binary .text regions need to be built as PIE to gain ASLR. When this "
8346 "happens, ROP (Return Oriented Programming) attacks are much harder since "
8347 "there are no static locations to bounce off of during a memory corruption "
8352 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8354 "PIE is not compatible with B<-fPIC>, so in general care must be taken when "
8355 "building shared objects. But because the PIE flags emitted get injected via "
8356 "gcc specs files, it should always be safe to unconditionally set them "
8357 "regardless of the object type being compiled or linked."
8361 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8363 "Static libraries can be used by programs or other shared libraries. "
8364 "Depending on the flags used to compile all the objects within a static "
8365 "library, these libraries will be usable by different sets of objects:"
8369 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8374 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8375 msgid "Cannot be linked into a PIE program, nor a shared library."
8379 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8384 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8385 msgid "Can be linked into any program, but not a shared library (recommended)."
8389 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8394 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8395 msgid "Can be linked into any program and shared library."
8399 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8401 "If there is a need to set these flags manually, bypassing the gcc specs "
8402 "injection, there are several things to take into account. Unconditionally "
8403 "and explicitly passing B<-fPIE>, B<-fpie> or B<-pie> to a build-system using "
8404 "libtool is safe as these flags will get stripped when building shared "
8405 "libraries. Otherwise on projects that build both programs and shared "
8406 "libraries you might need to make sure that when building the shared "
8407 "libraries B<-fPIC> is always passed last (so that it overrides any previous "
8408 "B<-PIE>) to compilation flags such as B<CFLAGS>, and B<-shared> is passed "
8409 "last (so that it overrides any previous B<-pie>) to linking flags such as "
8410 "B<LDFLAGS>. B<Note>: This should not be needed with the default gcc specs "
8415 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8417 "Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some register "
8418 "starved architectures (but not including i386 anymore since optimizations "
8419 "implemented in gcc E<gt>= 5) can see performance losses of up to 15% in very "
8420 "text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less than 1%. "
8421 "Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64) do not see as high a "
8422 "worst-case penalty."
8426 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8427 msgid "reproducible"
8431 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8433 "The compile-time options detailed below can be used to help improve build "
8434 "reproducibility or provide additional warning messages during compilation. "
8435 "Except as noted below, these are enabled by default for architectures that "
8440 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8445 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8447 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.14; enabled by default) adds B<-Wdate-time> to "
8448 "B<CPPFLAGS>. This will cause warnings when the B<__TIME__>, B<__DATE__> and "
8449 "B<__TIMESTAMP__> macros are used."
8453 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8455 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
8456 msgid "B<fixfilepath>"
8457 msgstr "B<config-files>"
8460 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8462 "This setting (since dpkg 1.19.1; enabled by default) adds B<-ffile-prefix-"
8463 "map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, "
8464 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where B<BUILDPATH> is set to the "
8465 "top-level directory of the package being built. This has the effect of "
8466 "removing the build path from any generated file."
8470 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8472 "If both B<fixdebugpath> and B<fixfilepath> are set, this option takes "
8473 "precedence, because it is a superset of the former."
8477 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8479 "B<Note>: If the build process captures the build flags into the resulting "
8480 "built objects, that will make the package unreproducible. And while "
8481 "disabling this option might make some of the objects reproducible again this "
8482 "would also require disabling B<fixdebugpath>, which might make any generated "
8483 "debug symbols objects unreproducible. The ideal fix is to stop capturing "
8488 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8489 msgid "B<fixdebugpath>"
8493 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8495 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.5; enabled by default) adds B<-fdebug-prefix-"
8496 "map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, "
8497 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where B<BUILDPATH> is set to the "
8498 "top-level directory of the package being built. This has the effect of "
8499 "removing the build path from any generated debug symbols."
8503 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8505 "B<Note>: This feature has similar reproducible properties as B<fixfilepath>."
8509 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8511 "There are 2 sets of environment variables doing the same operations, the "
8512 "first one (DEB_I<flag>_I<op>) should never be used within B<debian/rules>. "
8513 "It's meant for any user that wants to rebuild the source package with "
8514 "different build flags. The second set (DEB_I<flag>_MAINT_I<op>) should only "
8515 "be used in B<debian/rules> by package maintainers to change the resulting "
8520 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8521 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>"
8525 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8526 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_SET> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8530 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8532 "This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>."
8536 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8537 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_STRIP> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8541 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8542 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_STRIP> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8546 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8548 "This variable can be used to provide a space separated list of options that "
8549 "will be stripped from the set of flags returned for the given I<flag>."
8553 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8554 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>"
8558 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8559 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_APPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8563 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8565 "This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value "
8566 "returned for the given I<flag>."
8570 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8571 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_PREPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8575 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8576 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_PREPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8580 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8582 "This variable can be used to prepend supplementary options to the value "
8583 "returned for the given I<flag>."
8587 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
8588 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS>"
8592 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8593 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8597 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8599 "These variables can be used by a user or maintainer to disable/enable "
8600 "various area features that affect build flags. The "
8601 "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> variable overrides any setting in the "
8602 "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> feature areas. See the L</FEATURE AREAS> section for "
8607 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
8608 msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>"
8612 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
8614 "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the "
8615 "current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>."
8619 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8620 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PATH>"
8624 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8626 "This variable sets the build path (since dpkg 1.18.8) to use in features "
8627 "such as B<fixdebugpath> so that they can be controlled by the caller. This "
8628 "variable is currently Debian and derivatives-specific."
8632 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8633 msgid "Configuration files"
8637 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8638 msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>"
8642 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8643 msgid "System wide configuration file."
8647 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8648 msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or"
8652 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8653 msgid "B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>"
8657 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8658 msgid "User configuration file."
8662 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8663 msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk>"
8667 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8669 "Makefile snippet that will load (and optionally export) all flags supported "
8670 "by B<dpkg-buildflags> into variables (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
8674 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8675 msgid "To pass build flags to a build command in a Makefile:"
8679 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8682 " $(MAKE) $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n"
8687 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8690 " ./configure $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n"
8695 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8697 "To set build flags in a shell script or shell fragment, B<eval> can be used "
8698 "to interpret the output and to export the flags in the environment:"
8702 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8705 " eval \"$(dpkg-buildflags --export=sh)\" && make\n"
8710 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8711 msgid "or to set the positional parameters to pass to a command:"
8715 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8718 " eval \"set -- $(dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\"\n"
8719 " for dir in a b c; do (cd $dir && ./configure \"$@\" && make); done\n"
8724 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8726 "You should call B<dpkg-buildflags> or include B<buildflags.mk> from the "
8727 "B<debian/rules> file to obtain the needed build flags to pass to the build "
8728 "system. Note that older versions of B<dpkg-buildpackage> (before dpkg "
8729 "1.16.1) exported these flags automatically. However, you should not rely "
8730 "on this, since this breaks manual invocation of B<debian/rules>."
8734 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8736 "For packages with autoconf-like build systems, you can pass the relevant "
8737 "options to configure or L<make(1)> directly, as shown above."
8741 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8743 "For other build systems, or when you need more fine-grained control about "
8744 "which flags are passed where, you can use B<--get>. Or you can include "
8745 "B<buildflags.mk> instead, which takes care of calling B<dpkg-buildflags> and "
8746 "storing the build flags in make variables."
8750 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8752 "If you want to export all buildflags into the environment (where they can be "
8753 "picked up by your build system):"
8757 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8760 " DPKG_EXPORT_BUILDFLAGS = 1\n"
8761 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
8766 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8768 "For some extra control over what is exported, you can manually export the "
8769 "variables (as none are exported by default):"
8773 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8776 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
8777 " export CPPFLAGS CFLAGS LDFLAGS\n"
8782 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8783 msgid "And you can of course pass the flags to commands manually:"
8787 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8790 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
8792 " \t$(CC) -o hello hello.c $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)\n"
8797 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8798 msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources"
8802 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8803 msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]"
8807 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8809 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a "
8810 "Debian package. It consists of the following steps:"
8814 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
8819 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8821 "It runs the B<preinit> hook before reading any source file. It prepares the "
8822 "build environment by setting various environment variables (see "
8823 "B<ENVIRONMENT>), runs the B<init> hook, and calls B<dpkg-source --before-"
8824 "build> (unless B<-T> or B<--target> has been used)."
8828 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
8833 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8835 "It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied "
8836 "(unless B<-d> or B<--no-check-builddeps> is specified)."
8840 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
8845 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8847 "If one or more specific targets have been selected with the B<-T> or B<--"
8848 "target> option, it calls those targets and stops here. Otherwise it runs "
8849 "the B<preclean> hook and calls B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> to clean the "
8850 "build-tree (unless B<-nc> or B<--no-pre-clean> is specified)."
8854 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
8859 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8861 "It runs the B<source> hook and calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the "
8862 "source package (if a B<source> build has been requested with B<--build> or "
8863 "equivalent options)."
8867 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
8872 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8874 "It runs the B<build> hook and calls B<debian/rules> I<build-target>, then "
8875 "runs the B<binary> hook followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> I<binary-"
8876 "target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with B<--"
8877 "build=source> or equivalent options). Note that I<build-target> and "
8878 "I<binary-target> are either B<build> and B<binary> (default case, or if an "
8879 "B<any> and B<all> build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent "
8880 "options), or B<build-arch> and B<binary-arch> (if an B<any> and not B<all> "
8881 "build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent options), or B<build-"
8882 "indep> and B<binary-indep> (if an B<all> and not B<any> build has been "
8883 "requested with B<--build> or equivalent options)."
8887 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
8892 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8894 "It runs the B<buildinfo> hook and calls B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> to generate a "
8895 "B<.buildinfo> file. Several B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to "
8896 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>."
8900 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8905 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8907 "It runs the B<changes> hook and calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a B<."
8908 "changes> file. The name of the B<.changes> file will depend on the type of "
8909 "build and will be as specific as necessary but not more; the name will be:"
8913 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8914 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.changes>"
8918 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8919 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.changes>"
8923 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8924 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.changes>."
8928 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8929 msgid "Many B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
8933 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8938 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8940 "It runs the B<postclean> hook and if B<-tc> or B<--post-clean> is specified, "
8941 "it will call B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again."
8945 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8950 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8951 msgid "It calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>."
8955 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8960 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8962 "It runs the B<check> hook and calls a package checker for the B<.changes> "
8963 "file (if a command is specified in B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or with B<--check-"
8968 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8973 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8975 "It runs the B<sign> hook and signs using the OpenPGP backend (as long as it "
8976 "is not an UNRELEASED build, or B<--no-sign> is specified) to sign the B<."
8977 "dsc> file (if any, unless B<-us> or B<--unsigned-source> is specified), the "
8978 "B<.buildinfo> file (unless B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc> or B<--"
8979 "unsigned-changes> is specified) and the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> or "
8980 "B<--unsigned-changes> is specified)."
8984 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8989 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8990 msgid "It runs the B<done> hook."
8994 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8997 #| "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
8998 #| "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names "
8999 #| "matching this shell pattern '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*') on the configuration "
9000 #| "directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration "
9001 #| "file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but "
9002 #| "without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)."
9004 "All long options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg-"
9005 "buildpackage> system and user configuration files. Each line in the "
9006 "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line "
9007 "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a "
9010 "所有选项都可以在命令行中或者在 B<dpkg> 配置文件 I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> 中指"
9011 "定,在配置目录 I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/> 里的零碎文件中指定也可(零碎文件需"
9012 "要匹配 shell 模式 '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*')。配置文件中的每一行可以是选项(与命令行"
9013 "选项一致,但无需连字符)也可以是注释(以 B<#> 开头)。"
9016 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9017 msgid "B<--build=>I<type>"
9021 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9023 "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since "
9024 "dpkg 1.18.5). All the specified components get combined to select the "
9025 "single build type to use, which implies a single build run with a single F<."
9026 "changes> file generated. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
9030 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9031 msgid "The allowed values are:"
9035 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9037 #| msgid "dpkg-source"
9039 msgstr "dpkg-source"
9042 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9043 msgid "Builds the source package."
9047 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9049 "B<Note>: When using this value standalone and if what you want is simply to "
9050 "(re-)build the source package from a clean source tree, using B<dpkg-source> "
9051 "directly is always a better option as it does not require any build "
9052 "dependencies to be installed which are otherwise needed to be able to call "
9053 "the B<clean> target."
9057 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9062 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9063 msgid "Builds the architecture specific binary packages."
9067 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9069 #| msgid "B<install>"
9074 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9075 msgid "Builds the architecture independent binary packages."
9079 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9081 "Builds the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is "
9082 "an alias for B<any,all>."
9086 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9091 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9093 "Builds everything. This is an alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as "
9094 "the default case when no build option is specified."
9098 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9103 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9104 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,all> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
9108 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg.pod
9113 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9114 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,any> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
9118 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9123 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9124 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=binary> or B<--build=any,all>."
9128 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9133 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9134 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=any>."
9138 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9143 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9144 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=all>."
9148 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9153 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9154 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source>."
9158 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9163 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9165 "Equivalent to B<--build=full>, B<--build=source,binary> or B<--build=source,"
9166 "any,all> (since dpkg 1.15.8)."
9170 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9171 msgid "B<--target=>I<target>[,...]"
9175 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9176 msgid "B<--target> I<target>[,...]"
9180 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9182 #| msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
9183 msgid "B<-T>, B<--rules-target=>I<target>[,...]"
9184 msgstr "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
9187 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9189 "Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> once per target specified, after having "
9190 "setup the build environment (except for calling B<dpkg-source --before-"
9191 "build>), and stops the package build process here (since dpkg 1.15.0, long "
9192 "option since dpkg 1.18.8, multi-target support since dpkg 1.18.16). If B<--"
9193 "as-root> is also given, then the command is executed as root (see B<--root-"
9194 "command>). Note that known targets that are required to be run as root do "
9195 "not need this option (i.e. the B<clean>, B<binary>, B<binary-arch> and "
9196 "B<binary-indep> targets)."
9200 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9201 msgid "B<--as-root>"
9205 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9207 "Only meaningful together with B<--target> (since dpkg 1.15.0). Requires "
9208 "that the target be run with root rights."
9212 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9217 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9222 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9227 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
9228 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
9229 msgid "B<-v>I<version>"
9233 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9234 msgid "B<-C>I<changes-description>"
9238 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9239 msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer-address>"
9243 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9244 msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer-address>"
9248 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9249 msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9253 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9254 msgid "B<--build-by=>I<maintainer-address>"
9258 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9259 msgid "B<--source-by=>I<maintainer-address> (since dpkg 1.21.10)"
9263 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9264 msgid "Pass as B<-m> to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9268 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9269 msgid "B<--release-by=>I<maintainer-address>"
9273 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9274 msgid "B<--changed-by=>I<maintainer-address> (since dpkg 1.21.10)"
9278 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9279 msgid "Pass as B<-e> to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9283 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9285 "Specify the Debian architecture we build for (long option since dpkg "
9286 "1.17.17). The architecture of the machine we build on is determined "
9287 "automatically, and is also the default for the host machine."
9291 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9293 "Specify the GNU system type we build for (long option since dpkg 1.17.17). "
9294 "It can be used in place of B<--host-arch> or as a complement to override the "
9295 "default GNU system type of the host Debian architecture."
9299 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9300 msgid "B<--target-arch> I<architecture>"
9304 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9306 "Specify the Debian architecture the binaries built will build for (since "
9307 "dpkg 1.17.17). The default value is the host machine."
9311 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9312 msgid "B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
9316 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9318 "Specify the GNU system type the binaries built will build for (since dpkg "
9319 "1.17.17). It can be used in place of B<--target-arch> or as a complement to "
9320 "override the default GNU system type of the target Debian architecture."
9324 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9325 msgid "B<-P>, B<--build-profiles=>I<profile>[B<,>...]"
9329 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9331 "Specify the profile(s) we build, as a comma-separated list (since dpkg "
9332 "1.17.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The default behavior is to build "
9333 "for no specific profile. Also sets them (as a space separated list) as the "
9334 "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES> environment variable which allows, for example, "
9335 "B<debian/rules> files to use this information for conditional builds."
9339 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9340 msgid "B<-j>, B<--jobs>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
9344 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9346 "Specifies the number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously (since dpkg "
9347 "1.14.7, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The number of jobs matching the "
9348 "number of online processors if B<auto> is specified (since dpkg 1.17.10), or "
9349 "unlimited number if I<jobs> is not specified. The default behavior is "
9350 "B<auto> (since dpkg 1.18.11) in non-forced mode (since dpkg 1.21.10), and as "
9351 "such it is always safer to use with any package including those that are not "
9352 "parallel-build safe. Setting the number of jobs to B<1> will restore serial "
9357 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9359 "Will add B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> to the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
9360 "environment variable which allows debian/rules files to opt-in to use this "
9361 "information for their own purposes. The I<jobs> value will override the "
9362 "B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> option in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
9363 "environment variable. Note that the B<auto> value will get replaced by the "
9364 "actual number of currently active processors, and as such will not get "
9365 "propagated to any child process. If the number of online processors cannot "
9366 "be inferred then the code will fallback to using serial execution (since "
9367 "dpkg 1.18.15), although this should only happen on exotic and unsupported "
9372 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9373 msgid "B<-J>, B<--jobs-try>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
9377 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9379 "This option (since dpkg 1.18.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8) is equivalent "
9380 "to the B<-j> above."
9384 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9386 "Since the behavior for B<-j> changed in dpkg 1.21.10 to the opt-in mode, you "
9387 "can use this option instead if you need to guarantee semantics across dpkg "
9392 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9393 msgid "B<--jobs-force>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
9397 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9399 "This option (since dpkg 1.21.10) is equivalent to the B<--jobs> option "
9400 "except that it will enable forced parallel mode, by adding the B<make> B<-j> "
9401 "option with the computed number of parallel jobs to the B<MAKEFLAGS> "
9402 "environment variable."
9406 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9408 "This should cause all subsequent make invocations to inherit the option, "
9409 "thus forcing the parallel setting on the packaging (and possibly the "
9410 "upstream build system if that uses L<make(1)>) regardless of their support "
9411 "for parallel builds, which might cause build failures."
9415 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9417 "B<Note>: Any Makefile that is not parallel-safe should be considered to be "
9418 "buggy. These should either be made parallel-safe, or marked as not being "
9419 "safe with the L<make(1)> B<.NOTPARALLEL> target."
9423 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9425 #| msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>"
9426 msgid "B<-D>, B<--check-builddeps>"
9427 msgstr "B<-?>, B<--help>"
9430 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9432 "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied (long option "
9433 "since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the default behavior."
9437 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9439 #| msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>"
9440 msgid "B<-d>, B<--no-check-builddeps>"
9441 msgstr "B<-?>, B<--help>"
9444 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9446 "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts (long option since dpkg "
9451 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9452 msgid "B<--ignore-builtin-builddeps>"
9456 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9458 "Do not check built-in build dependencies and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). "
9459 "These are the distribution specific implicit build dependencies usually "
9460 "required in a build environment, the so called Build-Essential package set."
9464 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9465 msgid "B<--rules-requires-root>"
9469 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9471 "Do not honor the B<Rules-Requires-Root> field, falling back to its legacy "
9472 "default value (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
9476 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9478 #| msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
9479 msgid "B<-nc>, B<--no-pre-clean>"
9480 msgstr "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
9483 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9485 "Do not clean the source tree before building (long option since dpkg "
9486 "1.18.8). Implies B<-b> if nothing else has been selected among B<-F>, B<-"
9487 "g>, B<-G>, B<-B>, B<-A> or B<-S>. Implies B<-d> with B<-S> (since dpkg "
9492 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9494 #| msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
9495 msgid "B<--pre-clean>"
9496 msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
9499 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9501 "Clean the source tree before building (since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the "
9506 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9508 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9509 msgid "B<-tc>, B<--post-clean>"
9510 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9513 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9515 "Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) "
9516 "after the package has been built (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)."
9520 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9522 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9523 msgid "B<--no-post-clean>"
9524 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9527 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9529 "Do not clean the source tree after the package has been built (since dpkg "
9530 "1.19.1). This is the default behavior."
9534 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9535 msgid "B<--sanitize-env>"
9539 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9541 "Sanitize the build environment (since dpkg 1.20.0). This will reset or "
9542 "remove environment variables, umask, and any other process attributes that "
9543 "might otherwise adversely affect the build of packages. Because the "
9544 "official entry point to build packages is B<debian/rules>, packages cannot "
9545 "rely on these settings being in place, and thus should work even when they "
9546 "are not. What to sanitize is vendor specific."
9550 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9551 msgid "B<-r>, B<--root-command=>I<gain-root-command>"
9555 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9557 "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as "
9558 "root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one "
9559 "has been specified (long option since dpkg 1.18.8). Otherwise, if none has "
9560 "been specified, B<fakeroot> will be used by default, if the command is "
9561 "present. I<gain-root-command> should start with the name of a program on "
9562 "the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run "
9563 "and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> can include "
9564 "parameters (they must be space-separated) but no shell metacharacters. "
9565 "I<gain-root-command> might typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or "
9566 "B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since it can only invoke the user's shell "
9567 "with B<-c> instead of passing arguments individually to the command to be "
9572 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9574 #| msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
9575 msgid "B<-R>, B<--rules-file=>I<rules-file>"
9576 msgstr "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
9579 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9581 "Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a "
9582 "command with several standard parameters (since dpkg 1.14.17, long option "
9583 "since dpkg 1.18.8). With this option it's possible to use another program "
9584 "invocation to build the package (it can include space separated "
9585 "parameters). Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard rules "
9586 "file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/make -"
9587 "f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)."
9591 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9592 msgid "B<--check-command=>I<check-command>"
9596 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9598 "Command used to check the B<.changes> file itself and any artifact built "
9599 "referenced in the file (since dpkg 1.17.6). The command should take the B<."
9600 "changes> pathname as an argument. This command will usually be B<lintian>."
9604 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9605 msgid "B<--check-option=>I<opt>"
9609 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9611 "Pass option I<opt> to the I<check-command> specified with "
9612 "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or B<--check-command> (since dpkg 1.17.6). Can be used "
9617 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9618 msgid "B<--hook->I<hook-name>B<=>I<hook-command>"
9622 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9624 "Set the specified shell code I<hook-command> as the hook I<hook-name>, which "
9625 "will run at the times specified in the run steps (since dpkg 1.17.6). The "
9626 "hooks will always be executed even if the following action is not performed "
9627 "(except for the B<binary> hook). All the hooks will run in the unpacked "
9632 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9634 "Some hooks can receive addition information through environment variables "
9635 "(since dpkg 1.22.0). All hooks get the hook name in the "
9636 "B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_NAME> environment variable (since dpkg 1.22.0)."
9640 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9642 "B<Note>: Hooks can affect the build process, and cause build failures if "
9643 "their commands fail, so watch out for unintended consequences."
9647 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9648 msgid "The current I<hook-name> supported are:"
9652 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9654 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
9656 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
9659 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9661 #| msgid "B<install>"
9666 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9668 #| msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
9670 msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
9673 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9675 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_SOURCE_OPTIONS> with the space-separated lists "
9676 "of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-source> call."
9680 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9682 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BUILD_TARGET> with the name of the B<debian/"
9683 "rules> build target called, but only if called."
9687 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9689 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BINARY_TARGET> with the name of the B<debian/"
9690 "rules> binary target called, but only if called."
9694 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9696 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
9697 msgid "B<buildinfo>"
9698 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
9701 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9703 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BUILDINFO_OPTIONS> with the space-separated "
9704 "lists of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> call."
9708 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9710 #| msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
9712 msgstr "I<filename>B<.deb>"
9715 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9717 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_CHANGES_OPTIONS> with the space-separated "
9718 "lists of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-genchanges> call."
9722 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9724 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9725 msgid "B<postclean>"
9726 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9729 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9734 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9736 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_CHECK_OPTIONS> with the space-separated lists "
9737 "of options that will passed to the check command call."
9741 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9743 #| msgid "B<--version>"
9745 msgstr "B<--version>"
9748 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9753 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9755 "The I<hook-command> supports the following substitution format string, which "
9756 "will get applied to it before execution:"
9760 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9765 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9766 msgid "A single % character."
9770 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9775 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9777 "A boolean value (0 or 1), representing whether the following action is being "
9782 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9787 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
9788 msgid "The source package name."
9792 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9797 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9798 msgid "The source package version."
9802 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9807 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9808 msgid "The source package version (without the epoch)."
9812 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9817 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9818 msgid "The upstream version."
9822 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9824 #| msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"
9825 msgid "B<--buildinfo-file=>I<filename>"
9826 msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"
9829 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9831 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
9833 "Set the I<filename> for the generated B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
9834 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
9837 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9838 msgid "B<--buildinfo-option=>I<opt>"
9842 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9844 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> (since dpkg 1.18.11). Can be "
9845 "used multiple times."
9849 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9851 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9852 msgid "B<--sign-backend=>I<sign-backend>"
9853 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9856 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9858 "Specify an OpenPGP backend interface to use when invoking the I<sign-"
9859 "command> (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
9863 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9865 "The default is B<auto>, where the best current backend available will be "
9866 "used. The specific OpenPGP backends supported in order of preference are:"
9870 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9872 #| msgid "dpkg-source"
9874 msgstr "dpkg-source"
9877 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9878 msgid "(any conforming Stateless OpenPGP implementation)"
9882 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9887 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9888 msgid "(from Sequoia-PGP)"
9892 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9897 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9898 msgid "(from GnuPG)"
9902 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9904 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9905 msgid "B<-p>, B<--sign-command=>I<sign-command>"
9906 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9909 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9911 "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute an OpenPGP backend command to "
9912 "sign a source control (B<.dsc>) file, a B<.buildinfo> file or a B<.changes> "
9913 "file it will run I<sign-command> (searching the B<PATH> if necessary) "
9914 "instead of the default or auto-detected backend command (long option since "
9915 "dpkg 1.18.8). I<sign-command> will get all the backend specific arguments "
9916 "according to the B<--sign-backend> selected. I<sign-command> should not "
9917 "contain spaces or any other shell metacharacters."
9921 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9923 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9924 msgid "B<-k>, B<--sign-keyid=>I<key-id>"
9925 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9928 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9930 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9931 msgid "B<--sign-key=>I<key-id>"
9932 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9935 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9937 "Specify an OpenPGP key-ID (either a fingerprint or a user-ID) for the secret "
9938 "key to use when signing packages (B<--sign-key> since dpkg 1.18.8, B<--sign-"
9939 "keyid> since dpkg 1.21.10)."
9943 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9945 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9946 msgid "B<--sign-keyfile=>I<key-file>"
9947 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9950 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9952 "Specify an OpenPGP I<key-file> containing the secret key to use when signing "
9953 "packages (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
9957 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9959 "B<Note>: For security reasons the I<key-file> is best kept locked with a "
9964 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9966 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9967 msgid "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>"
9968 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9971 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9972 msgid "Do not sign the source package (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)."
9976 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9978 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9979 msgid "B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>"
9980 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
9983 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9985 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
9986 msgid "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.18.19)."
9987 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
9990 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9992 #| msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
9993 msgid "B<-uc>, B<--unsigned-changes>"
9994 msgstr "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
9997 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9999 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
10001 "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> and B<.changes> files (long option since dpkg "
10003 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
10006 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10008 #| msgid "B<--version>"
10009 msgid "B<--no-sign>"
10010 msgstr "B<--version>"
10013 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10015 "Do not sign any file, this includes the source package, the B<.buildinfo> "
10016 "file and the B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.18.20)."
10020 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10021 msgid "B<--force-sign>"
10025 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10027 "Force the signing of the resulting files (since dpkg 1.17.0), regardless of "
10028 "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>, B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc>, B<--"
10029 "unsigned-changes> or other internal heuristics."
10033 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10038 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10043 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10048 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10053 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10058 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10063 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10068 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10073 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10078 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10079 msgid "B<-i>, B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]"
10083 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10085 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
10086 msgid "B<-I>, B<--tar-ignore>[=I<pattern>]"
10087 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
10090 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10092 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
10093 msgid "B<-z>, B<--compression-level=>I<level>"
10094 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
10097 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10099 #| msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
10100 msgid "B<-Z>, B<--compression=>I<compressor>"
10101 msgstr "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
10104 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10105 msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page."
10109 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10110 msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>"
10114 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10116 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used "
10121 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10123 #| msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
10124 msgid "B<--changes-file=>I<filename>"
10125 msgstr "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
10128 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10130 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
10132 "Set the I<filename> for the generated B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
10133 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
10136 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10137 msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>"
10141 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10143 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used "
10148 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
10149 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
10150 msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"
10151 msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"
10154 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10155 msgid "B<--admindir> I<dir>"
10159 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
10161 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.14.0). The "
10162 "default location is I<%ADMINDIR%>."
10166 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
10167 msgid "External environment"
10171 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10172 msgid "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND>"
10176 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10178 "If set, it will be used as the command to check the B<.changes> file (since "
10179 "dpkg 1.17.6). Overridden by the B<--check-command> option."
10183 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10184 msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYID>"
10188 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10190 "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes>, B<.buildinfo> and B<.dsc> "
10191 "files (since dpkg 1.17.2). Overridden by the B<--sign-key> option."
10195 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10196 msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYFILE>"
10200 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10202 "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes>, B<.buildinfo> and B<.dsc> "
10203 "files (since dpkg 1.21.10). Overridden by the B<--sign-keyfile> option."
10207 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10209 "If set, it will contain a space-separated list of options that affect the "
10210 "behavior of some dpkg tools involved in package building, and might affect "
10211 "the package build process if the code in F<debian/rules> honors them."
10215 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10217 "The following are the options known and supported by dpkg tools, other "
10218 "options honored by F<debian/rules> might be defined by distribution specific "
10223 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10224 msgid "B<parallel=>I<N>"
10228 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10230 "The F<debian/rules> in the packaging might use this option to set up the "
10231 "build process to use I<N> parallel jobs. It is overridden by the B<--jobs> "
10232 "and B<--jobs-force> options."
10236 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10241 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10243 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> will ignore the B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> variable. The "
10244 "F<debian/rules> in the packaging is not expected to run test suites during "
10249 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10254 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10256 "If F<debian/rules> calls B<dpkg-buildflags> to set up the build flags, those "
10257 "will be set to not enable any optimizations."
10261 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10266 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10268 "The F<debian/rules> in the packaging should ensure that objects do not get "
10269 "the debugging information stripped. If F<debian/rules> includes the B<mk/"
10270 "buildtools.mk> make fragment the B<STRIP> make variable will respect this "
10275 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10277 #| msgid "B<--version>"
10279 msgstr "B<--version>"
10282 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10284 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> will append the B<--no-print-directory> L<make(1)> flag "
10285 "to the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment variable. The F<debian/rules> in the "
10286 "packaging should reduce verbosity, while not being completely quiet."
10290 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10291 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES>"
10295 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10297 "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being "
10298 "built (since dpkg 1.17.2). It is a space separated list of profile names. "
10299 "Overridden by the B<-P> option."
10303 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
10304 msgid "Internal environment"
10308 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10310 "Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> should "
10311 "not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface "
10312 "to retrieve the needed values, because that file is the main entry point to "
10313 "build packages and running it standalone should be supported."
10317 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10318 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_*>"
10322 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10323 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_*>"
10327 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10328 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_*>"
10332 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10334 "B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters "
10335 "forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in "
10336 "the build environment."
10340 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10341 msgid "B<DEB_RULES_REQUIRES_ROOT>"
10345 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10347 "This variable is set to the value obtained from the B<Rules-Requires-Root> "
10348 "field, the dpkg-build-api level or from the command-line. When set, it will "
10349 "be a valid value for the B<Rules-Requires-Root> field. It is used to notify "
10350 "B<debian/rules> whether the B<rootless-builds.txt> specification is "
10355 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10356 msgid "B<DEB_GAIN_ROOT_CMD>"
10360 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10362 "This variable is set to I<gain-root-command> when the field B<Rules-Requires-"
10363 "Root> is set to a value different to B<no> and B<binary-targets>."
10367 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
10368 msgid "B<SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH>"
10372 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10374 "This variable is set to the Unix timestamp since the epoch of the latest "
10375 "entry in I<debian/changelog>, if it is not already defined."
10379 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10380 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildpackage.conf>"
10384 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10385 msgid "System wide configuration file"
10389 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10390 msgid "I<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildpackage.conf> or"
10394 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10395 msgid "I<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildpackage.conf>"
10399 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10400 msgid "Compiler flags are no longer exported"
10404 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10406 "Between dpkg 1.14.17 and 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exported compiler "
10407 "flags (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>) with "
10408 "values as returned by B<dpkg-buildflags>. This is no longer the case."
10412 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10413 msgid "Default build targets"
10417 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10419 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is using the B<build-arch> and B<build-indep> targets "
10420 "since dpkg 1.16.2. Those targets are thus mandatory. But to avoid "
10421 "breakages of existing packages, and ease the transition, if the source "
10422 "package does not build both architecture independent and dependent binary "
10423 "packages (since dpkg 1.18.8) it will fallback to use the B<build> target if "
10424 "B<make -f debian/rules -qn> I<build-target> returns 2 as exit code."
10428 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-source.pod
10429 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg.pod
10434 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10436 "Building binary or source packages should only be performed over trusted "
10441 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10443 "It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters and initial "
10444 "arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>."
10448 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10450 "I<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<dpkg-source(1)>, L<dpkg-"
10451 "architecture(1)>, L<dpkg-buildflags(1)>, L<dpkg-genbuildinfo(1)>, L<dpkg-"
10452 "genchanges(1)>, L<fakeroot(1)>, L<lintian(1)>, L<https://datatracker.ietf."
10453 "org/doc/draft-dkg-openpgp-stateless-cli/>, L<sq(1)>, L<gpg(1)>."
10457 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10458 msgid "dpkg-buildtree - helper for build tree operations during package builds"
10462 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10464 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
10465 msgid "B<dpkg-buildtree> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
10466 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
10469 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10471 "B<dpkg-buildtree> is a tool to perform common operations on the build tree "
10472 "for a source package."
10476 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10478 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
10479 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.22.3."
10480 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
10483 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10485 "Removes all artifacts generated during a build by the various dpkg tools, "
10486 "and pathnames used or controlled by dpkg tools that are safe to clean. "
10487 "These files are used to track state between package build runs, and are in "
10488 "many cases internal implementation details the packager should not be "
10489 "concerned about, or are staging directories containing build artifacts."
10493 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10495 #| msgid "deb-control"
10496 msgid "Cleaned files"
10497 msgstr "deb-control"
10500 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10502 #| msgid "deb-control"
10503 msgid "F<debian/files>"
10504 msgstr "deb-control"
10507 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10509 #| msgid "deb-control"
10510 msgid "F<debian/files.new>"
10511 msgstr "deb-control"
10514 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10516 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
10517 msgid "Files generated by L<dpkg-distaddfile(1)>."
10518 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
10521 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10523 #| msgid "deb-control"
10524 msgid "F<debian/substvars>"
10525 msgstr "deb-control"
10528 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10529 msgid "F<debian/substvars.new>"
10533 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10534 msgid "Files generated by L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>."
10538 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10540 #| msgid "deb-control"
10541 msgid "F<debian/tmp>"
10542 msgstr "deb-control"
10545 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10547 "Staging directory containing the contents to be used when creating a "
10548 "package. Both L<dpkg-gencontrol(1)> and L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)> generate "
10553 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10555 "You can call B<dpkg-buildtree clean> from the F<debian/rules> B<clean> "
10556 "target, after having performed other necessary cleanups."
10560 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10561 msgid "For example for an autoconf-like build system:"
10565 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10569 " \t[ ! -f Makefile ] || $(MAKE) distclean\n"
10570 " \tdpkg-buildtree clean\n"
10575 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10576 msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts"
10580 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10581 msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<control-file>]"
10585 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10587 "This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build "
10588 "dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
10589 "met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code."
10593 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10595 "By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
10596 "be specified on the command line."
10600 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10602 "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> lines (since dpkg "
10603 "1.16.4). Use when only arch-indep packages will be built, or combine with "
10604 "B<-B> when only a source package is to be built."
10608 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10610 "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Indep> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> lines. Use when "
10611 "only arch-dep packages will be built, or combine with B<-A> when only a "
10612 "source package is to be built."
10616 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10621 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10623 "Ignore built-in build depends and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). These are "
10624 "implicit dependencies that are usually required on a specific distribution, "
10625 "the so called Build-Essential package set."
10629 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10630 msgid "B<-d> I<build-depends-string>"
10634 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10635 msgid "B<-c> I<build-conflicts-string>"
10639 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10641 "Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the "
10642 "I<debian/control> file (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
10646 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10647 msgid "B<-a> I<arch>"
10651 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10653 "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
10654 "the control file is to be built for the given host architecture instead of "
10655 "the architecture of the current system (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
10659 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10660 msgid "B<-P> I<profile>[B<,>...]"
10664 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10666 "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
10667 "the control file is to be built for the given build profile(s) (since dpkg "
10668 "1.17.2). The argument is a comma-separated list of profile names."
10672 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10674 "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being "
10675 "built. It is a space separated list of profile names. Overridden by the B<-"
10681 msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool"
10686 msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<option>...] I<command>"
10692 "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives."
10697 msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system."
10703 "You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you "
10704 "want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> "
10705 "and run it for you."
10711 "For most commands taking an input archive argument, the archive can be read "
10712 "from standard input if the archive name is given as a single minus character "
10713 "(«B<->»); otherwise lack of support will be documented in their respective "
10714 "command description."
10719 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<binary-directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
10725 "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<binary-"
10726 "directory>. I<binary-directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which "
10727 "contains the control information files such as the control file itself. "
10728 "This directory will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem "
10729 "archive, but instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's "
10730 "control information area."
10736 "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
10737 "parse it. It will check the file for syntax errors and other problems, and "
10738 "display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also "
10739 "check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the "
10740 "B<DEBIAN> control information directory."
10746 "If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into "
10747 "the file I<binary-directory>B<.deb>."
10752 msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten."
10758 "If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
10759 "file I<directory>B</>I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb.> When a "
10760 "target directory is specified, rather than a file, the B<--nocheck> option "
10761 "may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to read and parse the package "
10762 "control file to determine which filename to use)."
10767 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]"
10772 msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive."
10778 "If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of "
10779 "the contents of the package as well as its control file."
10785 "If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them "
10786 "in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present "
10787 "it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status "
10793 msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>"
10799 "Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified "
10800 "by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's "
10801 "name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator."
10806 msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]"
10811 msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive."
10817 "If no I<control-field-name>s are specified then it will print the whole "
10824 "If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
10825 "order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one I<control-"
10826 "field-name> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
10827 "name (and a colon and space)."
10832 msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found."
10836 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
10837 msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>"
10843 "Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
10844 "archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
10849 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
10851 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
10852 msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive> I<directory>"
10853 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
10858 "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified "
10865 "Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
10866 "correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
10872 "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its "
10873 "permissions modified to match the contents of the package."
10877 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
10879 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
10880 msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive> I<directory>"
10881 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
10886 "Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) with B<--verbose> (B<-v>) which prints a "
10887 "listing of the files extracted as it goes."
10893 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
10894 msgid "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive> I<directory>"
10895 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
10900 "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified "
10901 "directory, and the control information files into a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
10902 "of the specified directory (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
10908 "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
10914 "The input archive is not (currently) processed sequentially, so reading it "
10915 "from standard input («B<->») is B<not> supported."
10919 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
10920 msgid "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>"
10926 "Extracts the control data from a binary package and sends it to standard "
10927 "output in B<tar> format (since dpkg 1.17.14). Together with L<tar(1)> this "
10928 "can be used to extract a particular control file from a package archive. "
10929 "The input archive will always be processed sequentially."
10933 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
10934 msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>"
10940 "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
10941 "standard output in B<tar> format. Together with L<tar(1)> this can be used "
10942 "to extract a particular file from a package archive. The input archive will "
10943 "always be processed sequentially."
10947 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
10948 msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]"
10954 "Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the "
10955 "specified directory."
10961 "If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current "
10962 "directory is used."
10967 msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>"
10973 "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
10974 "produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
10980 "The string may reference any status field using the “${I<field-name>}” form, "
10981 "a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the same "
10982 "package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including escape "
10983 "sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the B<--"
10984 "showformat> option in L<dpkg-query(1)>."
10989 msgid "The default for this field is “${Package}\\t${Version}\\n”."
10994 msgid "B<-z>I<compress-level>"
11000 "Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when "
11001 "building a package (default is 9 for gzip, 6 for xz, 3 for zstd). The "
11002 "accepted values are compressor specific. For gzip, from 0-9 with 0 being "
11003 "mapped to compressor none. For xz from 0-9. For zstd from 0-22, with "
11004 "levels from 20 to 22 enabling its ultra mode. Before dpkg 1.16.2 level 0 "
11005 "was equivalent to compressor none for all compressors."
11010 msgid "B<-S>I<compress-strategy>"
11016 "Specify which compression strategy to use on the compressor backend, when "
11017 "building a package (since dpkg 1.16.2). Allowed values are B<none> (since "
11018 "dpkg 1.16.4), B<filtered>, B<huffman>, B<rle> and B<fixed> for gzip (since "
11019 "dpkg 1.17.0) and B<extreme> for xz."
11024 msgid "B<-Z>I<compress-type>"
11030 "Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed "
11031 "values are B<gzip>, B<xz> (since dpkg 1.15.6), B<zstd> (since dpkg 1.21.18) "
11032 "and B<none> (default is B<%DEB_DEFAULT_COMPRESSOR%>)."
11037 msgid "B<--[no-]uniform-compression>"
11043 "Specify that the same compression parameters should be used for all archive "
11044 "members (i.e. B<control.tar> and B<data.tar>; since dpkg 1.17.6). Otherwise "
11045 "only the B<data.tar> member will use those parameters. The only supported "
11046 "compression types allowed to be uniformly used are B<none>, B<gzip>, B<xz> "
11047 "and B<zstd>. The B<--no-uniform-compression> option disables uniform "
11048 "compression (since dpkg 1.19.0). Uniform compression is the default (since "
11053 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-source.pod
11054 msgid "B<--threads-max=>I<threads>"
11060 "Sets the maximum number of threads allowed for compressors that support "
11061 "multi-threaded operations (since dpkg 1.21.9)."
11066 msgid "B<--root-owner-group>"
11072 "Set the owner and group for each entry in the filesystem tree data to root "
11073 "with id 0 (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
11079 "B<Note>: This option can be useful for rootless builds (see I<rootless-"
11080 "builds.txt>), but should B<not> be used when the entries have an owner or "
11081 "group that is not root. Support for these will be added later in the form "
11082 "of a meta manifest."
11087 msgid "B<--deb-format=>I<format>"
11093 "Set the archive format version used when building (since dpkg 1.17.0). "
11094 "Allowed values are B<2.0> for the new format, and B<0.939000> for the old "
11095 "one (default is B<2.0>)."
11101 "The old archive format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now "
11102 "obsolete; its only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of "
11103 "dpkg older than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out "
11109 msgid "B<--nocheck>"
11115 "Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
11116 "archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
11120 #: dpkg-deb.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
11121 msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
11127 "Enables verbose output (since dpkg 1.16.1). This currently only affects B<--"
11128 "extract> making it behave like B<--vextract>."
11133 msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>"
11138 msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
11142 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11143 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11144 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11145 msgid "EXIT STATUS"
11149 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11150 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11151 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11156 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
11157 msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
11161 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11162 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11163 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11168 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11169 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11171 "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, or "
11172 "interactions with the system, such as accesses to the database, memory "
11173 "allocations, etc."
11178 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_THREADS_MAX>"
11183 msgid "The B<--threads-max> option overrides this value."
11188 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_COMPRESSOR_TYPE>"
11194 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
11195 msgid "Sets the compressor type to use (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
11196 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
11200 msgid "The B<-Z> option overrides this value."
11205 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_COMPRESSOR_LEVEL>"
11211 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
11212 msgid "Sets the compressor level to use (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
11213 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
11217 msgid "The B<-z> option overrides this value."
11221 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11228 "If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create "
11229 "temporary files and directories."
11235 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the "
11236 "L<deb(5)>'s L<ar(5)> container and used to clamp the mtime in the L<tar(5)> "
11243 "Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
11244 "B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
11245 "package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
11251 "Examining untrusted package archives or extracting them into staging "
11252 "directories should be considered a security boundary, and any breakage of "
11253 "that boundary stemming from these operations should be considered a security "
11254 "vulnerability. But handling untrusted package archives should not be done "
11255 "lightly, as the surface area includes any compression library supported, in "
11256 "addition to the archive formats and control files themselves. Performing "
11257 "these operations over untrusted data as root is strongly discouraged."
11262 msgid "Building package archives should only be performed over trusted data."
11268 "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing."
11274 "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a "
11275 "straightforward checksum. (Higher level tools like APT support "
11276 "authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most "
11277 "packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by debian/rules. "
11278 "Though this is not directly supported by the lower level tools.)"
11284 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
11286 "F<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, "
11287 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dselect(1)>."
11288 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
11291 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11292 msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files"
11296 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11297 msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<option>...] I<filename section priority>"
11301 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11302 msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>."
11306 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11308 "It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and "
11309 "priority for the B<.changes> file."
11313 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11315 "The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-"
11316 "genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being "
11317 "a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run."
11321 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
11322 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11323 msgid "B<-f>I<files-list-file>"
11327 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11329 "Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using "
11334 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11336 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
11337 "B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files."
11341 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11343 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
11344 msgid "L<deb-src-files(5)>."
11345 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
11349 msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file"
11354 msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<command>"
11360 "B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of "
11367 "File I<diversions> are a way of forcing L<dpkg(1)> not to install a file "
11368 "into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used "
11369 "through the package maintainer scripts to move a file away when it causes a "
11370 "conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's "
11371 "configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as "
11372 "“conffiles”) need to be preserved by B<dpkg>, when installing a newer "
11373 "version of a package which contains those files."
11378 msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>"
11384 "Add a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see B<--"
11390 msgid "B<--remove> I<file>"
11396 "Remove a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see B<--"
11401 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11402 msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]"
11407 msgid "List all diversions, or ones matching I<glob-pattern>."
11412 msgid "B<--listpackage> I<file>"
11418 "Print the name of the package that diverts I<file> (since dpkg 1.15.0). "
11419 "Prints LOCAL if I<file> is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not "
11425 msgid "B<--truename> I<file>"
11430 msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file."
11434 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dselect.pod
11435 #: update-alternatives.pod
11436 msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>"
11442 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. Defaults to "
11443 "«I<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
11447 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dselect.pod
11448 #: update-alternatives.pod
11450 #| msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
11451 msgid "B<--instdir> I<directory>"
11452 msgstr "B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
11455 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11457 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
11458 "get installed (since dpkg 1.19.2). Defaults to «I</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
11463 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11464 #: dselect.pod update-alternatives.pod
11466 #| msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>"
11467 msgid "B<--root> I<directory>"
11468 msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir>"
11471 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11474 #| "Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
11475 #| "var/lib/dpkg>."
11477 "Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation "
11478 "directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
11479 "«I<directory>B<%ADMINDIR%>» (since dpkg 1.19.2) if B<DPKG_ROOT> has not "
11482 "对 B<root> 的更改会将 B<instdir> 迁至 I<dir> 并把 B<admindir> 迁至 I<dir>B</"
11487 msgid "B<--divert> I<divert-to>"
11493 "I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by "
11494 "other packages, will be diverted."
11505 "Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This "
11506 "means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the "
11507 "file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally "
11508 "modified version."
11513 msgid "B<--package> I<package>"
11519 "I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be "
11520 "diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>."
11524 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
11530 msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output."
11535 msgid "B<--rename>"
11541 "Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation "
11542 "in case the destination file already exists. This is the common behavior "
11543 "used for diversions of files from the non-B<Essential> package set (see B<--"
11544 "no-rename> for more details)."
11550 #| msgid "B<--version>"
11551 msgid "B<--no-rename>"
11552 msgstr "B<--version>"
11557 "Specifies that the file should not be renamed while adding or removing the "
11558 "diversion into the database (since dpkg 1.19.1). This is intended for "
11559 "diversions of files from the B<Essential> package set, where the temporary "
11560 "disappearance of the original file is not acceptable, as it can render the "
11561 "system non-functional. This is the default behavior, but that will change "
11562 "in the dpkg 1.20.x cycle."
11572 msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate."
11576 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
11577 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11578 msgid "B<DPKG_ROOT>"
11582 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11584 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
11585 "will be used as the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
11589 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11590 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11591 msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>"
11595 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11597 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
11598 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory."
11602 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg.pod
11603 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>"
11609 "If set and the B<--local> and B<--package> options have not been specified, "
11610 "B<dpkg-divert> will use it as the package name."
11614 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11615 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
11616 msgid "B<DPKG_DEBUG>"
11620 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11621 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
11623 "Sets the debug mask (since dpkg 1.21.10) from an octal value. The currently "
11624 "accepted flags are described in the B<dpkg --debug> option, but not all "
11625 "these flags might have an effect on this program."
11630 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/diversions>"
11636 "File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is "
11637 "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files "
11638 "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>."
11644 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension "
11645 "I<-old>, before replacing it with the new one."
11651 "When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<original>B<.distrib>. "
11652 "When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must match if "
11658 msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>."
11664 "Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, L<ldconfig(8)> creates "
11665 "a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the library. "
11666 "Because B<ldconfig> does not honor diverts (only B<dpkg> does), the symlink "
11667 "may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library has the "
11668 "same SONAME as the undiverted one."
11674 "To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i."
11675 "e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</"
11676 "usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:"
11683 " dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example\n"
11689 msgid "To remove that diversion:"
11696 " dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example\n"
11703 "To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/"
11704 "example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:"
11711 " dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo \\\n"
11712 " --rename /usr/bin/example\n"
11720 " dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example\n"
11725 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11726 msgid "dpkg-fsys-usrunmess - undoes the merged-/usr-via-aliased-dirs mess"
11730 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11732 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
11733 msgid "B<dpkg-fsys-usrunmess> [B<option>...]"
11734 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
11737 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11739 "B<dpkg-fsys-usrunmess> is a tool to fix up filesystems that have been "
11740 "installed anew with recent installers with unfortunate defaults or migrated "
11741 "to the broken merged /usr via aliased directories layout, which is B<not> "
11742 "supported by dpkg. See the dpkg FAQ."
11746 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11748 "B<Note>: In Debian its tech-ctte has decreed that on the release after "
11749 "bookworm the non-usrmerged layout is not going to be supported, and thus "
11750 "some of its maintainers might not fix issues or intentionally remove non-"
11751 "usrmerged support, so you will need decide and pick your poison."
11755 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11756 msgid "The program will perform the following overall actions:"
11760 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11761 msgid "Check whether the system needs to be switched, otherwise do nothing,"
11765 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11766 msgid "Check for dpkg database consistency and otherwise abort."
11770 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11772 "Generate and install a regression prevention package, if requested on the "
11773 "command-line or otherwise on the prompt."
11777 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11778 msgid "Get the list of files and alternatives that need to be restored."
11782 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11783 msgid "Look for untracked kernel modules files that need to be moved too."
11787 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11789 "Create a shadow hierarchy under F</.usrunmess>, by creating the directories "
11790 "symlinks or hardlinking or copying the files as needed."
11794 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11796 "Prompt for confirmation before proceeding, if requested on the command-line."
11800 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11801 msgid "Lock the dpkg database."
11805 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11807 "Mark all packages as half-configured to force running maintainer scripts "
11808 "that might need to recreate files."
11812 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11814 "Replace the aliased directories with the shadow ones, by creating a backup "
11815 "of the old symlinked directories and renaming the shadow ones over."
11819 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11820 msgid "Relabel MAC information for directories and symlinks if necessary."
11824 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11825 msgid "Remove backup symlinks."
11829 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11830 msgid "Remove old moved objects, but defer directory removal."
11834 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11835 msgid "Remove old deferred directories that are not referenced by dpkg-query."
11839 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11840 msgid "Remove shadow root directory."
11844 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11846 "Register a B<policy-rc.d> to disallow service actions, which means that "
11847 "services might need to be restarted afterwards, ideally via a reboot."
11851 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11852 msgid "Reconfigure all packages."
11856 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11857 msgid "Unregister the B<policy-rc.d> and restore the alternatives state."
11861 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11863 "B<Note>: When running the program from some shells such as L<bash(1)> or "
11864 "L<zsh(1)>, after executing it, you might need to request the shell to forget "
11865 "all remembered executable locations with for example C<hash -r>."
11869 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11871 "B<Note>: Some directories might linger after the migration in case they "
11872 "contain untracked files. A list is printed once the script has finished for "
11873 "further investigation."
11877 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11879 "B<Warning>: Note that this operation has the potential to render the system "
11880 "unusable or broken in case of a sudden crash or reboot, unexpected state of "
11881 "the system, or possible bugs in the script. Be prepared with recovery media "
11882 "and consider doing backups beforehand."
11886 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11887 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.20.6."
11891 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11893 #| msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>"
11894 msgid "B<-p>, B<--prompt>"
11895 msgstr "B<-?>, B<--help>"
11898 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11900 "Prompt at the time of no return, so that the debug output or the shadow "
11901 "hierarchy can be evaluated before proceeding."
11905 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11907 #| msgid "B<--version>"
11908 msgid "B<--prevention>"
11909 msgstr "B<--version>"
11912 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11914 #| msgid "B<--version>"
11915 msgid "B<--no-prevention>"
11916 msgstr "B<--version>"
11919 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11921 "Enables or disables generating and installing a regression prevention "
11922 "package into the system. If no option has been specified, the action to "
11923 "take will be prompted."
11927 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11929 "The generated package contains the B<Protected> field set to B<yes> to "
11930 "protect against accidental removal of the package."
11934 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11936 #| msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
11937 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-act>"
11938 msgstr "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
11941 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11943 #| msgid "B<--version>"
11944 msgid "B<--dry-run>"
11945 msgstr "B<--version>"
11948 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11950 "This option enables the dry-run mode, where no destructive action takes "
11951 "place, only the preparatory part."
11955 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11956 msgid "B<DPKG_USRUNMESS_NOACT>"
11960 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11961 msgid "This setting defines whether to enable dry-run mode."
11965 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
11966 msgid "L<https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ#broken-usrmerge>."
11970 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11971 msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo - generate Debian .buildinfo files"
11975 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11977 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
11978 msgid "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> [I<option>...]"
11979 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
11982 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11984 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
11985 "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
11986 "control file describing the build environment and the build artifacts (B<."
11987 "buildinfo> file)."
11991 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11992 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.18.11."
11996 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
11997 msgid "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components."
12001 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12003 "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies (B<Build-"
12004 "Depends>) and architecture specific build dependencies (B<Build-Depends-"
12009 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12011 "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies (B<Build-"
12012 "Depends>) and architecture independent build dependencies (B<Build-Depends-"
12017 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12019 "Effectively ignored; generate build information with just the unqualified "
12020 "build dependencies (B<Build-Depends>)."
12024 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12026 "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This "
12027 "is an alias for B<any,all>."
12031 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12033 "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This "
12034 "is an alias for B<any,all,source>, and the same as the default case when no "
12035 "build option is specified."
12039 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
12040 msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>"
12044 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12046 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
12047 "default is B<debian/control>."
12051 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12053 msgid "B<-l>I<changelog-file>"
12057 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12059 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
12060 "B<debian/changelog>."
12064 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12066 "Specifies where is the list of files that have been produced by the build, "
12067 "rather than using B<debian/files>."
12071 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12073 msgid "B<-F>I<changelog-format>"
12077 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12080 "Specifies the format of the changelog. See L<dpkg-parsechangelog(1)> for "
12081 "information about alternative formats."
12085 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12086 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
12087 msgid "B<-O>[I<filename>]"
12091 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12093 "Print the buildinfo file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified) "
12094 "rather than to I<dir>B</>I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
12095 "buildinfo> (where I<dir> is B<..> by default or I<upload-files-dir> if B<-u> "
12100 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
12101 msgid "B<-u>I<upload-files-dir>"
12105 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12107 "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> "
12108 "(B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
12109 "sizes and checksums in the B<.buildinfo> file)."
12113 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12115 #| msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
12116 msgid "B<--always-include-kernel>"
12117 msgstr "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
12120 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12121 msgid "By default, the B<Build-Kernel-Version> field will not be written out."
12125 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12127 "Specify this option (since dpkg 1.19.0) to always write a B<Build-Kernel-"
12128 "Version> field when generating the B<.buildinfo>."
12132 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12134 #| msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
12135 msgid "B<--always-include-path>"
12136 msgstr "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
12139 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12141 "By default, the B<Build-Path> field will only be written if the current "
12142 "directory starts with an allowed pattern."
12146 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12148 "On Debian and derivatives the pattern matches on B</build/> at the start of "
12153 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12155 "Specify this option to always write a B<Build-Path> field when generating "
12156 "the B<.buildinfo>."
12160 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12162 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/"
12167 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12173 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12175 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> might produce informative messages on standard error. "
12176 "B<-q> suppresses these messages."
12180 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12182 "This variable can be used to enable or disable various features that affect "
12183 "the information included in the .buildinfo file, via the B<buildinfo> option "
12184 "(since dpkg 1.18.19). This option contains a comma-separated list of "
12185 "features, prefixed with the ‘B<+>’ or ‘B<->’ modifiers, to denote whether to "
12186 "enable or disable them. The special feature “B<all>” can be used to enable "
12187 "or disable all other features. The feature “B<path>” controls whether to "
12188 "unconditionally include the B<Build-Path> field."
12192 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12194 "The list of generated files. B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads the data here when "
12195 "producing a B<.buildinfo> file."
12199 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12201 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
12202 msgid "L<deb-buildinfo(5)>."
12203 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
12206 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12207 msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files"
12211 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12212 msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]"
12216 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12218 "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
12219 "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
12220 "upload control file (B<.changes> file)."
12224 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12226 "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since "
12231 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12232 msgid "Upload the source package."
12236 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12237 msgid "Upload the architecture specific binary packages."
12241 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12242 msgid "Upload the architecture independent binary packages."
12246 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12248 "Upload the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is "
12249 "an alias for B<any,all>."
12253 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12255 "Upload everything. This is alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as the "
12256 "default case when no build option is specified."
12260 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12262 "The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is "
12263 "included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e. B<-b> or B<-"
12264 "B> haven't been used)."
12268 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12270 "By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if "
12271 "the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian "
12272 "revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog "
12277 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12278 msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source."
12282 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12283 msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff."
12287 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12289 "Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than "
12290 "I<version> to be used."
12294 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12296 "Read the description of the changes from the file I<changes-description> "
12297 "rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file."
12301 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12303 "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
12304 "for this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
12309 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12311 "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
12312 "for this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
12317 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12318 msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>"
12322 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-source.pod
12324 "Set an output substitution variable. See L<deb-substvars(5)> for a "
12325 "discussion of output substitution."
12329 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
12330 msgid "B<-T>I<substvars-file>"
12334 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12336 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
12337 "substvars>. No variable substitution is done on any of the fields that are "
12338 "output, except for the contents extracted from each binary package "
12339 "B<Description> field (since dpkg 1.19.0), however the special variable "
12340 "I<Format> will override the field of the same name. This option can be used "
12341 "multiple times to read substitution variables from multiple files (since "
12346 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12347 msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>"
12351 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12352 msgid "Override or add an output control file field."
12356 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12357 msgid "B<-U>I<field>"
12361 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12362 msgid "Remove an output control file field."
12366 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12368 "Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B<debian/"
12373 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12375 "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> "
12376 "(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
12377 "sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)."
12381 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12383 "Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard "
12384 "error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being "
12385 "uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages."
12389 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12391 "Print the changes file to standard output (the default) or to I<filename> if "
12392 "specified (since dpkg 1.18.5)."
12396 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12398 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
12399 "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file."
12403 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12405 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
12407 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-src-files(5)>, L<deb-"
12408 "changelog(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>."
12409 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
12412 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12413 msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files"
12417 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12418 msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]"
12422 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12424 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and "
12425 "generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/"
12426 "control); during this process it will simplify the relation fields."
12430 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12432 "Thus B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> are "
12433 "simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true "
12434 "according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove "
12435 "any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates "
12436 "to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically "
12437 "it keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The "
12438 "order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency "
12439 "must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, "
12440 "the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one."
12444 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12446 "The other relation fields (B<Enhances>, B<Conflicts>, B<Breaks>, B<Replaces> "
12447 "and B<Provides>) are also simplified individually by computing the union of "
12448 "the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the "
12453 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12455 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/"
12460 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12461 msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated."
12465 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12467 "Set an output substitution variable. See L<deb-substvars(5)> for discussion "
12468 "of output substitution."
12472 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12474 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
12475 "substvars>. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
12476 "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
12480 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12481 msgid "B<-p>I<package>"
12485 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12487 "Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source "
12488 "control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; "
12489 "otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to "
12494 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12495 msgid "B<-n>I<filename>"
12499 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12501 "Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal "
12502 "package_version_arch.deb filename."
12506 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12507 msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>"
12511 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12513 "These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of the dpkg "
12514 "build scripts but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell "
12515 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> to include the Section and Priority fields in the control "
12516 "file. This is now the default behavior. If you want to get the old "
12517 "behavior you can use the B<-U> option to delete the fields from the control "
12522 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12523 msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>"
12527 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12529 "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to "
12530 "find the default value of the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and "
12531 "control file field, and for the default location of the output file."
12535 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12537 "Print the control file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified, "
12538 "since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or "
12539 "I<package-build-dir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)."
12543 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12545 "The main source control information file, giving version-independent "
12546 "information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce."
12550 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12552 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
12553 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose "
12554 "control files it generates here."
12558 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12560 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
12562 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-changelog(5)>, L<deb-"
12564 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
12567 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12569 "dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency "
12574 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12575 msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]"
12579 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12581 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) "
12582 "looking for libraries and generates a I<symbols> file describing them. This "
12583 "file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the "
12584 "build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the "
12589 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12591 "When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by "
12592 "the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and uses the first that "
12597 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12598 msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
12602 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12603 msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>"
12607 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12608 msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols"
12612 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12613 msgid "debian/symbols"
12617 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12619 "The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version "
12620 "associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds "
12621 "to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be "
12622 "manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended "
12623 "without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the "
12624 "maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but B<dpkg-"
12625 "gensymbols> helps with that."
12629 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12631 "When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, "
12632 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions. Furthermore "
12633 "if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize "
12634 "how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)."
12638 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12639 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.14.8."
12643 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12644 msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES"
12648 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12650 "The base interchange format of the symbols file is described in L<deb-"
12651 "symbols(5)>, which is used by the symbols files included in binary "
12652 "packages. These are generated from template symbols files with a format "
12653 "based on the former, described in L<deb-src-symbols(5)> and included in "
12658 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12660 "The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of "
12661 "the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update "
12662 "them every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal "
12663 "version matches reality."
12667 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12669 "The diffs contained in the build logs can be used as a starting point, but "
12670 "the maintainer, additionally, has to make sure that the behaviour of those "
12671 "symbols has not changed in a way that would make anything using those "
12672 "symbols and linking against the new version, stop working with the old "
12677 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12679 "In most cases, the diff applies directly to the debian/I<package>.symbols "
12680 "file. That said, further tweaks are usually needed: it's recommended for "
12681 "example to drop the Debian revision from the minimal version so that "
12682 "backports with a lower version number but the same upstream version still "
12683 "satisfy the generated dependencies. If the Debian revision can't be dropped "
12684 "because the symbol really got added by the Debian specific change, then one "
12685 "should suffix the version with ‘B<~>’."
12689 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12691 "Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should double-"
12692 "check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, so the "
12693 "patch should ideally only add new lines."
12697 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12698 msgid "Note that you can put comments in symbols files."
12702 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12704 "Do not forget to check if old symbol versions need to be increased. There "
12705 "is no way B<dpkg-gensymbols> can warn about this. Blindly applying the diff "
12706 "or assuming there is nothing to change if there is no diff, without checking "
12707 "for such changes, can lead to packages with loose dependencies that claim "
12708 "they can work with older packages they cannot work with. This will "
12709 "introduce hard to find bugs with (partial) upgrades."
12713 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12714 msgid "Good library management"
12718 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12719 msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:"
12723 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12725 "its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols "
12726 "are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;"
12730 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12732 "ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal "
12733 "changes and API extension;"
12737 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12739 "it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as "
12744 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12746 "While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and "
12747 "disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API "
12748 "and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream "
12749 "changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have "
12750 "been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author "
12751 "should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian "
12752 "specific work-around."
12756 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12757 msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp."
12761 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12763 "Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed "
12764 "in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)."
12768 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12770 "Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from debian/"
12771 "changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree."
12775 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12776 msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>"
12780 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12782 "Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public "
12783 "libraries. You can use shell patterns used for pathname expansions (see the "
12784 "L<File::Glob> manual page for details) in I<library-file> to match multiple "
12785 "libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple B<-e>)."
12789 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
12790 msgid "B<-l>I<directory>"
12794 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12796 "Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared "
12797 "libraries (since dpkg 1.19.1). This option can be used multiple times."
12801 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
12803 "B<Note>: Use this option instead of setting B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH>, as that "
12804 "environment variable is used to control the run-time linker and abusing it "
12805 "to set the shared library paths at build-time can be problematic when cross-"
12806 "compiling for example."
12810 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12811 msgid "B<-I>I<filename>"
12815 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12817 "Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is "
12818 "integrated in the package itself."
12822 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12824 "Print the generated symbols file to standard output or to I<filename> if "
12825 "specified, rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/symbols> (or I<package-build-"
12826 "dir>B</DEBIAN/symbols> if B<-P> was used). If I<filename> is pre-existing, "
12827 "its contents are used as basis for the generated symbols file. You can use "
12828 "this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches a newer upstream "
12829 "version of your library."
12833 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12838 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12840 "Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible "
12841 "with L<deb-symbols(5)>. The main difference is that in the template mode "
12842 "symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the "
12843 "post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode. "
12844 "Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard L<deb-"
12845 "symbols(5)> file (according to the tag processing rules) while all symbols "
12846 "are always written to the symbol file template."
12850 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12851 msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>"
12855 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12857 "Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the "
12858 "template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. "
12859 "Increasing levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels."
12863 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12868 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12869 msgid "Never fails."
12873 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12878 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12879 msgid "Fails if some symbols have disappeared."
12883 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12888 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12889 msgid "Fails if some new symbols have been introduced."
12893 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12898 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12899 msgid "Fails if some libraries have disappeared."
12903 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12908 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12909 msgid "Fails if some libraries have been introduced."
12913 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12915 "This value can be overridden by the environment variable "
12916 "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>."
12920 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12922 "Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the "
12923 "template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost "
12924 "libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational "
12925 "output but not the checks themselves (see B<-c> option)."
12929 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12930 msgid "B<-a>I<arch>"
12934 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12936 "Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this "
12937 "option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its "
12938 "binaries are already available."
12942 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12947 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12949 "Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-"
12950 "gensymbols> does."
12954 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12959 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12961 "Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols "
12962 "as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by "
12963 "comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern."
12967 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12968 msgid "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>"
12972 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12974 "Overrides the command check level, even if the B<-c> command-line argument "
12975 "was given (note that this goes against the common convention of command-line "
12976 "arguments having precedence over environment variables)."
12980 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12982 "L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>, L<https://people."
12983 "redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>, L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/"
12984 "dsohowto.pdf>, L<deb-src-symbol(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>."
12988 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12990 "dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer "
12995 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
12997 "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameter>...] B<--> I<maint-script-"
13002 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13003 msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS"
13007 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13008 msgid "B<supports> I<command>"
13012 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13013 msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13017 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13019 "B<mv_conffile> I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> [I<prior-version> "
13024 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13026 "B<symlink_to_dir> I<pathname> I<old-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13030 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13032 "B<dir_to_symlink> I<pathname> I<new-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13036 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13038 "This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some "
13039 "tasks that B<dpkg> can't (yet) handle natively either because of design "
13040 "decisions or due to current limitations."
13044 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13046 "Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer "
13047 "scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes "
13048 "the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will "
13049 "automatically adapt its behavior based on the environment variable "
13050 "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you "
13051 "have to forward after a double hyphen."
13055 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13056 msgid "COMMON PARAMETERS"
13060 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13061 msgid "I<prior-version>"
13065 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13067 "Defines the latest version of the package whose upgrade should trigger the "
13068 "operation. It is important to calculate I<prior-version> correctly so that "
13069 "the operations are correctly performed even if the user rebuilt the package "
13070 "with a local version. If I<prior-version> is empty or omitted, then the "
13071 "operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to give the version "
13072 "and have the operation tried only once)."
13076 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13078 "If the conffile has not been shipped for several versions, and you are now "
13079 "modifying the maintainer scripts to clean up the obsolete file, I<prior-"
13080 "version> should be based on the version of the package that you are now "
13081 "preparing, not the first version of the package that lacked the conffile. "
13082 "This applies to all other actions in the same way."
13086 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13088 "For example, for a conffile removed in version B<2.0-1> of a package, "
13089 "I<prior-version> should be set to B<2.0-1~>. This will cause the conffile "
13090 "to be removed even if the user rebuilt the previous version B<1.0-1> as "
13091 "B<1.0-1local1>. Or a package switching a path from a symlink (shipped in "
13092 "version B<1.0-1>) to a directory (shipped in version B<2.0-1>), but only "
13093 "performing the actual switch in the maintainer scripts in version B<3.0-1>, "
13094 "should set I<prior-version> to B<3.0-1~>."
13098 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13103 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13105 "The package name owning the pathname(s). When the package is “Multi-Arch: "
13106 "same” this parameter must include the architecture qualifier, otherwise it "
13107 "should B<not> usually include the architecture qualifier (as it would "
13108 "disallow cross-grades, or switching from being architecture specific to "
13109 "architecture B<all> or vice versa). If the parameter is empty or omitted, "
13110 "the B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> and B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH> environment "
13111 "variables (as set by B<dpkg> when running the maintainer scripts) will be "
13112 "used to generate an arch-qualified package name."
13116 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13121 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13123 "All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the "
13124 "program after B<-->."
13128 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13129 msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS"
13133 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13135 "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically remove a conffile "
13136 "(a configuration file for which B<dpkg> should preserve user changes) if it "
13137 "is not present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for "
13138 "this; the first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and "
13139 "the next version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown "
13140 "away. The second is to allow packages to transition files from a dpkg-"
13141 "maintained conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer "
13142 "scripts, usually with a tool like debconf or ucf."
13146 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13148 "This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it "
13149 "must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to "
13150 "implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer "
13155 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13156 msgid "Removing a conffile"
13160 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13162 "B<Note>: This can be replaced in most cases by the C<remove-on-upgrade> flag "
13163 "in F<DEBIAN/conffiles> (since dpkg 1.20.6), see L<deb-conffiles(5)>."
13167 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13169 "If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless "
13170 "the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be "
13171 "preserved. If the package upgrade aborts, the newly obsolete conffile "
13172 "should not disappear."
13176 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13178 "All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the "
13179 "B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
13183 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13187 " dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\\n"
13188 " I<conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
13193 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13194 msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove."
13195 msgstr "I<配置文件> 参数是要移除的配置文件名。"
13198 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13200 "Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was "
13201 "modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not "
13202 "modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the "
13203 "B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept "
13204 "for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be "
13205 "removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the "
13206 "original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the B<.dpkg-"
13207 "bak> file kept up to now."
13211 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13212 msgid "Renaming a conffile"
13216 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13218 "If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure "
13219 "you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple "
13220 "change to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the "
13221 "user being prompted by B<dpkg> to approve the conffile edits even though "
13222 "they are not responsible of them."
13226 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13228 "Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
13229 "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
13233 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13237 " dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\\n"
13238 " I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
13243 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13245 "I<old-conffile> and I<new-conffile> are the old and new name of the conffile "
13250 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13252 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been "
13253 "modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to I<old-"
13254 "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes I<old-"
13255 "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<old-conffile> to I<new-conffile> if "
13256 "I<old-conffile> is still available. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the "
13257 "B<postrm> renames I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<old-conffile> if "
13262 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13263 msgid "SYMLINK AND DIRECTORY SWITCHES"
13267 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13269 "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically switch a symlink to "
13270 "a directory or vice-versa. Downgrades are not supported and the path will "
13275 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13277 "B<Note>: The symlinks and directories created during these switches need to "
13278 "be shipped in the new packages, or B<dpkg> will not be able to remove them "
13283 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13284 msgid "Switching a symlink to directory"
13285 msgstr "将符号链接切换为目录"
13288 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13290 "If a symlink is switched to a real directory, you need to make sure before "
13291 "unpacking that the symlink is removed. This may seem a simple change to the "
13292 "B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in "
13293 "case of admin local customization of the symlink or when downgrading the "
13298 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13302 " dpkg-maintscript-helper symlink_to_dir \\\n"
13303 " I<pathname> I<old-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
13308 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13310 "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old symlink (the path will be a "
13311 "directory at the end of the installation) and I<old-target> is the target "
13312 "name of the former symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or "
13313 "relative to the directory containing I<pathname>."
13317 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13319 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the symlink exists and "
13320 "points to I<old-target>, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's "
13321 "renamed to I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On configuration, the B<postinst> "
13322 "removes I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a "
13323 "symlink. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> renames "
13324 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required."
13328 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13329 msgid "Switching a directory to symlink"
13330 msgstr "将目录切换为符号链接"
13333 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13335 "If a real directory is switched to a symlink, you need to make sure before "
13336 "unpacking that the directory is removed. This may seem a simple change to "
13337 "the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in "
13338 "case the directory contains conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, "
13339 "locally created pathnames, or when downgrading the package."
13343 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13345 "Graceful switching can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
13346 "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
13350 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13354 " dpkg-maintscript-helper dir_to_symlink \\\n"
13355 " I<pathname> I<new-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
13360 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13362 "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old directory (the path will be a "
13363 "symlink at the end of the installation) and I<new-target> is the target of "
13364 "the new symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or relative to "
13365 "the directory containing I<pathname>."
13369 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13371 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the directory exists, does "
13372 "not contain conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, or locally created "
13373 "pathnames, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's renamed to "
13374 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>, and an empty staging directory named I<pathname> "
13375 "is created, marked with a file so that dpkg can track it. On configuration, "
13376 "the B<postinst> finishes the switch if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a "
13377 "directory and I<pathname> is the staging directory; it removes the staging "
13378 "directory mark file, moves the newly created files inside the staging "
13379 "directory to the symlink target I<new-target>/, replaces the now empty "
13380 "staging directory I<pathname> with a symlink to I<new-target>, and removes "
13381 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> "
13382 "renames I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required."
13386 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13387 msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES"
13391 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13393 "When using a packaging helper, please check if it has native B<dpkg-"
13394 "maintscript-helper> integration, which might make your life easier. See for "
13395 "example L<dh_installdeb(1)>."
13399 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13401 "Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it "
13402 "unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required "
13403 "version of B<dpkg> has been unpacked before. The required version depends "
13404 "on the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2, "
13405 "for B<symlink_to_dir> and B<dir_to_symlink> it is 1.17.14:"
13409 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13412 " Pre-Depends: dpkg (>= 1.17.14)\n"
13417 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13419 "But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the "
13420 "package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only "
13421 "if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed "
13426 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13430 " if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<command>; then\n"
13431 " dpkg-maintscript-helper I<command> ...\n"
13437 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13439 "The command B<supports> will return 0 on success, 1 otherwise. The "
13440 "B<supports> command will check if the environment variables as set by dpkg "
13441 "and required by the script are present, and will consider it a failure in "
13442 "case the environment is not sufficient."
13446 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13447 msgid "If set, it will be used as the filesystem root directory."
13451 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13452 msgid "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory."
13456 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13458 "Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.19.1). The currently accepted values are: "
13459 "B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>."
13463 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13465 #| msgid "B<installed>"
13466 msgid "L<dh_installdeb(1)>."
13467 msgstr "B<installed>"
13470 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13471 msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files"
13475 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13477 "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]"
13481 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13483 "This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to "
13484 "generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the "
13485 "file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given."
13489 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13491 "Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be "
13492 "not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing "
13493 "version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the "
13494 "version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and "
13495 "1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is "
13496 "available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge "
13497 "is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available — it's "
13498 "part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl — otherwise you get a global "
13499 "conflict on the content of the entry)."
13503 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13505 #| msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
13506 msgid "B<--merge-unreleased>"
13507 msgstr "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
13510 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13512 "Ignore the version number when the entries are marked as B<UNRELEASED> "
13513 "(since dpkg 1.21.0)."
13517 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13519 "This is useful when you have diverging development for versions that have "
13520 "not yet been released. For instance 2.1-1 is released, then development "
13521 "happens for the new 2.2-1 and then for 2.3-1, where it makes sense to just "
13522 "end with a coalesced entry for 2.3-1 including all the development done in "
13527 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13529 #| msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
13530 msgid "B<-m>, B<--merge-prereleases>"
13531 msgstr "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
13534 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13536 "Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version "
13537 "comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not."
13541 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13543 "This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase "
13544 "its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, "
13545 "2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same "
13546 "changelog entry that has evolved over time."
13550 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13551 msgid "LIMITATIONS"
13555 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13557 "Anything that is not parsed by L<Dpkg::Changelog> is lost during the merge. "
13558 "This might include stuff like comments which were not supposed to be there, "
13563 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13564 msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT"
13568 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13570 "If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git "
13571 "repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> "
13572 "or B<~/.gitconfig>:"
13576 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13579 " [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n"
13580 " name = debian/changelog merge driver\n"
13581 " driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n"
13586 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13588 "Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file "
13589 "either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in B<.git/info/"
13594 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13596 msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n"
13601 msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names"
13606 msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<file>..."
13612 "This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy "
13613 "way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full "
13614 "package name consists of I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<."
13615 ">I<package-type> as specified in the control file of the package. The "
13616 "I<version> part of the filename consists of the upstream version information "
13617 "optionally followed by a hyphen and the revision information. The I<package-"
13618 "type> part comes from that field if present or fallbacks to B<deb>."
13623 msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>"
13628 msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information."
13633 msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>"
13638 msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving."
13643 msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>"
13649 "Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the "
13650 "destination filename."
13655 msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]"
13661 "Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument "
13662 "exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the "
13663 "target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of "
13664 "the package. The target directory will be «unstable/binary-I<architecture>/"
13665 "I<section>». If the section is not found in the control, then B<no-section> "
13666 "is assumed, and in this case, as well as for sections B<non-free> and "
13667 "B<contrib> the target directory is «I<section>/binary-I<architecture>». The "
13668 "section field is not required so a lot of packages will find their way to "
13669 "the B<no-section> area."
13674 msgid "B<Warning>: Use this option with care, it is messy."
13679 msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>"
13685 "This option can used together with the B<-s> option. If a target directory "
13686 "isn't found it will be created automatically."
13691 msgid "B<Warning>: Use this option with care."
13696 msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
13702 "Some packages don't follow the name structure "
13703 "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>. Packages renamed by "
13704 "B<dpkg-name> will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact "
13705 "on how packages are installed by L<dselect(1)>/L<dpkg(1)>, but other "
13706 "installation tools might depend on this naming structure."
13711 msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
13717 "The file B<bar-foo.deb> will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
13718 "something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
13719 "of B<bar-foo.deb>)."
13724 msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
13730 "All files with the extension B<deb> in the directory /root/debian and its "
13731 "subdirectory's will be renamed by B<dpkg-name> if required into names with "
13732 "no architecture information."
13737 msgid "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
13743 "B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
13744 "packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
13749 msgid "B<dpkg-deb --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
13754 msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
13760 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
13762 "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<find(1)>, "
13764 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
13767 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13768 msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files"
13772 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13773 msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]"
13777 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13779 "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian "
13780 "source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a "
13781 "machine-readable form."
13785 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13787 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
13788 msgid "B<-l>, B<--file> I<changelog-file>"
13789 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
13792 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13794 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. A ‘-’ can be used to "
13795 "specify reading from standard input. The default is B<debian/changelog>."
13799 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13800 msgid "B<-F> I<changelog-format>"
13804 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13806 "Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
13807 "special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to "
13808 "the B<debian> standard format. See also B<CHANGELOG FORMATS>."
13812 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13814 #| msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>"
13815 msgid "B<-L> I<libdir>"
13816 msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir>"
13819 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13821 "Obsolete option without effect (since dpkg 1.18.8). Setting the perl "
13822 "environment variables B<PERL5LIB> or B<PERLLIB> has a similar effect when "
13823 "looking for the parser perl modules."
13827 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13828 msgid "B<-S>, B<--show-field> I<field>"
13832 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13834 "Specifies the name of the field to show (since dpkg 1.17.0). The field name "
13835 "is not printed, only its value."
13839 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13840 msgid "Parser Options"
13844 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13846 "The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog "
13847 "parser, for example the range of entries or the format of the output."
13851 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13852 msgid "B<--format> I<output-format>"
13856 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13858 "Set the output format. Currently supported values are B<dpkg> and "
13859 "B<rfc822>. B<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option "
13860 "existed) and the default. It consists of one stanza in Debian control "
13861 "format (see L<deb-control(5)>). If more than one entry is requested, then "
13862 "most fields are taken from the first entry (usually the most recent entry), "
13863 "except otherwise stated:"
13867 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13868 msgid "B<Source:> I<pkg-name>"
13872 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13873 msgid "B<Version:> I<version>"
13877 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13879 "The source version number. B<Note>: For binary-only releases there might be "
13880 "no corresponding source release."
13884 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13885 msgid "B<Distribution:> I<target-distribution>"
13889 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13891 "A space-separated list of one or more distribution names where this version "
13892 "should be installed when it is uploaded."
13896 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13897 msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency>"
13901 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13903 "The highest urgency of all included entries is used, followed by the "
13904 "concatenated (space-separated) comments from all the versions requested."
13908 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13909 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<author>"
13913 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13915 "The name and email address of the person who prepared these changes, they "
13916 "are B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or the usual package maintainer."
13920 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13921 msgid "B<Date:> I<date>"
13925 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13927 "The date of the entry as a string, as it appears in the changelog. With a "
13928 "L<strptime(3)> format \"B<%a, %d %b %Y %T %z>\", but where the day of the "
13929 "week might not actually correspond to the real day obtained from the rest of "
13930 "the date string. If you need a more accurate representation of the date, "
13931 "use the B<Timestamp> field, but take into account it might not be possible "
13932 "to map it back to the exact value in this field."
13936 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13937 msgid "B<Timestamp:> I<timestamp>"
13941 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13943 "The date of the entry as a timestamp in seconds since the epoch (since dpkg "
13948 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13949 msgid "B<Closes:> I<bug-number>"
13953 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13954 msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged."
13958 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13959 msgid "B<Changes:> I<changelog-entries>"
13963 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13965 "The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a "
13966 "valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a "
13967 "single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The "
13968 "exact content depends on the changelog format."
13972 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13974 "The B<Version>, B<Distribution>, B<Urgency>, B<Maintainer> and B<Changes> "
13975 "fields are mandatory."
13979 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13980 msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present."
13984 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13986 "The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate stanza for "
13987 "each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved."
13991 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
13993 #| msgid "B<--version>"
13994 msgid "B<--reverse>"
13995 msgstr "B<--version>"
13998 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14000 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
14001 msgid "Include all changes in reverse order (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
14002 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
14005 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14007 "B<Note>: For the B<dpkg> format the first entry will be the most ancient "
14012 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod update-alternatives.pod
14017 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14019 "Include all changes. B<Note>: Other options have no effect when this is in "
14024 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14026 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
14027 msgid "B<-s>, B<--since> I<version>"
14028 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
14031 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14033 #| msgid "B<--version>"
14034 msgid "B<-v> I<version>"
14035 msgstr "B<--version>"
14038 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14039 msgid "Include all changes later than I<version>."
14043 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14045 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
14046 msgid "B<-u>, B<--until> I<version>"
14047 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
14050 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14051 msgid "Include all changes earlier than I<version>."
14055 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14057 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
14058 msgid "B<-f>, B<--from> I<version>"
14059 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
14062 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14063 msgid "Include all changes equal or later than I<version>."
14067 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14069 #| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
14070 msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<version>"
14071 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
14074 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14075 msgid "Include all changes up to or equal than I<version>."
14079 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14081 #| msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
14082 msgid "B<-c>, B<--count> I<number>"
14083 msgstr "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
14086 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14088 #| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
14089 msgid "B<-n> I<number>"
14090 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
14093 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14095 "Include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower "
14100 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14102 #| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
14103 msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<number>"
14104 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
14107 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14109 "Change the starting point for B<--count>, counted from the top (or the tail "
14110 "if I<number> is lower than 0)."
14114 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14115 msgid "CHANGELOG FORMATS"
14119 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14121 "It is possible to use a different format to the standard one, by providing a "
14122 "parser for that alternative format."
14126 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14128 "In order to have B<dpkg-parsechangelog> run the new parser, a line must be "
14129 "included within the last 40 lines of the changelog file, matching the Perl "
14130 "regular expression: “B<\\schangelog-format:\\s+([0-9a-z]+)\\W>”. The part "
14131 "in parentheses should be the name of the format. For example:"
14135 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14136 msgid "@@@ changelog-format: I<otherformat> @@@"
14140 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14142 "Changelog format names are non-empty strings of lowercase alphanumerics (“a-"
14147 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14149 "If such a line exists then B<dpkg-parsechangelog> will look for the parser "
14150 "as a B<Dpkg::Changelog::>I<Otherformat> perl module; it is an error for it "
14151 "not being present. The parser name in the perl module will be automatically "
14152 "capitalized. The default changelog format is B<debian>, and a parser for it "
14153 "is provided by default."
14157 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14159 "The parser should be derived from the L<Dpkg::Changelog> class and implement "
14160 "the required documented interface."
14164 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14166 "If the changelog format which is being parsed always or almost always leaves "
14167 "a blank line between individual change notes, these blank lines should be "
14168 "stripped out, so as to make the resulting output compact."
14172 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14174 "If the changelog format does not contain date or package name information "
14175 "this information should be omitted from the output. The parser should not "
14176 "attempt to synthesize it or find it from other sources."
14180 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14182 "If the changelog does not have the expected format the parser should error "
14183 "out, rather than trying to muddle through and possibly generating incorrect "
14188 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14189 msgid "A changelog parser may not interact with the user at all."
14193 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14195 "All B<Parser Options> except for B<-v> are only supported since dpkg 1.14.16."
14199 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14201 "Short option parsing with non-bundled values available only since dpkg "
14206 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14208 "The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the "
14209 "source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the "
14210 "changes made since a particular release, and the source version number "
14215 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14217 "The B<Maintainer> field has a confusing name matching the field in the "
14218 "F<debian/control> file but not its exact semantics, where its meaning would "
14219 "be better represented by the B<Changed-By> field name used in the F<."
14224 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14226 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
14227 msgid "L<deb-changelog(5)>."
14228 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
14232 msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database"
14237 msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>"
14243 "B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the "
14244 "B<dpkg> database."
14249 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
14255 "List all known packages matching one or more patterns, regardless of their "
14256 "status, which includes any real or virtual package referenced in any "
14257 "dependency relationship field (such as B<Breaks>, B<Enhances>, etc.). If no "
14258 "I<package-name-pattern> is given, list all packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, "
14259 "excluding the ones marked as not-installed (i.e. those which have been "
14260 "previously purged). Normal shell wildcard characters are allowed in "
14261 "I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote "
14262 "I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename "
14263 "expansion. For example this will list all package names starting with "
14271 " dpkg-query -l 'libc6*'\n"
14278 "The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package "
14279 "status, and errors, in that order."
14284 msgid "Desired action:"
14289 msgid "u = Unknown"
14295 #| msgid "B<install>"
14296 msgid "i = Install"
14297 msgstr "B<install>"
14316 msgid "Package status:"
14322 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
14323 msgid "n = Not-installed"
14324 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
14329 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
14330 msgid "c = Config-files"
14331 msgstr "B<config-files>"
14336 #| msgid "B<half-installed>"
14337 msgid "H = Half-installed"
14338 msgstr "B<half-installed>"
14343 #| msgid "B<unpacked>"
14344 msgid "U = Unpacked"
14345 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
14350 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
14351 msgid "F = Half-configured"
14352 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
14357 #| msgid "B<triggers-awaited>"
14358 msgid "W = Triggers-awaiting"
14359 msgstr "B<triggers-awaited>"
14364 #| msgid "B<triggers-pending>"
14365 msgid "t = Triggers-pending"
14366 msgstr "B<triggers-pending>"
14371 #| msgid "B<installed>"
14372 msgid "i = Installed"
14373 msgstr "B<installed>"
14377 msgid "Error flags:"
14382 msgid "E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)"
14387 msgid "R = Reinst-required"
14393 "An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause "
14394 "severe problems. Please refer to L<dpkg(1)> for information about the above "
14395 "states and flags."
14401 "The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies "
14402 "automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, "
14403 "and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--"
14404 "showformat> for a way to configure the output format."
14409 msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
14415 "Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the "
14416 "given patterns. However the output can be customized using the B<--"
14417 "showformat> option."
14423 "The default output format gives one line per matching package, each line "
14424 "consisting of the package name and its installed version, separated by a "
14425 "tab. The package name will be architecture qualified for packages with a "
14426 "B<Multi-Arch> field with the value B<same> or with a foreign architecture, "
14427 "which is an architecture that is neither the native one nor B<all>."
14433 #| msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
14434 msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> [I<package-name>...]"
14435 msgstr "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
14440 "Report status of specified packages. This just displays the entry in the "
14441 "installed package status database. If no I<package-name> is specified it "
14442 "will display all package entries in the status database (since dpkg "
14443 "1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> entries are listed, the requested "
14444 "status entries are separated by an empty line, with the same order as "
14445 "specified on the argument list."
14449 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
14450 msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..."
14456 "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. When multiple "
14457 "I<package-name>s are listed, the requested lists of files are separated by "
14458 "an empty line, with the same order as specified on the argument list."
14464 "Each file diversion is printed on its own line after its diverted file, "
14465 "prefixed with one of the following localized strings:"
14473 " locally diverted to: I<diverted-to>\n"
14474 " package diverts others to: I<diverted-to>\n"
14475 " diverted by I<pkg> to: I<diverted-to>\n"
14482 "B<Hint>: When machine parsing the output, it is customary to set the locale "
14483 "to B<C.UTF-8> to get reproducible results. On some systems this might also "
14484 "require adapting the B<LANGUAGE> environment variable appropriately if it is "
14485 "already set (see L<locale(7)>)."
14491 "This command will not list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor "
14492 "will it list alternatives."
14497 msgid "B<--control-list> I<package-name>"
14503 "List control files installed to your system from I<package-name> (since dpkg "
14504 "1.16.5). These can be used as input arguments to B<--control-show>."
14509 msgid "B<--control-show> I<package-name> I<control-file>"
14515 "Print the I<control-file> installed to your system from I<package-name> to "
14516 "the standard output (since dpkg 1.16.5)."
14521 msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]"
14527 "List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name> "
14528 "(since dpkg 1.15.4). If I<control-file> is specified then only list the "
14529 "path for that control file if it is present."
14535 "B<Warning>: this command is deprecated as it gives direct access to the "
14536 "internal dpkg database, please switch to use B<--control-list> and B<--"
14537 "control-show> instead for all cases where those commands might give the same "
14538 "end result. Although, as long as there is still at least one case where "
14539 "this command is needed (i.e. when having to remove a damaging postrm "
14540 "maintainer script), and while there is no good solution for that, this "
14541 "command will not get removed."
14545 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
14546 msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..."
14552 "Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given patterns. "
14553 "Standard shell wildcard characters can be used in the pattern, where "
14554 "asterisk (B<*>) and question mark (B<?>) will match a slash, and backslash "
14555 "(B<\\>) will be used as an escape character."
14561 "If the first character in the I<filename-search-pattern> is none of ‘B<*[?/"
14562 ">’ then it will be considered a substring match and will be implicitly "
14563 "surrounded by ‘B<*>’ (as in B<*>I<filename-search-pattern>B<*>). If the "
14564 "subsequent string contains any of ‘B<*[?\\>’, then it will handled like a "
14565 "glob pattern, otherwise any trailing ‘B</>’ or ‘B</.>’ will be removed and a "
14566 "literal path lookup will be performed."
14572 "The output format consists of one line per matching pattern, with a list of "
14573 "packages owning the pathname separated by a comma (U+002C ‘B<,>’) and a "
14574 "space (U+0020 ‘B< >’), followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’) and a space, "
14575 "followed by the pathname. As in:"
14582 " pkgname1, pkgname2: pathname1\n"
14583 " pkgname3: pathname2\n"
14589 msgid "File diversions are printed with the following localized strings:"
14597 " diversion by I<pkgname> from: I<diverted-from>\n"
14598 " diversion by I<pkgname> to: I<diverted-to>\n"
14604 msgid "or for local diversions:"
14612 " local diversion from: I<diverted-from>\n"
14613 " local diversion to: I<diverted-to>\n"
14620 "B<Hint>: When machine parsing the output, it is customary to set the locale "
14621 "to B<C.UTF-8> to get reproducible results."
14627 #| msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
14628 msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> [I<package-name>...]"
14629 msgstr "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
14634 "Display details about packages, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. If no "
14635 "I<package-name> is specified, it will display all package entries in the "
14636 "I<available> database (since dpkg 1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> "
14637 "are listed, the requested I<available> entries are separated by an empty "
14638 "line, with the same order as specified on the argument list."
14644 "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt show> I<package-name> instead "
14645 "as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date when using B<dselect>."
14651 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is "
14656 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
14658 #| msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>"
14659 msgid "B<--root=>I<directory>"
14660 msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir>"
14663 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
14666 #| "Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
14667 #| "var/lib/dpkg>."
14669 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which sets the administrative "
14670 "directory to «I<directory>%ADMINDIR%» (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
14672 "对 B<root> 的更改会将 B<instdir> 迁至 I<dir> 并把 B<admindir> 迁至 I<dir>B</"
14677 msgid "B<--load-avail>"
14683 "Also load the available file when using the B<--show> and B<--list> "
14684 "commands, which now default to only querying the status file (since dpkg "
14689 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
14691 #| msgid "B<--version>"
14692 msgid "B<--no-pager>"
14693 msgstr "B<--version>"
14696 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
14698 "Disables the use of any pager when showing information (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
14703 msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>"
14709 "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
14710 "produce (short option since dpkg 1.13.1). The format is a string that will "
14711 "be output for each package listed."
14716 msgid "In the format string, “B<\\>” introduces escapes:"
14721 msgid "B<\\n> newline"
14726 msgid "B<\\r> carriage return"
14737 "“B<\\>” before any other character suppresses any special meaning of the "
14738 "following character, which is useful for “B<\\>” and “B<$>”."
14744 "Package information can be included by inserting variable references to "
14745 "package fields using the syntax “B<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>”. Fields "
14746 "are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case left "
14747 "alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognized but they are "
14748 "not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or fields "
14749 "stored in the binary package end up in it):"
14755 #| msgid "B<--print-architecture>"
14756 msgid "B<Architecture>"
14757 msgstr "B<--print-architecture>"
14766 msgid "B<Conffiles> (internal)"
14771 msgid "B<Config-Version> (internal)"
14776 msgid "B<Conflicts>"
14792 #| msgid "B<--version>"
14793 msgid "B<Description>"
14794 msgstr "B<--version>"
14798 msgid "B<Enhances>"
14804 #| msgid "B<--print-architecture>"
14805 msgid "B<Protected>"
14806 msgstr "B<--print-architecture>"
14810 msgid "B<Essential>"
14815 msgid "B<Filename> (internal, front-end related)"
14821 #| msgid "B<--version>"
14822 msgid "B<Homepage>"
14823 msgstr "B<--version>"
14827 msgid "B<MD5sum> (internal, front-end related)"
14832 msgid "B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, front-end related)"
14837 msgid "B<Maintainer>"
14848 #| msgid "Package states"
14855 #| msgid "B<triggers-pending>"
14856 msgid "B<Pre-Depends>"
14857 msgstr "B<triggers-pending>"
14861 msgid "B<Priority>"
14867 #| msgid "B<--version>"
14868 msgid "B<Provides>"
14869 msgstr "B<--version>"
14873 msgid "B<Recommends>"
14878 msgid "B<Replaces>"
14883 msgid "B<Revision> (obsolete)"
14889 #| msgid "B<--version>"
14891 msgstr "B<--version>"
14895 msgid "B<Size> (internal, front-end related)"
14901 #| msgid "dpkg-source"
14903 msgstr "dpkg-source"
14907 msgid "B<Status> (internal)"
14912 msgid "B<Suggests>"
14917 msgid "B<Tag> (usually not in .deb but in repository Packages files)"
14923 #| msgid "B<triggers-awaited>"
14924 msgid "B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)"
14925 msgstr "B<triggers-awaited>"
14930 #| msgid "B<triggers-pending>"
14931 msgid "B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)"
14932 msgstr "B<triggers-pending>"
14937 #| msgid "B<--version>"
14939 msgstr "B<--version>"
14944 "The following are virtual fields, generated by B<dpkg-query> from values "
14945 "from other fields (note that these do not use valid names for fields in "
14951 msgid "B<binary:Package>"
14957 "It contains the binary package name with a possible architecture qualifier "
14958 "like “libc6:amd64” (since dpkg 1.16.2). An architecture qualifier will be "
14959 "present to make the package name unambiguous, for packages with a B<Multi-"
14960 "Arch> field with the value B<same> or with a foreign architecture, which is "
14961 "an architecture that is neither the native one nor B<all>."
14967 #| msgid "dpkg-source"
14968 msgid "B<binary:Synopsis>"
14969 msgstr "dpkg-source"
14974 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
14975 msgid "It contains the package short description (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
14976 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
14980 msgid "B<binary:Summary>"
14985 msgid "This is an alias for B<binary:Synopsis> (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
14990 msgid "B<db:Status-Abbrev>"
14996 "It contains the abbreviated package status (as three characters), such as "
14997 "“ii ” or “iHR” (since dpkg 1.16.2). See the B<--list> command description "
14998 "for more details."
15003 msgid "B<db:Status-Want>"
15009 "It contains the package wanted status, part of the Status field (since dpkg "
15015 msgid "B<db:Status-Status>"
15021 "It contains the package status word, part of the Status field (since dpkg "
15027 msgid "B<db:Status-Eflag>"
15033 "It contains the package status error flag, part of the Status field (since "
15040 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
15041 msgid "B<db-fsys:Files>"
15042 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
15047 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
15049 "It contains the list of the package filesystem entries separated by newlines "
15050 "(since dpkg 1.19.3)."
15051 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
15055 msgid "B<db-fsys:Last-Modified>"
15061 "It contains the timestamp in seconds of the last time the package filesystem "
15062 "entries were modified (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
15067 msgid "B<source:Package>"
15073 "It contains the source package name for this binary package (since dpkg "
15080 "It contains the source package version for this binary package (since dpkg "
15087 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
15089 "It contains the source package upstream version for this binary package "
15090 "(since dpkg 1.18.16)"
15091 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
15096 "The default format string is “B<${binary:Package}\\t${Version}\\n>”. "
15097 "Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined "
15098 "fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no "
15099 "conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the "
15100 "B<dpkg> maintainer and the installed version, you could run:"
15107 " dpkg-query -f='${binary:Package} ${Version}\\t${Maintainer}\\n' \\\n"
15114 msgid "The requested query was successfully performed."
15118 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15119 #: dpkg.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
15126 "The requested query failed either fully or partially, due to no file or "
15127 "package being found (except for B<--control-path>, B<--control-list> and B<--"
15128 "control-show> were such errors are fatal)."
15132 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15139 "Sets the program to execute when spawning a command via a shell (since dpkg "
15144 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15149 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15150 msgid "B<DPKG_PAGER>"
15156 "Sets the pager command to use (since dpkg 1.19.1), which will be executed "
15157 "with «B<$SHELL -c>». If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL%>» will "
15158 "be used instead. The B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment "
15159 "variable (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
15163 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15165 "If set and the B<--root> option has not been specified, it will be used as "
15166 "the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
15170 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15172 "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
15173 "as the B<dpkg> data directory."
15177 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15184 "Defined by B<dpkg-query> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning "
15185 "a pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable "
15186 "can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> "
15187 "or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with «B<-"
15188 "+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">."
15192 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15194 "Query operations should never require root, and delegating their execution "
15195 "to unprivileged users via some gain-root command can have security "
15196 "implications (such as privilege escalation), for example when a pager is "
15197 "automatically invoked by the tool."
15201 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15202 msgid "dpkg-realpath - print the resolved pathname with DPKG_ROOT support"
15206 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15208 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
15209 msgid "B<dpkg-realpath> [I<option>...] I<pathname>"
15210 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
15213 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15215 "B<dpkg-realpath> is a tool (since dpkg 1.20.1) to resolve a pathname, that "
15216 "takes the L<dpkg(1)> root directory into account, either implicitly from the "
15217 "B<DPKG_ROOT> environment variable or from the command-line B<--root> or B<--"
15218 "instdir> options, and returns an absolute I<pathname> relative to the root "
15219 "directory. The root directory must not be prefixed to the I<pathname> to be "
15224 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15226 "This is intended to be used by other B<dpkg> helpers, or by maintainer "
15227 "scripts instead of using L<realpath(1)> or L<readlink(1)> to canonicalize "
15228 "pathnames, as these latter commands do not support canonicalization relative "
15229 "to a different root than F</>."
15233 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15235 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
15236 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.20.1."
15237 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
15240 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15242 #| msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>"
15243 msgid "B<-z>, B<--zero>"
15244 msgstr "B<-?>, B<--help>"
15247 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15249 "Use a NUL byte to end output lines instead of a new line character (since "
15254 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15257 #| "Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
15258 #| "var/lib/dpkg>."
15260 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which is the base directory that "
15261 "pathnames get canonicalized against. Defaults to «B</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
15264 "对 B<root> 的更改会将 B<instdir> 迁至 I<dir> 并把 B<admindir> 迁至 I<dir>B</"
15268 #: dpkg-realpath.pod update-alternatives.pod
15270 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
15271 "will be used as the filesystem root directory."
15275 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15277 "Sets the color mode. The currently accepted values are: B<auto> (default), "
15278 "B<always> and B<never>."
15282 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15283 msgid "L<realpath(1)>, L<readlink(1)>."
15287 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15288 msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files"
15292 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15294 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-path> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
15295 "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
15299 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15301 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and "
15302 "creates a Packages file, used by L<apt(8)>, L<dselect(1)>, etc, to tell the "
15303 "user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are "
15304 "the same as those found on Debian archive sites and media discs. You might "
15305 "use B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to "
15306 "install on a cluster of machines."
15310 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15312 "B<Note>: If you want to access the generated Packages file with L<apt(8)> "
15313 "you will probably need to compress the file with L<xz(1)> (generating a "
15314 "Packages.xz file), L<bzip2(1)> (generating a Packages.bz2 file) or "
15315 "L<gzip(1)> (generating a Packages.gz file). L<apt(8)> ignores uncompressed "
15316 "Packages files except on local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)."
15320 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15322 "I<binary-path> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process "
15323 "(for example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to "
15324 "the root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new "
15325 "Packages file will start with this string."
15329 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15331 "I<override-file> is the name of a file to read which contains information "
15332 "about how the package fits into the distribution (the file can be compressed "
15333 "since dpkg 1.15.5); see L<deb-override(5)>."
15337 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15339 "I<path-prefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields."
15343 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15345 "If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is "
15346 "included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in "
15347 "architecture only the first one found is used."
15351 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15352 msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"
15356 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15357 msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb."
15361 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
15362 msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>"
15366 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15368 "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed "
15369 "since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-extra-override(5)> for more information on "
15374 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15375 msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>"
15379 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15381 "Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of "
15382 "scanning for all debs."
15386 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15387 msgid "B<-h>, B<--hash> I<hash-list>"
15391 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15393 "Only generate file hashes for the comma-specified list specified (since dpkg "
15394 "1.17.14). The default is to generate all currently supported hashes. "
15395 "Supported values: B<md5>, B<sha1>, B<sha256>."
15399 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15400 msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>"
15404 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15405 msgid "Include all found packages in the output."
15409 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15410 msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>"
15414 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15416 "Add an B<X-Medium> field containing the value I<id-string> (since dpkg "
15417 "1.15.5). This field is required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> "
15418 "files for use by the B<media> access method of B<dselect>."
15422 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
15423 #: update-alternatives.pod
15424 msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
15428 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15430 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
15431 "warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, "
15432 "have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override "
15433 "file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect."
15437 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15439 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dselect(1)>, L<deb-override(5)>, L<deb-extra-override(5)>, "
15440 "L<dpkg-scansources(1)>."
15444 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15445 msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files"
15449 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15451 "B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
15452 "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>"
15456 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15458 "B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These "
15459 "are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout."
15463 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15465 "The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting "
15466 "index stanzas and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> "
15467 "files. The file can be compressed (since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-"
15468 "override(5)> for the format of this file."
15472 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15474 "B<Note>: Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source packages, "
15475 "there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the "
15476 "highest priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for "
15477 "the priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first "
15478 "binary package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. "
15479 "This might change."
15483 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15485 "The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the "
15486 "generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields "
15487 "contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy."
15491 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15493 "B<Note>: If you want to access the generated Sources file with L<apt(8)> you "
15494 "will probably need to compress the file with L<gzip(1)> (generating a "
15495 "Sources.gz file). L<apt(8)> ignores uncompressed Sources files except on "
15496 "local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)."
15500 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15501 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>"
15505 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15507 "Do not sort the index stanzas. Normally they are sorted by source package "
15512 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15514 "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (since dpkg 1.15.4; the file "
15515 "can be compressed since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-extra-override(5)> for more "
15516 "information on its format."
15520 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15521 msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>"
15525 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15527 "Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed since "
15528 "dpkg 1.15.5). The default is the name of the override file you specified "
15529 "with I<.src> appended."
15533 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15535 "The source override file is in a different format from the binary override "
15536 "file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the "
15537 "source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment "
15538 "lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files "
15539 "the source override takes precedence for setting the section."
15543 #: dpkg-scansources.pod update-alternatives.pod
15548 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15549 msgid "Turn debugging on."
15553 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15554 msgid "L<deb-override(5)>, L<deb-extra-override(5)>, L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
15558 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15559 msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies"
15563 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15565 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
15566 msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>] I<executable> [I<option>...]"
15567 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
15570 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15572 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables "
15573 "named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
15574 "variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:>I<dependency-"
15575 "field> where I<dependency-field> is a dependency field name. Any other "
15576 "variables starting with B<shlibs:> are removed from the file."
15580 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15582 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate "
15583 "dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For "
15584 "each binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of "
15585 "libraries that it's linked with. Then, for each library, it looks up either "
15586 "the I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or "
15587 "if debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are "
15588 "supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available "
15589 "as %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>."
15590 "I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two steps: find the library "
15591 "file on the system (looking in the same directories that B<ld.so> would "
15592 "use), then use B<dpkg -S> I<library-file> to lookup the package providing "
15597 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15598 msgid "Symbols files"
15602 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15604 "Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the "
15605 "minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script "
15606 "tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the "
15607 "following places (first match is used):"
15611 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15612 msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols"
15616 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15618 "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
15619 "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are generated by L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>. "
15620 "They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The "
15621 "symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from "
15622 "other binary packages."
15626 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15627 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
15631 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15632 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols"
15636 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15638 "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information. I<arch> is the "
15639 "architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture -"
15640 "qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
15644 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15645 msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> symbols”"
15649 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15651 "Package-provided shared library dependency information. Unless overridden "
15652 "by B<--admindir>, those files are located in %ADMINDIR%."
15656 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15658 "While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers "
15659 "the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the "
15660 "process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library "
15661 "used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)."
15665 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15667 "As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a B<Build-Depends-"
15668 "Package> meta-information field and B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will extract the "
15669 "minimal version required by the corresponding package in the B<Build-"
15670 "Depends> field and use this version if it's higher than the minimal version "
15671 "computed by scanning symbols."
15675 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15676 msgid "Shlibs files"
15680 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15682 "Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking "
15683 "at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe "
15684 "and easy to handle."
15688 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15690 "The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first "
15691 "file providing information for the library of interest is used:"
15695 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15696 msgid "debian/shlibs.local"
15700 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15701 msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information."
15705 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15706 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.override"
15710 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15711 msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information."
15715 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15716 msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs"
15720 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15722 "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
15723 "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are only used if the library is found in a "
15724 "package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence "
15725 "over shlibs files from other binary packages."
15729 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15730 msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> shlibs”"
15734 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15735 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.default"
15739 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15740 msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information."
15744 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15746 "The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are "
15747 "filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker "
15748 "than another dependency)."
15752 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15754 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just "
15755 "as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>."
15759 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15760 msgid "B<-e>I<executable>"
15764 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15766 "Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by "
15767 "I<executable>. This option can be used multiple times."
15771 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15773 "Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared "
15774 "libraries (since dpkg 1.17.0). This option can be used multiple times."
15778 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15779 msgid "B<-d>I<dependency-field>"
15783 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15785 "Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field "
15786 "I<dependency-field>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the "
15787 "variable B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field>.)"
15791 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15793 "The B<-d>I<dependency-field> option takes effect for all executables after "
15794 "the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependency-field>. The default "
15795 "I<dependency-field> is B<Depends>."
15799 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15801 "If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than "
15802 "one of the recognized dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, "
15803 "B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will "
15804 "automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one "
15805 "representing the most important dependencies."
15809 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15810 msgid "B<-p>I<varname-prefix>"
15814 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15816 "Start substitution variables with I<varname-prefix>B<:> instead of B<shlibs:"
15817 ">. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with I<varname-"
15818 "prefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the substitution "
15823 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15825 "Print substitution variable settings to standard output (or I<filename> if "
15826 "specified, since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than being added to the substitution "
15827 "variables file (B<debian/substvars> by default)."
15831 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15832 msgid "B<-t>I<type>"
15836 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15838 "Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package "
15839 "type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged "
15840 "information. The default package type is B<deb>. Shared library dependency "
15841 "information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the "
15842 "type, a colon, and whitespace."
15846 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15847 msgid "B<-L>I<local-shlibs-file>"
15851 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15853 "Read overriding shared library dependency information from I<local-shlibs-"
15854 "file> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>."
15858 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15860 "Write substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
15865 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15870 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15872 "Enable verbose mode (since dpkg 1.14.8). Numerous messages are displayed to "
15873 "explain what B<dpkg-shlibdeps> does."
15877 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15878 msgid "B<-x>I<package>"
15882 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15884 "Exclude the package from the generated dependencies (since dpkg 1.14.8). "
15885 "This is useful to avoid self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF "
15886 "binaries (executables or library plugins) using a library contained in the "
15887 "same package. This option can be used multiple times to exclude several "
15892 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15893 msgid "B<-S>I<package-build-dir>"
15897 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15899 "Look into I<package-build-dir> first when trying to find a library (since "
15900 "dpkg 1.14.15). This is useful when the source package builds multiple "
15901 "flavors of the same library and you want to ensure that you get the "
15902 "dependency from a given binary package. You can use this option multiple "
15903 "times: directories will be tried in the same order before directories of "
15904 "other binary packages."
15908 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15910 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
15911 msgid "B<-I>I<package-build-dir>"
15912 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
15915 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15917 "Ignore I<package-build-dir> when looking for shlibs, symbols, and shared "
15918 "library files (since dpkg 1.18.5). You can use this option multiple times."
15922 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15923 msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>"
15927 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15929 "Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library "
15930 "(since dpkg 1.14.8). Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries "
15931 "should provide dependency information (either with shlibs files, or with "
15932 "symbols files) even if they are not yet used by other packages."
15936 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15937 msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>"
15941 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15943 "I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by "
15944 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> (since dpkg 1.14.17). Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning "
15945 "“symbol I<sym> used by I<binary> found in none of the libraries”, bit 1 "
15946 "(value=2) enables the warning “package could avoid a useless dependency” and "
15947 "bit 2 (value=4) enables the warning “I<binary> should not be linked against "
15948 "I<library>”. The default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active "
15949 "by default, the last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings "
15954 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15959 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15961 "Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of "
15962 "the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They "
15963 "inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, "
15964 "those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of "
15965 "decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:"
15969 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15971 "B<symbol> I<sym> B<used by> I<binary> B<found in none of the libraries.>"
15975 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15977 "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
15978 "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked "
15979 "with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> "
15984 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15986 "I<binary> B<contains an unresolvable reference to symbol> I<sym>B<: it's "
15987 "probably a plugin>"
15991 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
15993 "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
15994 "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably "
15995 "provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't "
15996 "have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be "
15997 "clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a "
15998 "non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared "
15999 "library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. "
16000 "But there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that "
16001 "programs linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds "
16002 "it. In that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed."
16006 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16008 "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if> I<binary> B<was not linked "
16009 "against> I<library> B<(it uses none of the library's symbols)>"
16013 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16015 "None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the "
16016 "symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would "
16017 "avoid the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency "
16018 "is also generated by another library that is really used)."
16022 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16024 "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if> I<binaries> B<were not linked "
16025 "against> I<library> B<(they use none of the library's symbols)>"
16029 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16030 msgid "Exactly the same as the above warning, but for multiple binaries."
16034 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16036 "I<binary> B<should not be linked against> I<library> B<(it uses none of the "
16037 "library's symbols)>"
16041 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16043 "The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a "
16044 "problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be "
16045 "obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks "
16046 "the same information as the previous one but does it for each binary instead "
16047 "of doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed."
16051 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16056 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16058 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a "
16059 "binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either "
16060 "shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is "
16061 "versioned (libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should "
16062 "not have a SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned."
16066 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16068 "B<couldn't find library> I<library-soname> B<needed by> I<binary> B<(its "
16069 "RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>"
16073 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16075 "The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> "
16076 "has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of "
16077 "directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the "
16078 "binary, directories added by the B<-l> option, directories listed in the "
16079 "B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment variable, cross multiarch directories (ex. /"
16080 "lib/arm64-linux-gnu, /usr/lib/arm64-linux-gnu), standard public directories "
16081 "(/lib, /usr/lib), directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, and obsolete "
16082 "multilib directories (/lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). Then it "
16083 "checks those directories in the package's build tree of the binary being "
16084 "analyzed, in the packages' build trees indicated with the B<-S> command-line "
16085 "option, in other packages' build trees that contains a DEBIAN/shlibs or "
16086 "DEBIAN/symbols file and finally in the root directory. If the library is "
16087 "not found in any of those directories, then you get this error."
16091 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16093 "If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then "
16094 "you want to add the directory with B<-l>. If it's in another binary package "
16095 "being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of this "
16096 "package is already created and that B<-l> contains the appropriate directory "
16097 "if it also is in a private directory."
16101 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16103 "B<no dependency information found for> I<library-file> B<(used by> "
16108 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16110 "The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in "
16111 "I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency "
16112 "information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to "
16113 "map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S> I<library-"
16114 "file>. Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols files in "
16115 "%ADMINDIR%/info/, and in the various package's build trees (debian/*/"
16120 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16122 "This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the "
16123 "package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within "
16124 "the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in "
16125 "which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling "
16126 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found "
16127 "under a non-canonical name (example: /usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl."
16128 "so.0.9.8 instead of /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any "
16129 "package, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback "
16130 "on a canonical name (using L<realpath(3)>) but it might not always work. "
16131 "It's always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems."
16135 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16137 "Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (B<-v>) will provide much more "
16138 "information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This "
16139 "might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error."
16143 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16145 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
16147 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-shlibs(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-"
16149 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
16153 msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool"
16158 msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<command>"
16163 msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives."
16169 "None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and "
16170 "they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate "
16176 msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<filename>.dsc [I<output-directory>]"
16182 "Extract a source package (B<--extract> since dpkg 1.17.14). One non-option "
16183 "argument must be supplied, the name of the Debian source control file (B<."
16184 "dsc>). An optional second non-option argument may be supplied to specify "
16185 "the directory to extract the source package to, this must not exist. If no "
16186 "output directory is specified, the source package is extracted into a "
16187 "directory named I<source>-I<version> under the current working directory."
16193 "B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source "
16194 "package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory "
16201 "The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and "
16202 "ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and "
16203 "directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will "
16204 "be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' "
16205 "umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will "
16206 "be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership."
16212 "If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all "
16213 "formats except “1.0”), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> so "
16214 "that the following builds of the source package use the same format by "
16220 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]"
16226 "Build a source package (B<--build> since dpkg 1.17.14). The first non-"
16227 "option argument is taken as the name of the directory containing the "
16228 "debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian sub-directory and maybe changes "
16229 "to the original files). Depending on the source package format used to "
16230 "build the package, additional parameters might be accepted."
16236 "B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in "
16237 "this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command line "
16238 "option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, “1.0”. The "
16239 "fallback to “1.0” is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the "
16240 "future, you should always document the desired source format in B<debian/"
16241 "source/format>. See section L</SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an extensive "
16242 "description of the various source package formats."
16247 msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>"
16253 "Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if "
16254 "B<dpkg-source --build> I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and "
16255 "with the same parameters; since dpkg 1.15.5)."
16260 msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>"
16266 "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg "
16267 "1.15.8). This hook is called before any build of the package (B<dpkg-"
16268 "buildpackage> calls it very early even before B<debian/rules clean>). This "
16269 "command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not all source "
16270 "formats implement something in this hook, and those that do usually prepare "
16271 "the source tree for the build for example by ensuring that the Debian "
16272 "patches are applied."
16277 msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>"
16283 "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg "
16284 "1.15.8). This hook is called after any build of the package (B<dpkg-"
16285 "buildpackage> calls it last). This command is idempotent and can be called "
16286 "multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this hook, "
16287 "and those that do usually use it to undo what B<--before-build> has done."
16292 msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] ..."
16298 "Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory> (since dpkg "
16299 "1.16.1). This command can take supplementary parameters depending on the "
16300 "source format. It will error out for formats where this operation doesn't "
16307 "Show the usage message and exit. The format specific build and extract "
16308 "options can be shown by using the B<--format> option."
16313 msgid "Generic build options"
16319 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
16320 "default is B<debian/control>. If given with relative pathname this is "
16321 "interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory."
16327 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
16328 "B<debian/changelog>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted "
16329 "starting at the source tree's top level directory."
16334 msgid "B<--format=>I<value>"
16340 "Use the given format for building the source package (since dpkg 1.14.17). "
16341 "It does override any format given in B<debian/source/format>."
16347 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is to not read "
16348 "any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
16349 "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
16354 msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>"
16360 "Specify the compression to use for created tarballs and diff files (B<--"
16361 "compression> since dpkg 1.15.5). Note that this option will not cause "
16362 "existing tarballs to be recompressed, it only affects new files. Supported "
16363 "values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and I<xz>. The default is I<xz> for "
16364 "formats 2.0 and newer, and I<gzip> for format 1.0. I<xz> is only supported "
16365 "since dpkg 1.15.5."
16370 msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>"
16376 "Compression level to use (B<--compression-level> since dpkg 1.15.5). As "
16377 "with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. Supported values are: I<1> "
16378 "to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. The default is I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> "
16384 msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]"
16390 "You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered "
16391 "out of the list of files for the diff (B<--diff-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). "
16392 "(This list is generated by a find command.) (If the source package is being "
16393 "built as a version 3 source package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore "
16394 "uncommitted changes on specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.)"
16400 "The B<-i> option by itself enables this setting with a default regex "
16401 "(preserving any modification to the default regex done by a previous use of "
16402 "B<--extend-diff-ignore>) that will filter out control files and directories "
16403 "of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap files and "
16404 "Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active regex, of "
16405 "multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect."
16411 "This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in "
16412 "the diff, for example if you maintain your source in a revision control "
16413 "system and want to use a checkout to build a source package without "
16414 "including the additional files and directories that it will usually contain "
16415 "(e.g. CVS/, .cvsignore, .svn/). The default regex is already very "
16416 "exhaustive, but if you need to replace it, please note that by default it "
16417 "can match any part of a path, so if you want to match the begin of a "
16418 "filename or only full filenames, you will need to provide the necessary "
16419 "anchors (e.g. ‘(^|/)’, ‘($|/)’) yourself."
16424 msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regex>"
16430 "The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value used by "
16431 "B<--diff-ignore> and its current value, if set (since dpkg 1.15.6). It does "
16432 "this by concatenating “B<|>I<regex>” to the existing value. This option is "
16433 "convenient to use in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-generated "
16434 "files from the automatic patch generation."
16439 msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]"
16445 "If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to L<tar(1)>'s B<--"
16446 "exclude> option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file (B<--"
16447 "tar-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). For example, B<-I>CVS will make tar skip "
16448 "over CVS directories when generating a .tar.gz file. The option may be "
16449 "repeated multiple times to list multiple patterns to exclude."
16455 "B<-I> by itself adds default B<--exclude> options that will filter out "
16456 "control files and directories of the most common revision control systems, "
16457 "backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories."
16463 "B<Note>: While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very "
16464 "different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes "
16465 "a perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full "
16466 "relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a "
16467 "filename pattern with shell wildcards. The pattern is applied to the full "
16468 "relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact "
16469 "semantic of tar's B<--exclude> option is somewhat complicated, see L<https://"
16470 "www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards> for a full documentation."
16476 "The default regex and patterns for both options can be seen in the output of "
16477 "the B<--help> command."
16482 msgid "Generic extract options"
16487 msgid "B<--no-copy>"
16493 "Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package (since dpkg "
16499 msgid "B<--no-check>"
16505 "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
16510 msgid "B<--no-overwrite-dir>"
16516 "Do not overwrite the extraction directory if it already exists (since dpkg "
16522 msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>"
16528 "Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP "
16529 "signature that can be verified (since dpkg 1.15.0) either with the user's "
16530 "I<trustedkeys.gpg> keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of "
16531 "the official Debian keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg>, I</"
16532 "usr/share/keyrings/debian-nonupload.gpg> and I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-"
16533 "maintainers.gpg>)."
16538 msgid "B<--require-strong-checksums>"
16544 "Refuse to unpack the source package if it does not contain any strong "
16545 "checksums (since dpkg 1.18.7). Currently the only known checksum considered "
16546 "strong is B<SHA-256>."
16551 msgid "B<--ignore-bad-version>"
16557 "Turns the bad source package version check into a non-fatal warning (since "
16558 "dpkg 1.17.7). This option should only be necessary when extracting ancient "
16559 "source packages with broken versions, just for backwards compatibility."
16564 msgid "Generic general options"
16570 "Sets the maximum number of threads allowed for compressors that support "
16571 "multi-threaded operations (since dpkg 1.21.14)."
16576 msgid "Sets quiet mode to suppress warnings."
16581 msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS"
16587 "If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either "
16588 "“3.0 (quilt)” or “3.0 (native)”. See L<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/"
16589 "DebSrc3.0> for information on the deployment of those formats within Debian."
16594 msgid "Format: 1.0"
16600 "A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> "
16601 "associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package "
16602 "is said to be I<native>). Optionally the original tarball might be "
16603 "accompanied by a detached upstream signature B<.orig.tar.gz.asc>, extraction "
16604 "supported since dpkg 1.18.5."
16609 msgid "B<Extracting>"
16615 "Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in "
16616 "the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first "
16617 "unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the "
16618 "B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the "
16619 "extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading "
16620 "to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new "
16621 "files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but cannot remove "
16622 "files (empty files will be left over) and cannot create or change symlinks."
16627 msgid "B<Building>"
16633 "Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source "
16634 "directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original "
16635 "tarball in a separate “.orig” directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> by "
16636 "comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory."
16641 msgid "B<Build options (with --build):>"
16647 "If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the "
16648 "original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a "
16649 "Debian-specific one and so has no debianization diffs. If no second "
16650 "argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source "
16651 "tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original "
16652 "source directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments."
16658 "B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing "
16659 "tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
16660 "sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead."
16666 "Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default "
16667 "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>. It will leave "
16668 "this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current "
16669 "directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into "
16670 "I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff."
16680 msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards."
16686 "Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default "
16687 "I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a "
16688 "new original source archive from it."
16693 msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used."
16699 "Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a "
16700 "tarfile. B<dpkg-source> will use the directory to create the diff, but the "
16701 "tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must be used with care - if the "
16702 "directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated."
16708 "Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff. "
16709 "The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used "
16710 "for Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source "
16711 "and therefore have no debianization diffs."
16716 msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>"
16722 "Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a "
16723 "directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string "
16724 "(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If a tarfile is found it will unpack "
16725 "it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-"
16726 "sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original source "
16727 "and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found "
16728 "it will assume that the package has no debianization diffs, only a "
16729 "straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are "
16730 "found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if B<-"
16731 "sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>) or raise an error if B<-"
16732 "sa> was specified. B<-sa> is the default."
16737 msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>"
16743 "The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of "
16744 "the debian sub-directory (since dpkg 1.15.8). This option is not allowed in "
16745 "B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>."
16750 msgid "B<Extract options (with --extract):>"
16755 msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed."
16761 "Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a "
16762 "tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an "
16763 "existing but different file is there it will be copied there. (B<This is "
16769 msgid "Unpacks the original source tree."
16775 "Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory "
16776 "nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is "
16783 "All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than "
16784 "one only the last one will be used."
16789 msgid "B<--skip-debianization>"
16795 "Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources (since "
16801 msgid "Format: 2.0"
16807 "Extraction supported since dpkg 1.13.9, building supported since dpkg "
16808 "1.14.8. Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for wide-"
16809 "spread usage, the format “3.0 (quilt)” replaces it. Wig&pen was the first "
16810 "specification of a new-generation source package format."
16816 "The behavior of this format is the same as the “3.0 (quilt)” format except "
16817 "that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in B<debian/"
16818 "patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\w-]+> must be valid "
16819 "patches: they are applied at extraction time."
16825 "When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is "
16826 "stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>."
16831 msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)"
16837 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is an extension of the native "
16838 "package format as defined in the 1.0 format. It supports all compression "
16839 "methods and will ignore by default any VCS specific files and directories as "
16840 "well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-I> option "
16841 "in the B<--help> output)."
16846 msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)"
16852 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. A source package in this format contains at "
16853 "least an original tarball (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, "
16854 "B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It "
16855 "can also contain additional original tarballs (B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar."
16856 ">I<ext>). I<component> can only contain alphanumeric (‘a-zA-Z0-9’) "
16857 "characters and hyphens (‘-’). Optionally each original tarball can be "
16858 "accompanied by a detached upstream signature (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc> and "
16859 "B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc>), extraction supported since dpkg "
16860 "1.17.20, building supported since dpkg 1.18.5."
16866 "The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original "
16867 "tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part "
16868 "of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian "
16869 "tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of "
16870 "any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must "
16871 "contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files "
16872 "outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)."
16878 "All patches listed in B<debian/patches/>I<vendor>B<.series> or B<debian/"
16879 "patches/series> are then applied, where I<vendor> will be the lowercase name "
16880 "of the current vendor, or B<debian> if there is no vendor defined. If the "
16881 "former file is used and the latter one doesn't exist (or is a symlink), then "
16882 "the latter is replaced with a symlink to the former. This is meant to "
16883 "simplify usage of B<quilt> to manage the set of patches. Vendor-specific "
16884 "series files are intended to make it possible to serialize multiple "
16885 "development branches based on the vendor, in a declarative way, in "
16886 "preference to open-coding this handling in B<debian/rules>. This is "
16887 "particularly useful when the source would need to be patched conditionally "
16888 "because the affected files do not have built-in conditional occlusion "
16889 "support. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses correctly series "
16890 "files with explicit options used for patch application (stored on each line "
16891 "after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it does ignore those "
16892 "options and always expects patches that can be applied with the B<-p1> "
16893 "option of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it encounters such "
16894 "options, and the build is likely to fail."
16900 "Note that L<lintian(1)> will emit unconditional warnings when using vendor "
16901 "series due to a controversial Debian specific ruling, which should not "
16902 "affect any external usage; to silence these, the dpkg lintian profile can be "
16903 "used by passing «B<--profile dpkg>» to L<lintian(1)>."
16909 "The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the extraction time of the "
16910 "source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading to problems when "
16911 "autogenerated files are patched)."
16917 "Contrary to B<quilt>'s default behavior, patches are expected to apply "
16918 "without any fuzz. When that is not the case, you should refresh such "
16919 "patches with B<quilt>, or B<dpkg-source> will error out while trying to "
16926 "Similarly to B<quilt>'s default behavior, the patches can remove files too."
16932 "The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied "
16933 "during the extraction."
16939 "All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a "
16940 "temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the "
16941 "debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches "
16942 "except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or B<debian-"
16943 "changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The temporary "
16944 "directory is compared to the source package directory. When the diff is non-"
16945 "empty, the build fails unless B<--single-debian-patch> or B<--auto-commit> "
16946 "has been used, in which case the diff is stored in the automatic patch. If "
16947 "the automatic patch is created/deleted, it's added/removed from the series "
16948 "file and from the B<quilt> metadata."
16954 "Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus "
16955 "lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that "
16956 "modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in B<debian/source/"
16957 "include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds binary files in "
16958 "the debian sub-directory unless they have been allowed through B<debian/"
16959 "source/include-binaries>."
16965 "The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used "
16966 "to generate the debian tarball."
16972 "The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific "
16973 "files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> "
16974 "option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used "
16975 "by B<quilt> is ignored during generation of the automatic patch."
16981 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (and B<--build>) will ensure that "
16982 "all patches listed in the series file are applied so that a package build "
16983 "always has all patches applied. It does this by finding unapplied patches "
16984 "(they are listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), "
16985 "and if the first patch in that set can be applied without errors, it will "
16986 "apply them all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this "
16992 msgid "B<Recording changes>"
16997 msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] [I<patch-name>] [I<patch-file>]"
17003 "Generates a patch corresponding to the local changes that are not managed by "
17004 "the B<quilt> patch system and integrates it in the patch system under the "
17005 "name I<patch-name>. If the name is missing, it will be asked "
17006 "interactively. If I<patch-file> is given, it is used as the patch "
17007 "corresponding to the local changes to integrate. Once integrated, an editor "
17008 "(the first one found from B<sensible-editor>, C<$VISUAL>, C<$EDITOR>, B<vi>) "
17009 "is launched so that you can edit the meta-information in the patch header."
17015 "Passing I<patch-file> is mainly useful after a build failure that pre-"
17016 "generated this file, and on this ground the given file is removed after "
17017 "integration. Note also that the changes contained in the patch file must "
17018 "already be applied on the tree and that the files modified by the patch must "
17019 "not have supplementary unrecorded changes."
17025 "If the patch generation detects modified binary files, they will be "
17026 "automatically added to B<debian/source/include-binaries> so that they end up "
17027 "in the debian tarball (exactly like B<dpkg-source --include-binaries --"
17028 "build> would do)."
17033 msgid "B<Build options>"
17038 msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>"
17044 "Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the "
17045 "B<quilt> metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know "
17046 "about it (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). Effectively this says that the given "
17047 "version of the B<quilt> metadata is compatible with the version 2 that "
17048 "B<dpkg-source> currently supports. The version of the B<quilt> metadata is "
17049 "stored in B<.pc/.version>."
17054 msgid "B<--include-removal>"
17060 "Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated "
17066 msgid "B<--include-timestamp>"
17071 msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch."
17076 msgid "B<--include-binaries>"
17082 "Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to B<debian/"
17083 "source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in subsequent builds "
17084 "and this option is thus no more needed."
17089 msgid "B<--no-preparation>"
17095 "Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are "
17096 "apparently unapplied (since dpkg 1.14.18)."
17101 msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>"
17107 "Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of B<debian/patches/debian-"
17108 "changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic patch generated during "
17109 "build (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). This option is particularly useful when the "
17110 "package is maintained in a VCS and a patch set can't reliably be generated. "
17111 "Instead the current diff with upstream should be stored in a single patch. "
17112 "The option would be put in B<debian/source/local-options> and would be "
17113 "accompanied by a B<debian/source/local-patch-header> file explaining how the "
17114 "Debian changes can be best reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used."
17119 msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>"
17125 "Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and "
17126 "if there are supplementary original tarballs (since dpkg 1.15.6). This "
17127 "option is meant to be used when the source package is just a bundle of "
17128 "multiple upstream software and where there's no “main” software."
17133 msgid "B<--no-unapply-patches, --unapply-patches>"
17139 "By default, B<dpkg-source> will automatically unapply the patches in the B<--"
17140 "after-build> hook if it did apply them during B<--before-build> (B<--unapply-"
17141 "patches> since dpkg 1.15.8, B<--no-unapply-patches> since dpkg 1.16.5). "
17142 "Those options allow you to forcefully disable or enable the patch "
17143 "unapplication process. Those options are only allowed in B<debian/source/"
17144 "local-options> so that all generated source packages have the same behavior "
17151 "The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated (since dpkg "
17152 "1.15.8). This option can be used to ensure that all changes were properly "
17153 "recorded in separate B<quilt> patches prior to the source package build. "
17154 "This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/options> but can be used in "
17155 "B<debian/source/local-options>."
17160 msgid "B<--auto-commit>"
17166 "The process doesn't fail if an automatic patch has been generated, instead "
17167 "it's immediately recorded in the B<quilt> series."
17172 msgid "B<Extract options>"
17178 "Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources (since "
17184 msgid "B<--skip-patches>"
17189 msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction (since dpkg 1.14.18)."
17194 msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)"
17200 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is special. It doesn't represent "
17201 "a real source package format but can be used to create source packages with "
17208 "All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated "
17209 "source package. They must exist and are preferably in the current "
17210 "directory. At least one file must be given."
17215 msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>"
17221 "B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package. The "
17222 "generated .dsc file will contain this value in its B<Format> field and not "
17228 msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)"
17233 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental."
17239 "A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git "
17240 "repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package. There may also be a B<."
17241 "gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone."
17247 "The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory. If there "
17248 "is a gitshallow file, it is installed as I<.git/shallow> inside the cloned "
17255 "Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked "
17256 "out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically “main”, but it "
17257 "could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under I<remotes/"
17264 "Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have "
17265 "any non-ignored uncommitted changes."
17271 "L<git-bundle(1)> is used to generate a bundle of the git repository. By "
17272 "default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle."
17277 msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>"
17283 "Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the "
17284 "default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified "
17285 "multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. "
17286 "It may also be any parameter that can be passed to L<git-rev-list(1)>. For "
17287 "example, to include only the main branch, use B<--git-ref=>main. To include "
17288 "all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use B<--git-ref=>--all "
17289 "B<--git-ref=>^private"
17294 msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>"
17300 "Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of "
17306 msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)"
17312 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental. It generates a "
17313 "single tarball containing the bzr repository."
17319 "The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch."
17325 "Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a "
17326 "temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a "
17327 "tarball, various cleanup are done to save space."
17332 msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format"
17338 "The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the "
17339 "desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format “1.0” is assumed "
17340 "when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some point "
17341 "in the future B<dpkg-source> will be modified to fail when that file doesn't "
17348 "The rationale is that format “1.0” is no longer the recommended format, you "
17349 "should usually pick one of the newer formats (“3.0 (quilt)”, “3.0 (native)”) "
17350 "but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you. If you want to "
17351 "continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it and put “1.0” "
17352 "in B<debian/source/format>."
17357 msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files"
17363 "When using source format “1.0” it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream "
17364 "files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the ."
17365 "diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the "
17366 "debian directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you "
17367 "can also use the format “3.0 (quilt)” that offers this natively."
17372 msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>"
17378 "Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all "
17379 "changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of "
17380 "plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different "
17381 "type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you "
17382 "will get this error message."
17387 msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff"
17393 "Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not "
17394 "recorded in the source package and you are warned about it."
17399 msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
17405 "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus executable "
17406 "permissions are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you "
17412 msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
17418 "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions "
17419 "are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact."
17425 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) to "
17426 "clamp the mtime in the L<tar(5)> file entries."
17441 msgid "Used by the “2.0” and “3.0 (quilt)” source format modules."
17451 msgid "B<GIT_INDEX_FILE>"
17456 msgid "B<GIT_OBJECT_DIRECTORY>"
17461 msgid "B<GIT_ALTERNATE_OBJECT_DIRECTORIES>"
17466 msgid "B<GIT_WORK_TREE>"
17471 msgid "Used by the “3.0 (git)” source format modules."
17476 msgid "debian/source/format"
17482 "This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build "
17483 "the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or "
17484 "trailing spaces are allowed."
17489 msgid "debian/source/include-binaries"
17495 "This file contains a list of pathnames of binary files (one per line) "
17496 "relative to the source root directory that should be included in the debian "
17497 "tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped. Lines starting with "
17498 "‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are ignored."
17503 msgid "debian/source/options"
17509 "This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically "
17510 "prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source --build> or "
17511 "B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and B<--"
17512 "compression-level> are well suited for this file."
17518 "Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines "
17519 "starting with ‘B<#>’ are ignored. The leading ‘B<-->’ should be stripped "
17520 "and short options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the "
17521 "‘B<=>’ symbol and optional quotes are allowed around the value. Here's an "
17522 "example of such a file:"
17529 " # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n"
17530 " compression = \"bzip2\"\n"
17531 " compression-level = 9\n"
17532 " # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n"
17533 " single-debian-patch\n"
17534 " # ignore changes on config.{sub,guess}\n"
17535 " extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n"
17542 "B<Note>: B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use "
17543 "B<debian/source/format> instead."
17548 msgid "debian/source/local-options"
17554 "Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included "
17555 "in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference "
17556 "tied to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is "
17562 msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header"
17567 msgid "debian/source/patch-header"
17573 "Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in "
17574 "formats “2.0” or “3.0 (quilt)”. B<local-patch-header> is not included in "
17575 "the generated source package while B<patch-header> is."
17580 msgid "debian/patches/I<vendor>.series"
17585 msgid "debian/patches/series"
17591 "This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order) on "
17592 "top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are "
17593 "stripped. The I<vendor> will be the lowercase name of the current vendor, "
17594 "or B<debian> if there is no vendor defined. If the vendor-specific series "
17595 "file does not exist, the vendor-less series file will be used. Lines "
17596 "starting with ‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are "
17597 "ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to the "
17598 "B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end of "
17599 "line. Optional B<quilt> options can follow up to the end of line or the "
17600 "first ‘B<#>’ preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a "
17601 "comment up to the end of line)."
17607 "Examining untrusted source packages or extracting them into staging "
17608 "directories should be considered a security boundary, and any breakage of "
17609 "that boundary stemming from these operations should be considered a security "
17610 "vulnerability. But handling untrusted source packages should not be done "
17611 "lightly, as the surface area includes any compression command supported, "
17612 "commands to handle specific data formats (such as L<tar(1)> or L<patch(1)>) "
17613 "in addition to the source package formats and control files themselves. "
17614 "Performing these operations over untrusted data as root is strongly "
17620 msgid "Building source packages should only be performed over trusted data."
17626 "The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard "
17627 "output field settings is rather confused."
17633 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
17635 "L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-changelog(5)>, L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<dsc(5)>."
17636 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
17640 msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool"
17645 msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<command>"
17651 "B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and "
17652 "reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on "
17653 "small media such as floppy disks."
17659 "It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> "
17666 "It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it "
17667 "maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a "
17668 "package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
17669 "discard> options allow the management of the queue."
17675 "All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages "
17676 "on standard output; these may safely be ignored."
17681 msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]"
17686 msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts."
17692 "The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part "
17693 "number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in "
17700 "If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, "
17701 "including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed."
17706 msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..."
17712 "Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file "
17713 "as it was before it was split."
17719 "The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same "
17720 "original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
17721 "list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order."
17727 "The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size "
17728 "specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been "
17729 "generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>."
17734 msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process."
17740 "By default the output file is called I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
17746 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..."
17752 "Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) "
17753 "specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
17754 "saying so instead (but still on standard output)."
17760 #| msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
17761 msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output> I<part>"
17762 msgstr "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
17766 msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible."
17772 "The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same "
17773 "package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts."
17779 "If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available "
17780 "then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which "
17781 "should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)."
17787 "If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is "
17794 "If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit "
17795 "with status B<1>; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status "
17802 "The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If "
17803 "this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file "
17809 msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>"
17814 msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled."
17820 "For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the "
17821 "name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes "
17822 "stored in the queue."
17827 msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]"
17833 "This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts "
17834 "of their packages."
17840 "If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any "
17841 "are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted."
17846 msgid "B<--depotdir> I<directory>"
17852 "Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic "
17853 "reassembly. The default is B<%ADMINDIR%/parts>."
17860 #| "Change default administrative directory, which contains many files that "
17861 #| "give information about status of installed or uninstalled packages, etc. "
17862 #| "(Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%>)"
17864 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory> (since dpkg 1.21.10). This "
17865 "is where the I<statoverride> file is stored. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if "
17866 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
17868 "变更默认管理目录,这个目录包含着许多已安装和未安装软件包的状态记录文件等。"
17869 "(默认为 I<%ADMINDIR%>)"
17875 #| "Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
17876 #| "var/lib/dpkg>."
17878 "Set the root directory to B<directory> (since dpkg 1.21.10), which sets the "
17879 "installation directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
17880 "«I<directory>B<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has not been set."
17882 "对 B<root> 的更改会将 B<instdir> 迁至 I<dir> 并把 B<admindir> 迁至 I<dir>B</"
17887 msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>"
17893 "Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 bytes). "
17894 "The default is 450 KiB."
17895 msgstr "指定最大分块尺寸,单位为 kibibytes (1024 字节)。默认 450 KiB。"
17899 msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>"
17904 msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly."
17910 "This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is "
17911 "mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)."
17916 msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>"
17922 "When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a "
17923 "message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
17924 "option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope "
17925 "with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages."
17937 #| "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-"
17940 "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be MSDOS-compatible."
17941 msgstr "强制 B<--split> 输出 msdos 兼容的文件名。"
17946 "This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename "
17947 "or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs "
17948 "are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded."
17954 "The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the "
17955 "form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated."
17961 "The requested split, merge, or other command succeeded. B<--info> commands "
17962 "count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts."
17968 "Only occurs with B<--auto> and indicates that the I<part> file was not a "
17969 "binary package part."
17975 "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, a file that "
17976 "looked like a package part file but was corrupted, or interactions with the "
17977 "system, such as accesses to the database, memory allocations, etc."
17983 "If set and B<--root> option has not been specified, it will be used as the "
17984 "filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
17990 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
17991 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
17997 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the "
17998 "L<deb-split(5)>'s L<ar(5)> container."
18003 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/parts>"
18009 "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly."
18015 "The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-"
18016 "split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the "
18017 "filename format should not be relied upon."
18023 "Examining or joining untrusted split package archives should be considered a "
18024 "security boundary, and any breakage of that boundary stemming from these "
18025 "operations should be considered a security vulnerability. Performing these "
18026 "operations over untrusted data as root is strongly discouraged."
18032 "Auto-accumulating and discarding split package parts are considered "
18033 "privileged operations that might allow root escalation. These operations "
18034 "must never be delegated to an untrusted user or be done on untrusted "
18035 "packages, as that might allow root access to the system."
18040 msgid "Splitting package archives should only be performed over trusted data."
18046 "Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without "
18047 "digging into the queue directory yourself."
18053 "There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package "
18060 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
18061 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
18062 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
18065 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18066 msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files"
18070 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18071 msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<command>"
18075 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18077 "“B<stat overrides>” are a way to tell L<dpkg(1)> to use a different owner or "
18078 "mode for a path when a package is installed (this applies to any filesystem "
18079 "object that B<dpkg> handles, including directories, devices, etc.). This "
18080 "can be used to force programs that are normally setuid to be install without "
18081 "a setuid flag, or only executable by a certain group."
18085 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18087 "B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
18088 "has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides."
18092 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18093 msgid "B<--add> I<user group mode path>"
18097 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18099 "Add an override for I<path>. I<path> does not need to exist nor be known to "
18100 "B<dpkg> when this command is used; the override will be stored and used "
18101 "later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> "
18102 "or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a "
18103 "‘B<#>’ (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified "
18108 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18110 "If B<--update> is specified and I<path> exists, it is immediately set to the "
18111 "new owner and mode."
18115 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18116 msgid "B<--remove> I<path>"
18120 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18122 "Remove an override for I<path>, the status of I<path> is left unchanged by "
18127 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18129 "List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to "
18130 "overrides which match the glob."
18134 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18135 msgid "B<--force-help>"
18136 msgstr "B<--force-help>"
18139 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18141 #| msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
18142 msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18143 msgstr "显示有关 B<--force->I<thing> 选项的帮助。"
18146 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18149 #| "Change default administrative directory, which contains many files that "
18150 #| "give information about status of installed or uninstalled packages, etc. "
18151 #| "(Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%>)"
18153 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This is where the "
18154 "I<statoverride> file is stored. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if "
18155 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
18157 "变更默认管理目录,这个目录包含着许多已安装和未安装软件包的状态记录文件等。"
18158 "(默认为 I<%ADMINDIR%>)"
18161 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18163 #| msgid "B<--force-help>"
18164 msgid "B<--force->I<things>"
18165 msgstr "B<--force-help>"
18168 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18170 #| msgid "B<--force->I<things>, B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>"
18171 msgid "B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>"
18172 msgstr "B<--force->I<things>, B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>"
18175 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18178 #| "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do "
18179 #| "some things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified "
18180 #| "below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked "
18181 #| "with (*) are forced by default."
18183 "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
18184 "things (since dpkg 1.19.5). I<things> is a comma separated list of things "
18185 "specified below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. "
18186 "Things marked with (*) are forced by default."
18188 "强制或拒绝做某事(B<no-force> 和 B<refuse> 所指相同)。I<things> 是一个逗号分"
18189 "隔的事件表,具体事件请参见下文。B<--force-help> 会给出相应的帮助信息。另外,"
18190 "标记了(*)的事件是默认选择强制的。"
18193 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18196 #| "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
18197 #| "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
18200 "B<Warning>: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
18201 "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
18204 "I<警告: 这些选项大多数是提供给专家用户使用的。在没有完全理解它们的效果的情况"
18205 "下使用,很可能会破坏您的整个系统。>"
18208 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18210 #| msgid "B<install>"
18212 msgstr "B<install>"
18215 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18217 #| msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options."
18218 msgid "Turns on (or off) all force options."
18219 msgstr "B<all>: 强制选项全开(或全关)。"
18222 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18223 msgid "B<statoverride-add>:"
18227 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18228 msgid "Overwrite an existing stat override when adding it (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18232 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18233 msgid "B<statoverride-remove>:"
18237 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18238 msgid "Ignore a missing stat override when removing it (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18242 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18243 msgid "B<security-mac>(*):"
18247 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18249 "Use platform-specific Mandatory Access Controls (MAC) based security when "
18250 "installing files into the filesystem (since dpkg 1.19.5). On Linux systems "
18251 "the implementation uses SELinux."
18255 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18256 msgid "B<not-root>:"
18260 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18262 #| msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
18263 msgid "Try to (de)install things even when not root (since dpkg 1.21.8)."
18264 msgstr "B<not-root>: 在非 root 时尝试(反)安装软件。"
18267 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
18272 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18274 "Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This "
18275 "is necessary to override an existing override. This option is deprecated "
18276 "(since dpkg 1.19.5), it is replaced by B<--force-all>."
18280 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18281 msgid "B<--update>"
18285 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18287 "Immediately try to change the I<path> to the new owner and mode if it exists."
18291 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18292 msgid "Be less verbose about what we do."
18296 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18298 "For B<--list>, if there are no overrides or none match the supplied glob."
18302 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18303 msgid "B<DPKG_FORCE>"
18307 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18309 "If set and none of the B<--force->I<...> options have been specified, it "
18310 "will be used as the force options to use (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18314 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18315 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/statoverride>"
18319 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18321 "File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is "
18322 "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files "
18323 "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>."
18327 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18329 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with "
18330 "extension “-old”, before replacing it with the new one."
18334 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18335 msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility"
18339 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18340 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>"
18344 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18345 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>"
18349 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18351 "B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its "
18352 "support on the running B<dpkg>."
18356 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18358 "This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations "
18359 "where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control "
18360 "file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing "
18361 "and by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be "
18362 "run by B<dpkg-trigger>)."
18366 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18367 msgid "Unrecognized trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>."
18371 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18372 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.14.17."
18376 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18377 msgid "B<--check-supported>"
18381 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18383 "Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a "
18384 "postinst). Will exit B<0> if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or B<1> "
18385 "with an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better "
18386 "just to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>."
18390 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18392 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> if "
18393 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
18397 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18398 msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>"
18402 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18404 "Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the "
18405 "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable of the maintainer scripts, "
18406 "naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by "
18411 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18412 msgid "B<--no-await>"
18416 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18418 "This option arranges that the calling package I<T> (if any) need not await "
18419 "the processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I<I>, will not be "
18420 "added to I<T>'s trigger processing awaited list and I<T>'s status is "
18421 "unchanged. I<T> may be considered installed even though I<I> may not yet "
18422 "have processed the trigger."
18426 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18431 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18433 "This option does the inverse of B<--no-await> (since dpkg 1.17.21). If the "
18434 "interested package has declared a “noawait” directive, then this option will "
18435 "not be effective. It is currently the default behavior."
18439 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18440 msgid "B<--no-act>"
18444 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18445 msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything."
18449 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
18451 "The requested action was successfully performed. Or a check or assertion "
18452 "command returned true."
18456 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
18457 msgid "A check or assertion command returned false."
18461 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18462 msgid "L<dpkg(1)>, L<deb-triggers(5)>, B<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/triggers.txt>."
18467 msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors"
18472 msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>"
18478 "B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in "
18479 "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins>. B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> contains "
18480 "information about the current vendor."
18485 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.15.1."
18490 msgid "B<--is> I<vendor>"
18496 "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with "
18502 msgid "B<--derives-from> I<vendor>"
18508 "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of "
18509 "I<vendor>, otherwise exits with B<1>. It uses the B<Parent> field to browse "
18510 "all ancestors of the current vendor."
18515 msgid "B<--query> I<field>"
18521 "Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the "
18527 msgid "B<--vendor> I<vendor>"
18533 "Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the "
18534 "B<DEB_VENDOR> environment variable or B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>."
18540 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
18541 msgid "L<deb-origin(5)>."
18542 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
18546 msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file"
18552 "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single "
18553 "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg "
18554 "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
18555 "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
18556 "hash sign (‘B<#>’)."
18560 #: dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
18561 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
18565 #: dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
18566 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
18571 msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>"
18576 msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian"
18577 msgstr "dpkg - Debian 的软件包管理器"
18581 msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
18582 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
18592 "This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command "
18593 "line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg "
18596 "本手册旨在为用户提供比 B<dpkg --help> 更多关于 B<dpkg> 命令行选项以及软件包状"
18597 "态的信息(译者注:译者水平有限,如有问题请多包涵并以英文文档为准)"
18602 "It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
18603 "B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
18604 "when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
18606 "希望理解 B<dpkg> 如何安装软件包的维护者【不适合】使用本手册。本手册尤其缺乏对"
18607 "于 B<dpkg> 进行安装和卸载操作时的具体行为描述。"
18613 #| "B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. "
18614 #| "The primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is "
18615 #| "B<aptitude>(1). B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line "
18616 #| "parameters, which consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. "
18617 #| "The action-parameter tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the "
18618 #| "behavior of the action in some way."
18620 "B<dpkg> is a medium-level tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian "
18621 "packages. The primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> as a CLI "
18622 "(command-line interface) is L<apt(8)> and as a TUI (terminal user interface) "
18623 "is L<aptitude(8)>. B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line "
18624 "parameters, which consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. "
18625 "The action-parameter tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the "
18626 "behavior of the action in some way."
18628 "B<dpkg> 是一个用来安装、构建、卸载和管理 Debian 软件包的工具。B<dpkg> 主要的"
18629 "用户友好型前端是 B<aptitude>(1)。B<dpkg> 本身需要完全通过命令行来操纵,所指的"
18630 "命令包含一项行为以及任意个选项。其中的行为参数将指定 B<dpkg> 的行为,同时由其"
18637 #| "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1) and B<dpkg-"
18638 #| "query>(1). The list of supported actions can be found later on in the "
18639 #| "B<ACTIONS> section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs "
18640 #| "B<dpkg-deb> or B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no "
18641 #| "specific options are currently passed to them, to use any such option the "
18642 #| "back-ends need to be called directly."
18644 "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to L<dpkg-deb(1)> and L<dpkg-"
18645 "query(1)>. The list of supported actions can be found later on in the "
18646 "B<ACTIONS> section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs "
18647 "B<dpkg-deb> or B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no "
18648 "specific options are currently passed to them, to use any such option the "
18649 "back-ends need to be called directly."
18651 "B<dpkg> 也可以用作 B<dpkg-deb>(1) 和 B<dpkg-query>(1) 的前端。行为项的列表可"
18652 "在下文中的 B<行为> 章节中找到。对于这些行为项,dpkg 会用自己得到的参数来调用 "
18653 "dpkg-deb 或 dpkg-query,但不会有任何的选项被传递,如果想要也传递选项,请直接"
18658 msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
18664 "B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
18665 "information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
18666 "B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
18668 "B<dpkg> 维护着一些关于有效软件包的可用信息。这些信息被分为三类:B<states>,"
18669 "B<selection states> 和 B<flags>。这些值主要由 B<dselect> 来改动。"
18673 msgid "Package states"
18678 msgid "B<not-installed>"
18679 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
18683 msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
18684 msgstr "该软件包没有安装在您的系统中。"
18688 msgid "B<config-files>"
18689 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18694 #| msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system."
18696 "Only the configuration files or the B<postrm> script and the data it needs "
18697 "to remove of the package exist on the system."
18698 msgstr "仅有一些该包中的配置文件残存于系统中。"
18702 msgid "B<half-installed>"
18703 msgstr "B<half-installed>"
18708 "The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some "
18710 msgstr "该软件包的安装有曾开始,但因为某些原因没有完成。"
18714 msgid "B<unpacked>"
18715 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
18719 msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
18720 msgstr "该软件已经解压,但还没有进行配置。"
18724 msgid "B<half-configured>"
18725 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
18730 "The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet "
18731 "completed for some reason."
18732 msgstr "该软件已经解压而且配置过程有曾开始,但由于某些原因未完成。"
18736 msgid "B<triggers-awaited>"
18737 msgstr "B<triggers-awaited>"
18741 msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package."
18742 msgstr "该软件包等待其他包正在处理的触发器。"
18746 msgid "B<triggers-pending>"
18747 msgstr "B<triggers-pending>"
18751 msgid "The package has been triggered."
18756 msgid "B<installed>"
18757 msgstr "B<installed>"
18761 msgid "The package is correctly unpacked and configured."
18762 msgstr "该软件包已被成功解压并配置。"
18766 msgid "Package selection states"
18772 msgstr "B<install>"
18776 msgid "The package is selected for installation."
18777 msgstr "该软件包被选择安装。"
18787 "A package marked to be on B<hold> is kept on the same version, that is, no "
18788 "automatic new installs, upgrades or removals will be performed on them, "
18789 "unless these actions are requested explicitly, or are permitted to be done "
18790 "automatically with the B<--force-hold> option."
18795 msgid "B<deinstall>"
18796 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
18801 "The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all "
18802 "files, except configuration files)."
18803 msgstr "该软件包被选择卸载(亦即,想要移除配置文件之外的所有文件)。"
18813 "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from "
18814 "system directories, even configuration files)."
18815 msgstr "该软件包被选择清除(亦即,想要移除包括配置文件的所有文件)。"
18825 "The package selection is unknown. A package that is also in a B<not-"
18826 "installed> state, and with an B<ok> flag will be forgotten in the next "
18832 msgid "Package flags"
18843 "A package marked B<ok> is in a known state, but might need further "
18850 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
18851 msgid "B<reinstreq>"
18852 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
18858 #| "A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires "
18859 #| "reinstallation. These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with "
18860 #| "option B<--force-remove-reinstreq>."
18862 "A package marked B<reinstreq> is broken and requires reinstallation. These "
18863 "packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-"
18866 "标记了 B<reinst-required> 的软件包已破损,并需要重新安装。这样的软件包无法卸"
18867 "载,除非用 B<--force-remove-reinstreq> 选项强制执行。"
18876 msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..."
18877 msgstr "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..."
18882 "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, "
18883 "I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
18885 "安装软件包。如果给定 B<--recursive> 或 B<-R> 选项,那么其 I<package-file> 参"
18890 msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:"
18891 msgstr "安装过程包括一下环节:"
18896 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
18897 msgid "Extract the control files of the new package."
18898 msgstr "B<1.> 抽取新软件包的控制文件。"
18904 #| "B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
18905 #| "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
18907 "If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
18908 "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
18910 "B<2.> 如果已经安装了相同软件包的另一个版本,运行旧软件包的 I<prerm> 脚本。"
18915 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
18916 msgid "Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
18917 msgstr "B<3.> 运行 I<preinst> 脚本,如果软件包有提供的话。"
18923 #| "B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, "
18924 #| "so that if something goes wrong, they can be restored."
18926 "Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so that if "
18927 "something goes wrong, they can be restored."
18928 msgstr "B<4.> 将新文件解压,并备份旧文件,备份档用于在出问题时进行恢复。"
18934 #| "B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
18935 #| "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
18936 #| "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, "
18937 #| "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed."
18939 "If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
18940 "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
18941 "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, "
18942 "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed."
18944 "B<5.> 如果已经安装了相同软件包的另一个版本,就运行旧软件包的 I<postrm> 脚本。"
18945 "注意,这个脚本是在新软件包的 I<preinst> 脚本之后被执行的,因为删除旧文件的同"
18952 #| "B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information "
18953 #| "about how this is done."
18955 "Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information about "
18956 "how this is done."
18957 msgstr "B<6.> 配置该软件。欲了解该操作如何达成,详情请参见 B<--configure>。"
18961 msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
18962 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
18967 "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
18968 "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
18970 "解开此包,但不进行配置。如果给定 B<--recursive> 或 B<-R> 选项,那么 "
18971 "I<package-file> 必须是一个目录。"
18976 "Will process triggers for B<Pre-Depends> unless B<--no-triggers> has been "
18982 msgid "B<--configure> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
18988 "Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured. If B<-"
18989 "a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but "
18990 "unconfigured packages are configured."
18992 "配置一个解压完成但仍未进行过配置的软件包。如果给定 B<-a> 或者 B<--pending> 选"
18993 "项而不是 I<package>,所有解压但未配置的包均会被配置。"
18999 #| "To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the "
19000 #| "B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8) command instead."
19002 "To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the L<dpkg-"
19003 "reconfigure(8)> command instead (which is part of the B<debconf> project)."
19004 msgstr "若要重新配置一个已经配置过的软件包,请尝试B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)"
19008 msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:"
19009 msgstr "配置过程包含以下环节:"
19015 #| "B<1.> Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old "
19016 #| "conffiles, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong."
19018 "Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, so "
19019 "that they can be restored if something goes wrong."
19020 msgstr "B<1.> 解压配置文件,同时备份旧配置文件,以备出错时恢复之需。"
19025 #| msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
19026 msgid "Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
19027 msgstr "B<2.> 运行 I<postinst> 脚本,如果软件包提供的话。"
19031 msgid "Will process triggers unless B<--no-triggers> has been specified."
19036 msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19037 msgstr "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19043 #| "Processes only triggers. All pending triggers will be processed. If "
19044 #| "package names are supplied only those packages' triggers will be "
19045 #| "processed, exactly once each where necessary. Use of this option may "
19046 #| "leave packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-"
19047 #| "pending> states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --"
19050 "Processes only triggers (since dpkg 1.14.17). All pending triggers will be "
19051 "processed. If package names are supplied only those packages' triggers will "
19052 "be processed, exactly once each where necessary. Use of this option may "
19053 "leave packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> "
19054 "states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
19056 "仅处理触发器。且所有未决触发器都会被处理。If package names are supplied only "
19057 "those packages' triggers will be processed, exactly once each where "
19058 "necessary.使用该选项可能导致软件包处于不妥当的 B<triggers-awaited> 和 "
19059 "B<triggers-pending>状态。但可以在之后使用该命令修复: B<dpkg --configure --"
19065 #| msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>B<...|-a|--pending>"
19066 msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19067 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>B<...|-a|--pending>"
19073 #| "Remove an installed package. This removes everything except conffiles, "
19074 #| "which may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled "
19075 #| "later (conffiles are configuration files that are listed in the I<DEBIAN/"
19076 #| "conffiles> control file). If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of a "
19077 #| "package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed in "
19078 #| "file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, are removed."
19080 "Remove an installed package. This removes everything except conffiles and "
19081 "other data cleaned up by the I<postrm> script, which may avoid having to "
19082 "reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled later (conffiles are "
19083 "configuration files that are listed in the I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control "
19084 "file). If there is no I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control file nor I<DEBIAN/postrm> "
19085 "script, this command is equivalent to calling B<--purge>. If B<-a> or B<--"
19086 "pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages unpacked, but "
19087 "marked to be removed in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, are removed."
19089 "移除一个已安装的软件包。此操作会移除配置文件之外的所有文件,如果稍后要重新安"
19090 "装该包,这可以避免重新配置它(conffiles 是在 I<DEBIAN/conffiles> 中列出的配置"
19091 "文件,亦即上文所指文件)。如果给定 B<-a> 或 B<--pending> 参数而不是软件包名,"
19092 "那么所有已被解压,但在 I<%ADMINDIR%/status> 中被标记为“待删除”的软件包,将被"
19097 msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
19098 msgstr "移除一个软件包需要经过以下环节:"
19103 #| msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script"
19104 msgid "Run I<prerm> script."
19105 msgstr "B<1.> 执行 I<prerm> 脚本"
19110 #| msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files"
19111 msgid "Remove the installed files."
19112 msgstr "B<2.> 移除已安装的文件"
19117 #| msgid "B<2.> Run I<postrm> script."
19118 msgid "Run I<postrm> script."
19119 msgstr "B<2.> 执行 I<postrm> 脚本。"
19124 #| msgid "B<-P>, B<--purge> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19125 msgid "B<-P>, B<--purge> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19126 msgstr "B<-P>, B<--purge> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19132 #| "Purge an installed or already removed package. This removes everything, "
19133 #| "including conffiles. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of a "
19134 #| "package name, then all packages unpacked or removed, but marked to be "
19135 #| "purged in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, are purged."
19137 "Purge an installed or already removed package. This removes everything, "
19138 "including conffiles, and anything else cleaned up from I<postrm>. If B<-a> "
19139 "or B<--pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages "
19140 "unpacked or removed, but marked to be purged in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, "
19143 "彻底清除已安装或已移除的软件包。这会删除所有有关的文件,包括所有配置文件。如"
19144 "果给定 B<-a> 或 B<--pending> 选项而不是软件包名,那么在 I<%ADMINDIR%/status> "
19145 "中所有已解压的、已移除但标记了“待清除”的软件包均会被彻底清除。"
19151 #| "Note: some configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they "
19152 #| "are created and handled separately through the configuration scripts. In "
19153 #| "that case, B<dpkg> won't remove them by itself, but the package's "
19154 #| "I<postrm> script (which is called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their "
19155 #| "removal during purge. Of course, this only applies to files in system "
19156 #| "directories, not configuration files written to individual users' home "
19159 "B<Note>: Some configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they "
19160 "are created and handled separately through the configuration scripts. In "
19161 "that case, B<dpkg> won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> "
19162 "script (which is called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal "
19163 "during purge. Of course, this only applies to files in system directories, "
19164 "not configuration files written to individual users' home directories."
19166 "注意:有些配置文件可能不被 B<dpkg> 记录,因为它们是通过配置脚本来分别创建和处"
19167 "理的。在这种情况下,B<dpkg> 将不会擅自删除这些配置文件,而是由软件包的 "
19168 "I<postrm> 脚本(由 B<dpkg> 调用)来进行删除及清除。当然,这只应用于系统目录中"
19169 "的文件,而用户家目录中的配置文件则不受影响。"
19173 msgid "Purging of a package consists of the following steps:"
19174 msgstr "清除一个软件包包含以下环节:"
19180 #| "B<1.> Remove the package, if not already removed. See B<--remove> for "
19181 #| "detailed information about how this is done."
19183 "Remove the package, if not already removed. See B<--remove> for detailed "
19184 "information about how this is done."
19186 "B<1.> 如果它没有被移除,那么移除该软件包。更多实现的细节请参见 B<--remove>。"
19190 msgid "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<package-name>...]"
19191 msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<package-name>...]"
19197 #| "Verifies the integrity of I<package-name> or all packages if omitted, by "
19198 #| "comparing information from the files installed by a package with the "
19199 #| "files metadata information stored in the B<dpkg> database. The origin of "
19200 #| "the files metadata information in the database is the binary packages "
19201 #| "themselves. That metadata gets collected at package unpack time during "
19202 #| "the installation process."
19204 "Verifies the integrity of I<package-name> or all packages if omitted, by "
19205 "comparing information from the files installed by a package with the files "
19206 "metadata information stored in the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.17.2). "
19207 "The origin of the files metadata information in the database is the binary "
19208 "packages themselves. That metadata gets collected at package unpack time "
19209 "during the installation process."
19211 "对已安装文件的信息与 B<dpkg> 数据库中的文件元信息进行比较,以检查软件包 "
19212 "I<package-name> 的完整性,若参数缺省则检查所有包。数据库中的原始的文件元信息"
19213 "正是二进制包本身。这些元信息是在安装过程的解压环节中收集的。"
19219 #| "Currently the only functional check performed is an md5sum verification "
19220 #| "against the stored value in the files database. It will only get checked "
19221 #| "if the database contains the file md5sum. To check for any missing "
19222 #| "metadata in the database, the B<--audit> command can be used."
19224 "Currently the only functional check performed is an md5sum verification of "
19225 "the file contents against the stored value in the files database. It will "
19226 "only get checked if the database contains the file md5sum. To check for any "
19227 "missing metadata in the database, the B<--audit> command can be used. This "
19228 "is only an integrity check and should not be considered as any kind of "
19229 "security verification."
19231 "当前唯一进行过的的功能性检查是一次根据文件数据库中校验和进行的 md5sum 校验。"
19232 "不过仅当数据库中有这些文件的 md5sum 值的时候才会进行校验。若要检查任何数据库"
19233 "中缺失的元信息,请使用 B<--audit> 选项。"
19238 "The output format is selectable with the B<--verify-format> option, which by "
19239 "default uses the B<rpm> format, but that might change in the future, and as "
19240 "such, programs parsing this command output should be explicit about the "
19241 "format they expect."
19243 "输出格式可以用 B<--verify-format> 选项来选择,它默认使用 B<rpm> 格式,但这一"
19244 "点可能在未来被更改,正因如此,解析输出信息的程序应该显式说明它所期望的输出格"
19249 msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
19250 msgstr "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
19256 #| "Performs database sanity and consistency checks for I<package-name> or "
19257 #| "all packages if omitted. For example, searches for packages that have "
19258 #| "been installed only partially on your system or that have missing, wrong "
19259 #| "or obsolete control data or files. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with "
19260 #| "them to get them fixed."
19262 "Performs database sanity and consistency checks for I<package-name> or all "
19263 "packages if omitted (per package checks since dpkg 1.17.10). For example, "
19264 "searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your system "
19265 "or that have missing, wrong or obsolete control data or files. B<dpkg> will "
19266 "suggest what to do with them to get them fixed."
19268 "对 I<package-name> 进行数据库一致性以及健康检查,如果该参数缺省则检查所有软件"
19269 "包。比如说,搜索安装到系统中的不完整文件,搜索发生了 丢失/错误/废弃 的控制文"
19270 "件和数据。B<dpkg> 会针对相应的情况给出修复建议。"
19275 #| msgid "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
19276 msgid "B<--update-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
19277 msgstr "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
19282 #| msgid "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
19283 msgid "B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
19284 msgstr "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
19290 #| "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
19291 #| "With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with "
19292 #| "information from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old "
19293 #| "information is replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The "
19294 #| "I<Packages-file> distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. If "
19295 #| "the I<Packages-file> argument is missing or named B<-> then it will be "
19296 #| "read from standard input (since dpkg 1.17.7). B<dpkg> keeps its record of "
19297 #| "available packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
19299 "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
19300 "With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information "
19301 "from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is "
19302 "replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
19303 "distributed with Debian is simply named «I<Packages>». If the I<Packages-"
19304 "file> argument is missing or named «B<->» then it will be read from standard "
19305 "input (since dpkg 1.17.7). B<dpkg> keeps its record of available packages "
19306 "in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
19308 "更新 B<dpkg> 和 B<dselect> 对有效软件包的感知。通过 B<--merge-avail> 行为,旧"
19309 "信息会与 I<Packages-file> 中的信息结合。通过 B<--update-avail> 行为,旧信息会"
19310 "被 I<Packages-file> 中的信息取代。由 Debian 分发的 I<Packages-file> 被简单命"
19311 "名为 I<Packages>。如果 I<Packages-file> 参数缺省,或者为 B<->,那么它将从标准"
19312 "输入中读取(自 dpkg 1.17.7 之后)。B<dpkg> 会在 I<%ADMINDIR%/available> 中维"
19318 "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is "
19319 "B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use "
19320 "B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track "
19321 "of available packages."
19323 "B<dselect update> 是一个更简单的一次性命令,用于获取和更新 I<available> 文"
19324 "件。注意,如果您使用基于 APT 的前端而不是 B<dselect>,那么该文件大多数情况下"
19325 "是无用的:APT 有它自己的有效包跟踪系统。"
19329 msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
19330 msgstr "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
19335 "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
19336 "information from the package I<package-file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
19337 "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
19339 "通过 I<package-file> 中的信息,更新 B<dpkg> 和 B<dselect> 对于有效软件包的认"
19340 "识。如果给定 B<--recursive> 或 B<-R> 参数,那么 I<package-file> 必须指向一个"
19345 msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>"
19346 msgstr "B<--forget-old-unavail>"
19351 "Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled "
19352 "unavailable packages (since dpkg 1.15.4), but only those that do not contain "
19353 "user information such as package selections."
19358 msgid "B<--clear-avail>"
19359 msgstr "B<--clear-avail>"
19363 msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available."
19364 msgstr "擦除现存的关于有效软件包的信息。"
19368 msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
19369 msgstr "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
19374 "Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, "
19375 "non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged) will "
19378 "获取软件包选择列表,并写到标准输出。如果未给出一个表达式,那么未安装的软件包"
19379 "(亦即,先前被清除的)将不会显示。"
19382 #: dpkg.pod update-alternatives.pod
19383 msgid "B<--set-selections>"
19384 msgstr "B<--set-selections>"
19390 #| "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
19391 #| "the format 'I<package> I<state>', where state is one of B<install>, "
19392 #| "B<hold>, B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines "
19393 #| "beginning with '#' are also permitted."
19395 "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
19396 "the format “I<package> I<state>”, where state is one of B<install>, B<hold>, "
19397 "B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with "
19398 "‘B<#>’ are also permitted."
19400 "通过标准输入读取文件,以此设置软件包选择。读入的文件格式应该是“I<package> "
19401 "I<state>”,其中的“state”是 B<install>,B<hold>,B<deinstall>,B<purge> 四者之"
19402 "一。支持空行和‘#’开头的注释行。"
19407 "The I<available> file needs to be up-to-date for this command to be useful, "
19408 "otherwise unknown packages will be ignored with a warning. See the B<--"
19409 "update-avail> and B<--merge-avail> commands for more information."
19411 "需要更新 I<available> 文件以使该命令生效,否则未知的包将伴随警告而被忽略。详"
19412 "情请参见 B<--update-avail> 和 B<--merge-avail> 命令。"
19416 msgid "B<--clear-selections>"
19417 msgstr "B<--clear-selections>"
19422 "Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall (since "
19423 "dpkg 1.13.18). This is intended to be used immediately before B<--set-"
19424 "selections>, to deinstall any packages not in list given to B<--set-"
19430 msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>"
19431 msgstr "B<--yet-to-unpack>"
19436 "Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason "
19437 "still haven't been installed."
19438 msgstr "搜索那些已选择安装,但因某种缘故仍未安装完成的软件包。"
19443 "B<Note>: This command makes use of both the available file and the package "
19450 #| msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
19451 msgid "B<--predep-package>"
19452 msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
19457 "Print a single package which is the target of one or more relevant pre-"
19458 "dependencies and has itself no unsatisfied pre-dependencies."
19464 "If such a package is present, output it as a Packages file entry, which can "
19465 "be massaged as appropriate."
19471 "Returns 0 when a package is printed, 1 when no suitable package is available "
19477 msgid "B<--add-architecture> I<architecture>"
19478 msgstr "B<--add-architecture> I<architectur>"
19484 #| "Add I<architecture> to the list of architectures for which packages can "
19485 #| "be installed without using B<--force-architecture>. The architecture "
19486 #| "B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-architecture>) is "
19487 #| "always part of that list."
19489 "Add I<architecture> to the list of architectures for which packages can be "
19490 "installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). The "
19491 "architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-"
19492 "architecture>) is always part of that list."
19494 "将指定的 I<architectur> 添加到体系结构列表,而根据这个列表可以在不使用B<--"
19495 "force-architecture> 选项的情况下安装对应体系结构的软件包。构建 B<dpkg> 所用的"
19496 "体系结构(即 B<--print-architecture> 的输出)会一直留在该体系结构列表中。"
19500 msgid "B<--remove-architecture> I<architecture>"
19501 msgstr "B<--remove-architecture> I<architecture>"
19507 #| "Remove I<architecture> from the list of architectures for which packages "
19508 #| "can be installed without using B<--force-architecture>. If the "
19509 #| "architecture is currently in use in the database then the operation will "
19510 #| "be refused, except if B<--force-architecture> is specified. The "
19511 #| "architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-"
19512 #| "architecture>) can never be removed from that list."
19514 "Remove I<architecture> from the list of architectures for which packages can "
19515 "be installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If "
19516 "the architecture is currently in use in the database then the operation will "
19517 "be refused, except if B<--force-architecture> is specified. The "
19518 "architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-"
19519 "architecture>) can never be removed from that list."
19521 "将指定的 I<architectur> 从体系结构列表中移除,而根据这个列表可以在不使用B<--"
19522 "force-architecture> 选项的情况下安装对应体系结构的软件包。如果所指体系结构正"
19523 "被数据库所使用,那么这项操作会被拒绝,除非指定B<--force-architecture> 选项。"
19524 "构建 B<dpkg> 所用的体系结构(即 B<--print-architecture> 的输出)会一直留在该"
19529 msgid "B<--print-architecture>"
19530 msgstr "B<--print-architecture>"
19536 #| "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")."
19537 msgid "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, “i386”)."
19538 msgstr "打印 B<dpkg> 安装的软件包的体系结构(比如 \"i386\")。"
19542 msgid "B<--print-foreign-architectures>"
19543 msgstr "B<--print-foreign-architectures>"
19549 #| "Print a newline-separated list of the extra architectures B<dpkg> is "
19550 #| "configured to allow packages to be installed for."
19552 "Print a newline-separated list of the extra architectures B<dpkg> is "
19553 "configured to allow packages to be installed for (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
19554 msgstr "打印 B<dpkg> 配置为可以安装的额外体系结构列表,该表以换行符分隔。"
19559 #| msgid "B<--force-help>"
19560 msgid "B<--assert-help>"
19561 msgstr "B<--force-help>"
19566 #| msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
19567 msgid "Give help about the B<--assert->I<feature> options (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
19568 msgstr "显示有关 B<--force->I<thing> 选项的帮助。"
19572 msgid "B<--assert->I<feature>"
19578 "Asserts that B<dpkg> supports the requested feature. Returns 0 if the "
19579 "feature is fully supported, 1 if the feature is known but B<dpkg> cannot "
19580 "provide support for it yet, and 2 if the feature is unknown. The current "
19581 "list of assertable features is:"
19586 msgid "B<support-predepends>"
19591 msgid "Supports the B<Pre-Depends> field (since dpkg 1.1.0)."
19596 msgid "B<working-epoch>"
19601 msgid "Supports epochs in version strings (since dpkg 1.4.0.7)."
19607 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
19608 msgid "B<long-filenames>"
19609 msgstr "B<config-files>"
19614 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
19615 msgid "Supports long filenames in L<deb(5)> archives (since dpkg 1.4.1.17)."
19616 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
19621 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
19622 msgid "B<multi-conrep>"
19623 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
19627 msgid "Supports multiple B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> (since dpkg 1.4.1.19)."
19632 msgid "B<multi-arch>"
19637 msgid "Supports multi-arch fields and semantics (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
19643 #| msgid "B<--version>"
19644 msgid "B<versioned-provides>"
19645 msgstr "B<--version>"
19649 msgid "Supports versioned B<Provides> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
19655 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
19656 msgid "B<protected-field>"
19657 msgstr "B<config-files>"
19662 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
19663 msgid "Supports the B<Protected> field (since dpkg 1.20.1)."
19664 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
19669 #| msgid "B<--force-help>"
19670 msgid "B<--validate->I<thing> I<string>"
19671 msgstr "B<--force-help>"
19676 "Validate that the I<thing> I<string> has a correct syntax (since dpkg "
19677 "1.18.16). Returns 0 if the I<string> is valid, 1 if the I<string> is "
19678 "invalid but might be accepted in lax contexts, and 2 if the I<string> is "
19679 "invalid. The current list of validatable I<thing>s is:"
19690 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
19691 msgid "Validates the given package name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
19692 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
19697 #| msgid "B<triggers-awaited>"
19698 msgid "B<trigname>"
19699 msgstr "B<triggers-awaited>"
19704 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
19705 msgid "Validates the given trigger name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
19706 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
19711 #| msgid "B<triggers-awaited>"
19712 msgid "B<archname>"
19713 msgstr "B<triggers-awaited>"
19718 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
19719 msgid "Validates the given architecture name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
19720 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
19725 #| msgid "B<--version>"
19727 msgstr "B<--version>"
19732 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
19733 msgid "Validates the given version (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
19734 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
19739 #| msgid "B<--compare-versions> I<ver1 op ver2>"
19740 msgid "B<--compare-versions> I<ver1> I<op> I<ver2>"
19741 msgstr "B<--compare-versions> I<ver1 op ver2>"
19747 #| "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> "
19748 #| "returns success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, "
19749 #| "and failure (nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of "
19750 #| "operators, which differ in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. "
19751 #| "These treat an empty version as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne "
19752 #| "ge gt>. These treat an empty version as later than any version: B<lt-nl "
19753 #| "le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only for compatibility with "
19754 #| "control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
19756 "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
19757 "true (B<0>) if the specified condition is satisfied, and false (B<1>) "
19758 "otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ in how they "
19759 "treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version as earlier "
19760 "than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty version as "
19761 "later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only "
19762 "for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = "
19763 "E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>. The B<E<lt>> and B<E<gt>> operators are obsolete "
19764 "and should B<not> be used, due to confusing semantics. To illustrate: B<0.1 "
19765 "E<lt> 0.1> evaluates to true."
19767 "比较版本号,其中 I<op> 是二元运算符。如果满足给定条件,那么 B<dpkg> 将返回成"
19768 "功(结果为0),否则(结果非0)返回失败。可用的算符有两组,它们的区别在于对空"
19769 "白的 I<ver1> 和 I<ver2> 的反应。这些算符认定空白版本早于任何版本:B<lt-nl le-"
19770 "nl ge-nl gt-nl>。这些算符仅为兼容控制文件语法:B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = "
19771 "E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>。"
19780 msgid "B<--command-fd> I<n>"
19785 msgid "Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor I<n>."
19791 "B<Note>: Additional options set on the command line, and through this file "
19792 "descriptor, are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same "
19798 msgid "Display a brief help message."
19799 msgstr "显示简短的帮助信息。"
19803 msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
19804 msgstr "显示有关 B<--force->I<thing> 选项的帮助。"
19808 msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>"
19809 msgstr "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>"
19813 msgid "Give help about debugging options."
19814 msgstr "显示关于调试选项的帮助信息。"
19818 msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information."
19819 msgstr "显示 B<dpkg> 版本信息。"
19824 "When used with B<--robot>, the output will be the program version number in "
19825 "a dotted numerical format, with no newline."
19830 msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>"
19831 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb 行为>"
19836 #| msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions."
19838 "See L<dpkg-deb(1)> for more information about the following actions, and "
19839 "other actions and options not exposed by the B<dpkg> front-end."
19840 msgstr "有关下列行为的细节,请参见 B<dpkg-dev>(1)。"
19844 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
19849 msgid "Build a deb package."
19854 msgid "List contents of a deb package."
19860 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
19861 msgid "Extract control-information from a package."
19862 msgstr "B<1.> 抽取新软件包的控制文件。"
19867 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
19868 msgid "Extract the files contained by package."
19869 msgstr "B<1.> 抽取新软件包的控制文件。"
19873 msgid "Extract and display the filenames contained by a package."
19879 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
19880 msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]"
19881 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
19886 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
19887 msgid "Display control field(s) of a package."
19888 msgstr "B<1.> 抽取新软件包的控制文件。"
19893 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
19894 msgid "Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package."
19895 msgstr "B<1.> 抽取新软件包的控制文件。"
19899 msgid "Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package."
19905 #| msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..."
19906 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]"
19907 msgstr "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..."
19912 #| msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available."
19913 msgid "Show information about a package."
19914 msgstr "擦除现存的关于有效软件包的信息。"
19918 msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>"
19919 msgstr "B<dpkg-query actions>"
19925 #| "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions."
19927 "See L<dpkg-query(1)> for more information about the following actions, and "
19928 "other actions and options not exposed by the B<dpkg> front-end."
19929 msgstr "有关下列行为的细节,请参见 B<dpkg-query>(1)。"
19934 #| msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
19935 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>..."
19936 msgstr "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
19940 msgid "List packages matching given pattern."
19946 #| msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
19947 msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>..."
19948 msgstr "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
19952 msgid "Report status of specified package."
19957 msgid "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>."
19962 msgid "Search for a filename from installed packages."
19968 #| msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
19969 msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>..."
19970 msgstr "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
19975 "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. "
19976 "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt show> I<package-name> instead."
19983 #| "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
19984 #| "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names "
19985 #| "matching this shell pattern '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*') on the configuration "
19986 #| "directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration "
19987 #| "file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but "
19988 #| "without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)."
19990 "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
19991 "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names "
19992 "matching this shell pattern '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*') on the configuration directory "
19993 "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is either "
19994 "an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without leading "
19995 "hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a ‘B<#>’)."
19997 "所有选项都可以在命令行中或者在 B<dpkg> 配置文件 I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> 中指"
19998 "定,在配置目录 I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/> 里的零碎文件中指定也可(零碎文件需"
19999 "要匹配 shell 模式 '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*')。配置文件中的每一行可以是选项(与命令行"
20000 "选项一致,但无需连字符)也可以是注释(以 B<#> 开头)。"
20004 msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
20005 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
20009 msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50."
20010 msgstr "修改累计错误容忍上限(超过该值则中止),该值默认为50。"
20014 msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>"
20015 msgstr "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>"
20020 "When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
20021 "package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause "
20022 "automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed "
20025 "当要移除一个软件包的时候,有可能有别的软件包依赖于这个包。指定该选项将导致依"
20031 #| msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>"
20032 msgid "B<-D>I<octal>, B<--debug=>I<octal>"
20033 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>"
20038 "Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-ORing desired values "
20039 "together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
20040 "releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
20047 #| " Number Description\n"
20048 #| " 1 Generally helpful progress information\n"
20049 #| " 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n"
20050 #| " 10 Output for each file processed\n"
20051 #| " 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n"
20052 #| " 20 Output for each configuration file\n"
20053 #| " 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n"
20054 #| " 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n"
20055 #| " 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n"
20056 #| " 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n"
20057 #| " 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n"
20058 #| " 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n"
20059 #| " 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n"
20060 #| " 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n"
20062 " Number Description\n"
20063 " 1 Generally helpful progress information\n"
20064 " 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n"
20065 " 10 Output for each file processed\n"
20066 " 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n"
20067 " 20 Output for each configuration file\n"
20068 " 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n"
20069 " 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n"
20070 " 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n"
20071 " 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n"
20072 " 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n"
20073 " 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n"
20074 " 1000 Lots of drivel about for example the dpkg/info dir\n"
20075 " 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n"
20082 " 100 每当处理文件都大量输出\n"
20083 " 20 每当处理配置文件都输出\n"
20084 " 200 每当处理配置文件都大量输出\n"
20086 " 400 依赖关系和冲突的大量输出\n"
20087 " 10000 触发器激活和处理\n"
20088 " 20000 大量关于触发器的输出\n"
20089 " 40000 海量关于触发器的输出\n"
20090 " 1000 很多废话,比如 dpkg/info dir\n"
20091 " 2000 数量惊世骇俗的废话\n"
20096 "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
20097 "things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
20098 "force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
20099 "forced by default."
20101 "强制或拒绝做某事(B<no-force> 和 B<refuse> 所指相同)。I<things> 是一个逗号分"
20102 "隔的事件表,具体事件请参见下文。B<--force-help> 会给出相应的帮助信息。另外,"
20103 "标记了(*)的事件是默认选择强制的。"
20107 msgid "B<downgrade>(*):"
20114 #| "B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is "
20115 #| "already installed."
20116 msgid "Install a package, even if newer version of it is already installed."
20117 msgstr "B<downgrage>(*): 即使一个包的新版本已被安装,也继续安装该包。"
20122 "B<Warning>: At present B<dpkg> does not do any dependency checking on "
20123 "downgrades and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the "
20124 "dependency of some other package. This can have serious side effects, "
20125 "downgrading essential system components can even make your whole system "
20126 "unusable. Use with care."
20132 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
20133 msgid "B<configure-any>:"
20134 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
20139 "Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on which the current "
20153 "Allow automatic installs, upgrades or removals of packages even when marked "
20154 "to be on “hold”. B<Note>: When these actions are requested explicitly, the "
20155 "“hold” package selection state always gets ignored."
20161 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
20162 msgid "B<remove-reinstreq>:"
20163 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
20168 "Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to require reinstallation. "
20169 "This may, for example, cause parts of the package to remain on the system, "
20170 "which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
20176 #| msgid "B<--print-architecture>"
20177 msgid "B<remove-protected>:"
20178 msgstr "B<--print-architecture>"
20183 "Remove, even if the package is considered protected (since dpkg 1.20.1). "
20184 "Protected packages contain mostly important system boot infrastructure or "
20185 "are used for custom system-local meta-packages. Removing them might cause "
20186 "the whole system to be unable to boot or lose required functionality to "
20187 "operate, so use with caution."
20192 msgid "B<remove-essential>:"
20198 "Remove, even if the package is considered essential. Essential packages "
20199 "contain mostly very basic Unix commands, required for the packaging system, "
20200 "for the operation of the system in general or during boot (although the "
20201 "latter should be converted to protected packages instead). Removing them "
20202 "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution."
20208 #| msgid "B<triggers-pending>"
20209 msgid "B<depends>:"
20210 msgstr "B<triggers-pending>"
20215 #| msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
20217 "Turn all dependency problems into warnings. This affects the B<Pre-Depends> "
20218 "and B<Depends> fields."
20219 msgstr "B<depends>: 将所有依赖问题转为警告。"
20224 #| msgid "B<--version>"
20225 msgid "B<depends-version>:"
20226 msgstr "B<--version>"
20232 #| "B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
20234 "Don't care about versions when checking dependencies. This affects the "
20235 "B<Pre-Depends> and B<Depends> fields."
20236 msgstr "B<depends-version>: 检查依赖关系时忽略版本。"
20246 #| msgid "B<breaks>: Install, even if this would break another package."
20248 "Install, even if this would break another package (since dpkg 1.14.6). This "
20249 "affects the B<Breaks> field."
20250 msgstr "B<breaks>: 即使会破坏别的软件包也坚持安装。"
20255 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20256 msgid "B<conflicts>:"
20257 msgstr "B<config-files>"
20263 #| "B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
20264 #| "dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files."
20266 "Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is dangerous, for "
20267 "it will usually cause overwriting of some files. This affects the "
20268 "B<Conflicts> field."
20270 "B<conflicts>: 即使与别的软件包冲突也坚持安装。不过这很危险,因为很有可能会导"
20276 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20277 msgid "B<confmiss>:"
20278 msgstr "B<config-files>"
20284 #| "B<confmiss>: If a conffile is missing and the version in the package did "
20285 #| "change, always install the missing conffile without prompting. This is "
20286 #| "dangerous, since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the "
20289 "Always install the missing conffile without prompting. This is dangerous, "
20290 "since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file."
20292 "B<confmiss>: 在 conffile 丢失并且软件包版本有过变动的情况下,那么总是在不提示"
20293 "的情况下安装丢失的 conffile 。注意这很危险,毕竟这意味着对文件作出的更改将不"
20299 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20300 msgid "B<confnew>:"
20301 msgstr "B<config-files>"
20307 #| "B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the "
20308 #| "package did change, always install the new version without prompting, "
20309 #| "unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the "
20310 #| "default action is preferred."
20312 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
20313 "always install the new version without prompting, unless the B<--force-"
20314 "confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is preferred."
20316 "B<confnew>: 在 conffile 和软件包版本均发生变动的情况下,总是在不提示的情况下"
20317 "安装新版本。如果偏好默认行为的话,除非同时指定 B<--force-confdef> 选项。"
20323 msgid "B<confold>:"
20330 #| "B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the "
20331 #| "package did change, always keep the old version without prompting, unless "
20332 #| "the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default "
20333 #| "action is preferred."
20335 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
20336 "always keep the old version without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> "
20337 "is also specified, in which case the default action is preferred."
20339 "B<confnew>: 在 conffile 和软件包版本均发生变动的情况下,总是在不提示的情况下"
20340 "保留旧版本。如果偏好默认行为的话,除非同时指定 B<--force-confdef> 选项。"
20345 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20346 msgid "B<confdef>:"
20347 msgstr "B<config-files>"
20353 #| "B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the "
20354 #| "package did change, always choose the default action without prompting. "
20355 #| "If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless B<--"
20356 #| "force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case it "
20357 #| "will use that to decide the final action."
20359 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
20360 "always choose the default action without prompting. If there is no default "
20361 "action it will stop to ask the user unless B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-"
20362 "confold> is also given, in which case it will use that to decide the final "
20365 "B<confdef>: 在 conffile 和软件包版本均变动的情况下,总是选择默认行为并且不提"
20366 "示。如果没有默认行为,那么它将停下来询问用户。除非指定 B<--force-confnew> 或 "
20367 "B<--force-confold> 选项,此时它会根据指定的选项来最终决策。"
20372 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20373 msgid "B<confask>:"
20374 msgstr "B<config-files>"
20380 #| "B<confask>: If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it "
20381 #| "with the version in the package, even if the version in the package did "
20382 #| "not change. If any of B<--force-confmiss>, B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-"
20383 #| "confold>, or B<--force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to decide "
20384 #| "the final action."
20386 "If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with the version "
20387 "in the package, even if the version in the package did not change (since "
20388 "dpkg 1.15.8). If any of B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-confold>, or B<--"
20389 "force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to decide the final action."
20391 "B<confask>: 在 confffile 被更改的情况下,即使软件包里的版本不改变,也用包里的"
20392 "文件进行替换。如果在 B<--force-confmiss>, B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-"
20393 "confold>, 或 B<--force-confdef> 四个选项中有任意一个被同时指定,那么它会根据"
20398 msgid "B<overwrite>:"
20404 #| msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
20405 msgid "Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
20406 msgstr "B<overwrite>: 将其他软件包的文件覆盖到一个软件包上。"
20410 msgid "B<overwrite-dir>:"
20417 #| "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
20418 msgid "Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
20419 msgstr "B<overwrite-dir> 将其他包的文件覆盖到一个软件包目录上。"
20423 msgid "B<overwrite-diverted>:"
20430 #| "B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted "
20432 msgid "Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
20433 msgstr "B<overwrite-diverted>: 将转移后的文件以未转移版本覆盖。"
20437 msgid "B<unsafe-io>:"
20443 "Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking (since dpkg 1.15.8.6). "
20444 "Currently this implies not performing file system syncs before file renames, "
20445 "which is known to cause substantial performance degradation on some file "
20446 "systems, unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on the first place "
20447 "due to their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length files on abrupt system "
20454 "I<Note>: For ext4, the main offender, consider using instead the mount "
20455 "option B<nodelalloc>, which will fix both the performance degradation and "
20456 "the data safety issues, the latter by making the file system not produce "
20457 "zero-length files on abrupt system crashes with any software not doing syncs "
20458 "before atomic renames."
20464 "B<Warning>: Using this option might improve performance at the cost of "
20465 "losing data, use with care."
20470 msgid "B<script-chrootless>:"
20476 "Run maintainer scripts without L<chroot(2)>ing into B<instdir> even if the "
20477 "package does not support this mode of operation (since dpkg 1.18.5)."
20482 msgid "B<Warning>: This can destroy your host system, use with extreme care."
20488 #| msgid "B<--print-architecture>"
20489 msgid "B<architecture>:"
20490 msgstr "B<--print-architecture>"
20496 #| "B<architecture>: Process even packages with wrong or no architecture."
20497 msgid "Process even packages with wrong or no architecture."
20498 msgstr "B<architecture>: 容忍软件包错误或缺省的体系结构并继续。"
20503 #| msgid "B<--version>"
20504 msgid "B<bad-version>:"
20505 msgstr "B<--version>"
20510 #| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions."
20511 msgid "Process even packages with wrong versions (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
20512 msgstr "B<bad-version>: 容忍错误的软件包版本并继续。"
20516 msgid "B<bad-path>:"
20523 #| "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are "
20525 msgid "B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
20526 msgstr "B<bad-path>: 在 B<PATH> 下无法找到重要的程序,这可能是出问题的原因"
20531 #| msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
20532 msgid "Try to (de)install things even when not root."
20533 msgstr "B<not-root>: 在非 root 时尝试(反)安装软件。"
20538 #| msgid "B<--version>"
20539 msgid "B<bad-verify>:"
20540 msgstr "B<--version>"
20546 #| "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
20547 msgid "Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
20548 msgstr "B<bad-verify>: 容忍失败的真实性检查并安装。"
20552 msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
20553 msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
20559 #| "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
20560 #| "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)."
20562 "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
20563 "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else). This "
20564 "affects the B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends> and B<Breaks> fields."
20566 "忽略对指定软件包的依赖检查(实际上进行了检查,只是当且仅当发生冲突时才会发出"
20571 msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>"
20572 msgstr "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>"
20577 "Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
20578 "This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without "
20579 "actually modifying anything."
20581 "进行所有预期的操作,但是不进行任何写入。该选的意图是,在不进行任何修改的情况"
20582 "下观察软件根据指定的行为做了什么。"
20587 "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
20588 "with undesirable results (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first purge "
20589 "package “foo” and then try to purge package ”--no-act”, even though you "
20590 "probably expected it to actually do nothing)."
20595 msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
20596 msgstr "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
20601 "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
20602 "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with "
20603 "B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--record-avail> actions."
20609 "Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
20610 "installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>."
20612 "如果已经安装了该软件包的更新版本,那就不安装该软件。(译者注:即拒绝降级)这"
20613 "也是 B<--refuse-downgrade> 选项的别名。"
20619 #| "Change default administrative directory, which contains many files that "
20620 #| "give information about status of installed or uninstalled packages, etc. "
20621 #| "(Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%>)"
20623 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This directory contains "
20624 "many files that give information about status of installed or uninstalled "
20625 "packages, etc. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been "
20628 "变更默认管理目录,这个目录包含着许多已安装和未安装软件包的状态记录文件等。"
20629 "(默认为 I<%ADMINDIR%>)"
20633 msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
20634 msgstr "B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
20640 #| "Change default installation directory which refers to the directory where "
20641 #| "packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to "
20642 #| "B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation scripts, which means "
20643 #| "that the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. (Defaults to I</>)"
20645 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
20646 "are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to "
20647 "L<chroot(2)> before running package's installation scripts, which means that "
20648 "the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. Defaults to «I</>»."
20650 "变更默认的软件包安装目录。在执行软件包的安装脚本之前,目录 B<instdir> 同样会"
20651 "传递给 B<chroot>(2),这意味着那些脚本会视 B<instdir> 为根目录。(默认为 I</"
20656 msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>"
20657 msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir>"
20663 #| "Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
20664 #| "var/lib/dpkg>."
20666 "Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation "
20667 "directory to «I<dir>» and the administrative directory to "
20668 "«I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>»."
20670 "对 B<root> 的更改会将 B<instdir> 迁至 I<dir> 并把 B<admindir> 迁至 I<dir>B</"
20675 msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>"
20676 msgstr "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>"
20681 "Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
20682 "marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. "
20683 "For example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
20689 msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
20690 msgstr "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
20696 #| "Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
20699 "Don't install the package if the same version and architecture of the "
20700 "package is already installed."
20701 msgstr "如果有相同版本的软件包已经安装,那就跳过。"
20706 "Since dpkg 1.21.10, the architecture is also taken into account, which makes "
20707 "it possible to cross-grade packages or install additional co-installable "
20708 "instances with the same version, but different architecture."
20713 msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>"
20714 msgstr "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>"
20718 msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>"
20719 msgstr "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>"
20724 "Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via “%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL% -c” before "
20725 "or after the B<dpkg> run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, "
20726 "I<triggers-only>, I<remove> and I<purge> actions (since dpkg 1.15.4), and "
20727 "I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> actions (since dpkg "
20728 "1.17.19). This option can be specified multiple times. The order the "
20729 "options are specified is preserved, with the ones from the configuration "
20730 "files taking precedence. The environment variable B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is "
20731 "set for the hooks to the current B<dpkg> action."
20737 "B<Note>: Front-ends might call B<dpkg> several times per invocation, which "
20738 "might run the hooks more times than expected."
20743 msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>"
20744 msgstr "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>"
20748 msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
20749 msgstr "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
20754 "Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including "
20755 "previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install "
20756 "(since dpkg 1.15.8)."
20762 "B<Warning>: Take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might "
20763 "completely break your system, use with caution."
20769 "The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were ‘*’ matches "
20770 "any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also ‘/’. For "
20771 "example, «I</usr/*/READ*>» matches «I</usr/share/doc/package/README>». As "
20772 "usual, ‘?’ matches any single character (again, including ‘/’). And ‘[’ "
20773 "starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and "
20774 "complementations. See L<glob(7)> for detailed information about globbing. "
20775 "B<Note>: The current implementation might re-include more directories and "
20776 "symlinks than needed, in particular when there is a more specific re-"
20777 "inclusion, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack failures; future "
20778 "work might fix this."
20784 "This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical "
20786 msgstr "这可以用来删除除了一些特例外的所有路径;一种典型的情况是:"
20792 " --path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*\n"
20793 " --path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright\n"
20799 msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files."
20805 "These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each "
20806 "other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that "
20807 "matches a file name making the decision."
20813 "The filters are applied when unpacking the binary packages, and as such only "
20814 "have knowledge of the type of object currently being filtered (e.g. a normal "
20815 "file or a directory) and have not visibility of what objects will come "
20816 "next. Because these filters have side effects (in contrast to L<find(1)> "
20817 "filters), excluding an exact pathname that happens to be a directory object "
20818 "like I</usr/share/doc> will not have the desired result, and only that "
20819 "pathname will be excluded (which could be automatically reincluded if the "
20820 "code sees the need). Any subsequent files contained within that directory "
20821 "will fail to unpack."
20826 msgid "B<Hint>: make sure the globs are not expanded by your shell."
20831 msgid "B<--verify-format> I<format-name>"
20836 msgid "Sets the output format for the B<--verify> command (since dpkg 1.17.2)."
20842 "The only currently supported output format is B<rpm>, which consists of a "
20843 "line for every path that failed any check. These lines have the following "
20852 " B<missing > [B<c>] I<pathname> [B<(>I<error-message>B<)>]\n"
20853 " B<??5??????> [B<c>] I<pathname>\n"
20860 "The first 9 characters are used to report the checks result, either a "
20861 "literal B<missing> when the file is not present or its metadata cannot be "
20862 "fetched, or one of the following special characters that report the result "
20874 "Implies the check could not be done (lack of support, file permissions, etc)."
20884 msgid "Implies the check passed."
20889 msgid "‘I<A-Za-z0-9>’"
20895 "Implies a specific check failed. The following positions and alphanumeric "
20896 "characters are currently supported:"
20906 msgid "These checks are currently not supported, will always be ‘B<?>’."
20917 "The file mode check failed (since dpkg 1.21.0). Because pathname metadata "
20918 "is currently not tracked, this check can only be partially emulated via a "
20919 "very simple heuristic for pathnames that have a known digest, which implies "
20920 "they should be regular files, where the check will fail if the pathname is "
20921 "not a regular file on the filesystem. This check will currently never "
20922 "succeed as it does not have enough information available."
20933 "The digest check failed, which means the file contents have changed. This "
20934 "is only an integrity check and should not be considered as any kind of "
20935 "security verification."
20946 "The line is followed by a space and an attribute character. The following "
20947 "attribute character is supported:"
20958 #| msgid "Renaming a conffile"
20959 msgid "The pathname is a conffile."
20964 msgid "Finally followed by another space and the pathname."
20970 "In case the entry was of the B<missing> type, and the file was not actually "
20971 "present on the filesystem, then the line is followed by a space and the "
20972 "error message enclosed within parenthesis."
20977 msgid "B<--status-fd> I<n>"
20983 "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file "
20984 "descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The "
20985 "information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:"
20990 msgid "B<status:> I<package>B<:> I<status>"
20995 msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file."
21000 msgid "B<status:> I<package> B<: error :> I<extended-error-message>"
21006 "An error occurred. Any possible newlines in I<extended-error-message> will "
21007 "be converted to spaces before output."
21013 "B<status:> I<file> B<: conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<'> "
21014 "I<useredited> I<distedited>"
21019 msgid "User is being asked a conffile question."
21024 msgid "B<processing:> I<stage>B<:> I<package>"
21030 "Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, "
21031 "B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, "
21032 "B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>."
21037 msgid "B<--status-logger>=I<command>"
21043 "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the shell "
21044 "I<command>'s standard input, to be run via “%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL% -c” (since "
21045 "dpkg 1.16.0). This option can be specified multiple times. The output "
21046 "format used is the same as in B<--status-fd>."
21051 msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
21057 "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
21058 "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
21059 "filename is used. Log messages are of the form:"
21064 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<startup> I<type> I<command>"
21070 "For each dpkg invocation where I<type> is B<archives> (with a I<command> of "
21071 "B<unpack> or B<install>) or B<packages> (with a I<command> of B<configure>, "
21072 "B<triggers-only>, B<remove> or B<purge>)."
21077 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<status> I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>"
21082 msgid "For status change updates."
21088 "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-"
21095 "For actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<configure>, "
21096 "B<trigproc>, B<disappear>, B<remove> or B<purge>."
21101 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<conffile> I<filename> I<decision>"
21106 msgid "For conffile changes where I<decision> is either B<install> or B<keep>."
21112 #| msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>"
21114 msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir>"
21119 "Use a machine-readable output format. This provides an interface for "
21120 "programs that need to parse the output of some of the commands that do not "
21121 "otherwise emit a machine-readable output format. No localization will be "
21122 "used, and the output will be modified to make it easier to parse."
21127 msgid "The only currently supported command is B<--version>."
21132 msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
21137 msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
21142 msgid "B<--no-triggers>"
21149 #| "Processes only triggers. All pending triggers will be processed. If "
21150 #| "package names are supplied only those packages' triggers will be "
21151 #| "processed, exactly once each where necessary. Use of this option may "
21152 #| "leave packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-"
21153 #| "pending> states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --"
21156 "Do not run any triggers in this run (since dpkg 1.14.17), but activations "
21157 "will still be recorded. If used with B<--configure> I<package> or B<--"
21158 "triggers-only> I<package> then the named package postinst will still be run "
21159 "even if only a triggers run is needed. Use of this option may leave "
21160 "packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> "
21161 "states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
21163 "仅处理触发器。且所有未决触发器都会被处理。If package names are supplied only "
21164 "those packages' triggers will be processed, exactly once each where "
21165 "necessary.使用该选项可能导致软件包处于不妥当的 B<triggers-awaited> 和 "
21166 "B<triggers-pending>状态。但可以在之后使用该命令修复: B<dpkg --configure --"
21171 msgid "B<--triggers>"
21176 msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers> (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
21187 "This variable is expected to be defined in the environment and point to the "
21188 "system paths where several required programs are to be found. If it's not "
21189 "set or the programs are not found, B<dpkg> will abort."
21193 #: dpkg.pod dselect.pod
21200 "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
21201 "specific configuration file."
21207 "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary "
21208 "files and directories."
21214 "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new interactive shell, or "
21215 "when spawning a command via a shell."
21221 "The program B<dpkg> will execute when running a pager, which will be "
21222 "executed with «B<$SHELL -c>», for example when displaying the conffile "
21223 "differences. If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL%>» will be used "
21224 "instead. The B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment variable "
21225 "(since dpkg 1.19.2)."
21231 "Sets the debug mask (since dpkg 1.21.10) from an octal value. The currently "
21232 "accepted flags are described in the B<--debug> option."
21238 "Sets the force flags (since dpkg 1.19.5). When this variable is present, no "
21239 "built-in force defaults will be applied. If the variable is present but "
21240 "empty, all force flags will be disabled."
21246 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
21247 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> administrative directory (since dpkg 1.20.0)."
21252 msgid "B<DPKG_FRONTEND_LOCKED>"
21258 "Set by a package manager frontend to notify dpkg that it should not acquire "
21259 "the frontend lock (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
21265 "Defined by B<dpkg> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning a "
21266 "pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable "
21267 "can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> "
21268 "or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with «B<-"
21269 "+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">."
21275 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate which "
21276 "installation to act on (since dpkg 1.18.5). The value is intended to be "
21277 "prepended to any path maintainer scripts operate on. During normal "
21278 "operation, this variable is empty. When installing packages into a "
21279 "different B<instdir>, B<dpkg> normally invokes maintainer scripts using "
21280 "L<chroot(2)> and leaves this variable empty, but if B<--force-script-"
21281 "chrootless> is specified then the L<chroot(2)> call is skipped and "
21282 "B<instdir> is non-empty."
21288 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate the "
21289 "B<dpkg> administrative directory to use (since dpkg 1.16.0). This variable "
21290 "is always set to the current B<--admindir> value."
21296 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the subprocesses environment to all the currently "
21297 "enabled force option names separated by commas (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
21302 msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>"
21308 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
21309 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>."
21314 msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>"
21320 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
21321 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the old conffile."
21326 msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>"
21332 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
21333 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the new conffile."
21338 msgid "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION>"
21344 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned when executing a hook action (since "
21345 "dpkg 1.15.4). Contains the current B<dpkg> action."
21350 msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>"
21356 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of "
21357 "the currently running B<dpkg> instance (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
21363 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the (non-arch-"
21364 "qualified) package name being handled (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
21369 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE_REFCOUNT>"
21375 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package "
21376 "reference count, i.e. the number of package instances with a state greater "
21377 "than B<not-installed> (since dpkg 1.17.2)."
21382 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>"
21388 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture "
21389 "the package got built for (since dpkg 1.15.4)."
21394 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>"
21400 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the "
21401 "script running, one of B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm> or B<postrm> (since "
21407 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_DEBUG>"
21413 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to a value (‘B<0>’ "
21414 "or ‘B<1>’) noting whether debugging has been requested (with the B<--debug> "
21415 "option) for the maintainer scripts (since dpkg 1.18.4)."
21420 msgid "Configuration fragment files (since dpkg 1.15.4)."
21425 msgid "Configuration file with default options."
21430 msgid "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>"
21435 msgid "Default log file (see I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> and option B<--log>)."
21441 "The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
21442 "B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files."
21447 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
21452 msgid "List of available packages."
21457 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
21463 "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about "
21464 "whether a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or "
21465 "not, etc. See section L</INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info."
21471 "The status file is backed up daily in I<%BACKUPSDIR%>. It can be useful if "
21472 "it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles."
21477 msgid "The format and contents of a binary package are described in L<deb(5)>."
21482 msgid "Filesystem filenames"
21488 "During unpacking and configuration B<dpkg> uses various filenames for backup "
21489 "and rollback purposes. The following is a simplified explanation of how "
21490 "these filenames get used during package installation."
21495 msgid "F<*.dpkg-new>"
21501 "During unpack, B<dpkg> extracts new filesystem objects into I<pathname>B<."
21502 "dpkg-new> (except for existing directories or symlinks to directories which "
21503 "get skipped), once that is done and after having performed backups of the "
21504 "old objects, the objects get renamed to I<pathname>."
21509 msgid "F<*.dpkg-tmp>"
21515 "During unpack, B<dpkg> makes backups of the old filesystem objects into "
21516 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-tmp> after extracting the new objects. These backups are "
21517 "performed as either a rename for directories (but only if they switch file "
21518 "type), a new symlink copy for symlinks, or a hard link for any other "
21519 "filesystem object, except for conffiles which get no backups because they "
21520 "are processed at a later stage."
21526 "In case of needing to rollback, these backups get used to restore the "
21527 "previous contents of the objects. These get removed automatically after the "
21528 "installation is complete."
21533 msgid "F<*.dpkg-old>"
21539 "During configuration, when installing a new version, B<dpkg> can make a "
21540 "backup of the previous modified conffile into I<pathname>B<.dpkg-old>."
21546 #| msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>"
21547 msgid "F<*.dpkg-dist>"
21548 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb 行为>"
21553 "During configuration, when keeping the old version, B<dpkg> can make a "
21554 "backup of the new unmodified conffile into I<pathname>B<.dpkg-dist>."
21560 "Any operation that needs write access to the database or the filesystem is "
21561 "considered a privileged operation that might allow root escalation. These "
21562 "operations must never be delegated to an untrusted user or be done on "
21563 "untrusted packages, as that might allow root access to the system."
21569 "Some operations (such as package verification) might need root privileges to "
21570 "be able to access files on the filesystem that would otherwise be "
21571 "inaccessible due to restricted permissions, but should otherwise work "
21572 "normally and produce appropriate messages in those cases."
21578 "See also the B<SECURITY> section of the L<dpkg-deb(1)> and L<dpkg-split(1)> "
21584 msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
21590 "To list installed packages related to the editor L<vi(1)> (note that B<dpkg-"
21591 "query> does not load the I<available> file anymore by default, and the "
21592 "B<dpkg-query> B<--load-avail> option should be used instead for that):"
21599 " dpkg -l '*vi*'\n"
21605 msgid "To see the entries in I<%ADMINDIR%/available> of two packages:"
21612 " dpkg --print-avail vim neovim | less\n"
21618 msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
21625 " dpkg --print-avail | less\n"
21631 msgid "To remove an installed neovim package:"
21638 " dpkg -r neovim\n"
21645 "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or media "
21646 "disc. When using an archive based on a pool structure, knowing the archive "
21647 "area and the name of the package is enough to infer the pathname:"
21654 " dpkg -i /media/bdrom/pool/main/v/vim/vim_9.0.2018-1_amd64.deb\n"
21660 msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
21667 " dpkg --get-selections >myselections\n"
21674 "You might transfer this file to another computer, and after having updated "
21675 "the I<available> file there with your package manager frontend of choice "
21676 "(see L<https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ#set-selections> for more "
21677 "details), for example:"
21684 " apt-cache dumpavail | dpkg --merge-avail\n"
21690 msgid "you can install it with:"
21697 " dpkg --clear-selections\n"
21698 " dpkg --set-selections <myselections\n"
21705 "Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
21706 "the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
21707 "application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
21708 "example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>."
21714 "Ordinarily, you will find that L<dselect(1)> provides a more convenient way "
21715 "to modify the package selection states."
21720 msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY"
21726 "Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following "
21727 "packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsig-verify>."
21733 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
21735 "L<aptitude(8)>, L<apt(8)>, L<dselect(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg-query(1)>, "
21736 "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg.cfg(5)>, and L<dpkg-reconfigure(8)>."
21737 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
21747 "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to "
21754 #| msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format"
21755 msgid "dsc - Debian source package control file format"
21756 msgstr "deb-src-control - Debian 源代码包的主控文件格式"
21761 #| msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
21762 msgid "I<filename>B<.dsc>"
21763 msgstr "I<filename>B<.deb>"
21768 "Each Debian source package is composed of a .dsc control file, which "
21769 "contains a number of fields, in L<deb822(5)> format."
21775 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
21776 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
21777 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
21778 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
21779 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
21780 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Package-List>, B<Files>, "
21781 "B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
21787 "The value of this field declares the format version of the source package. "
21788 "The field value is used by programs acting on a source package to interpret "
21789 "the list of files in the source package and determine how to unpack it. The "
21790 "syntax of the field value is a numeric major revision (“0-9”), a period "
21791 "(“.”), a numeric minor revision (“0-9”), and then an optional subtype after "
21792 "whitespace (“ \\t”), which if specified is a lowercase alphanumeric (“a-"
21793 "z0-9”) word in parentheses (“()”). The subtype is optional in the syntax "
21794 "but may be mandatory for particular source format revisions."
21800 "The source formats currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<1.0>, B<2.0>, B<3.0 "
21801 "(native)>, B<3.0 (quilt)>, B<3.0 (git)>, B<3.0 (bzr)> and B<3.0 (custom)>. "
21802 "See L<dpkg-source(1)> for their description."
21808 #| msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
21809 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> (required)"
21810 msgstr "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
21814 msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list>"
21820 "This folded field lists binary packages which this source package can "
21821 "produce, separated by commas."
21827 "This field has now been superseded by the B<Package-List> field, which gives "
21828 "enough information about what binary packages are produced on which "
21829 "architecture, build-profile and other involved restrictions."
21835 #| msgid "B<--add-architecture> I<architecture>"
21836 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (recommended)"
21837 msgstr "B<--add-architecture> I<architectur>"
21842 "A list of architectures and architecture wildcards separated by spaces which "
21843 "specify the type of hardware this package can be compiled for. Common "
21844 "architecture names and architecture wildcards are B<amd64>, B<armel>, "
21845 "B<i386>, B<linux-any>, B<any-amd64>, etc."
21851 "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
21852 "independent, and B<any> for packages that are architecture dependent. The "
21853 "list may include (or consist solely of) the special value B<all>. When the "
21854 "list contains the architecture wildcard B<any>, the only other value allowed "
21855 "in the list is B<all>."
21861 "The field value is generally generated from B<Architecture> fields from in "
21862 "the I<debian/control> in the source package."
21867 msgid "B<Uploaders:> I<fullname-email-list>"
21873 #| msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string>"
21874 msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string> (recommended)"
21875 msgstr "B<Version:> I<version-string>"
21880 "These fields declare the I<url> of the Version Control System repository "
21881 "used to maintain this package. See L<deb-src-control(5)> for more details."
21887 "This field declares that the source package contains the specified test "
21888 "suites. The value is a comma-separated list of test suites. If the "
21889 "B<autopkgtest> value is present, a I<debian/tests/control> is expected to be "
21890 "present, if the file is present but not the value, then B<dpkg-source> will "
21891 "automatically add it, preserving previous values."
21897 "This field declares the comma-separated union of all test dependencies "
21898 "(B<Depends> fields in I<debian/tests/control> file), with all restrictions "
21899 "removed, and OR dependencies flattened (that is, converted to separate AND "
21900 "relationships), except for binaries generated by this source package and its "
21901 "meta-dependency equivalent B<@>."
21907 "B<Rationale>: this field is needed because otherwise to be able to get the "
21908 "test dependencies, each source package would need to be unpacked."
21914 "These fields declare relationships between the source package and packages "
21915 "used to build it. They are discussed in the L<deb-src-control(5)> manual "
21922 #| msgid "Package states"
21923 msgid "B<Package-List:>"
21928 msgid "S< >I<package> I<package-type> I<section> I<priority> I<key-value-list>"
21934 "This multiline field contains a list of binary packages generated by this "
21941 #| msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package."
21942 msgid "The I<package> is the binary package name."
21943 msgstr "该软件包等待其他包正在处理的触发器。"
21948 "The I<package-type> is the binary package type, usually B<deb>, another "
21949 "common value is B<udeb>."
21955 "The I<section> and I<priority> match the binary package fields of the same "
21962 "The I<key-value-list> is a space separated I<key>B<=>I<value> list, and the "
21963 "currently known optional keys are:"
21974 "The architecture restriction from the binary package B<Architecture> field, "
21975 "with spaces converted to ‘,’."
21981 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
21983 msgstr "B<config-files>"
21988 "The normalized build-profile restriction formula from the binary package "
21989 "B<Build-Profile> field, with ORs converted to ‘+’ and ANDs to ‘,’."
21995 #| msgid "B<--print-architecture>"
21996 msgid "B<protected>"
21997 msgstr "B<--print-architecture>"
22002 "If the binary package is protected, this key will contain the value of the "
22003 "B<Protected> field, that is a B<yes> value."
22008 msgid "B<essential>"
22014 "If the binary package is essential, this key will contain the value of the "
22015 "B<Essential> field, that is a B<yes> value."
22021 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
22022 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
22023 "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Files>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 "
22024 "for B<Checksums-Sha256>."
22030 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
22031 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
22032 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
22033 "the checksum, a space, the file size, a space, and the file name."
22039 "These fields list all files that make up the source package. The list of "
22040 "files in these fields must match the list of files in the other related "
22047 "The B<Format> field conflates the format for the B<.dsc> file itself and the "
22048 "format of the extracted source package."
22054 #| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
22056 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>."
22057 msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
22061 msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file"
22067 "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single "
22068 "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dselect "
22069 "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
22070 "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
22071 "hash sign (‘B<#>’)."
22076 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
22081 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg>"
22086 msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>"
22091 msgid "L<dselect(1)>."
22096 msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend"
22102 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
22103 msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<command>...]"
22104 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
22109 "B<dselect> is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a "
22110 "Debian system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:"
22115 msgid "Update the list of available package versions,"
22120 msgid "View the status of installed and available packages,"
22125 msgid "Alter package selections and manage dependencies,"
22130 msgid "Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions."
22136 "B<dselect> operates as a front-end to L<dpkg(1)>, the low-level Debian "
22137 "package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
22138 "with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator "
22139 "privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access "
22140 "methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information "
22141 "and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used "
22142 "access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the "
22143 "internet, local archive servers or media discs. The recommended access "
22144 "method is I<apt>, which is provided by the package L<apt(8)>."
22150 "Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
22151 "presented, offering the user a list of commands. If a command is given as "
22152 "argument, then that command is started immediately. Several command line "
22153 "parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> "
22154 "or show additional information about the program."
22161 #| "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
22162 #| "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names "
22163 #| "matching this shell pattern '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*') on the configuration "
22164 #| "directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration "
22165 #| "file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but "
22166 #| "without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)."
22168 "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dselect> "
22169 "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg> or the files on the "
22170 "configuration directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in the "
22171 "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line "
22172 "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a "
22175 "所有选项都可以在命令行中或者在 B<dpkg> 配置文件 I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> 中指"
22176 "定,在配置目录 I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/> 里的零碎文件中指定也可(零碎文件需"
22177 "要匹配 shell 模式 '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*')。配置文件中的每一行可以是选项(与命令行"
22178 "选项一致,但无需连字符)也可以是注释(以 B<#> 开头)。"
22183 "Changes the directory where the dpkg ‘I<status>’, ‘I<available>’ and similar "
22184 "files are located. Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not "
22191 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
22192 "get installed (since dpkg 1.21.2). Defaults to «I</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
22200 #| "Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</"
22201 #| "var/lib/dpkg>."
22203 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which sets the installation "
22204 "directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
22205 "«I<directory>%ADMINDIR%» (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
22207 "对 B<root> 的更改会将 B<instdir> 迁至 I<dir> 并把 B<admindir> 迁至 I<dir>B</"
22213 #| msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>"
22214 msgid "B<-D>I<file>, B<--debug> I<file>"
22215 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>"
22219 msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<file>."
22224 msgid "B<--expert>"
22230 "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages."
22236 "B<--color> I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:"
22237 "I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]"
22243 "B<--colour> I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:"
22244 "I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]"
22250 "Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. "
22251 "This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect."
22252 "cfg>). Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one "
22253 "part of the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:"
22263 msgid "The screen title."
22268 msgid "B<listhead>"
22273 msgid "The header line above the list of packages."
22283 msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)."
22293 msgid "The selected item in the list."
22298 msgid "B<pkgstate>"
22304 "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each "
22310 msgid "B<pkgstatesel>"
22316 "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the "
22317 "currently selected package."
22322 msgid "B<infohead>"
22328 "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package."
22333 msgid "B<infodesc>"
22338 msgid "The package's short description."
22348 msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description."
22353 msgid "B<infofoot>"
22358 msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages."
22368 msgid "Used to display query lines"
22373 msgid "B<helpscreen>"
22378 msgid "Color of help screens."
22384 "After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You "
22385 "can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, "
22386 "overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names."
22392 "Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute "
22393 "specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus "
22394 "(‘+’) characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work "
22395 "on all terminals): B<normal>, B<standout>, B<underline>, B<reverse>, "
22396 "B<blink>, B<bright>, B<dim>, B<bold>"
22401 msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully."
22406 msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
22412 "When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following commands, either "
22413 "directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user "
22414 "with a menu of available commands if running interactively:"
22424 msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories."
22430 "By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<media>, I<file> or "
22431 "I<ftp>, but other packages may provide additional methods, for example the "
22432 "I<apt> access method provided by the L<apt(8)> package."
22437 msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended."
22447 msgid "Refresh the available packages database."
22453 "Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, "
22454 "configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
22455 "package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named "
22456 "I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
22457 "maintainers, using the program L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
22463 "Details of the update command depend on the access method's implementation. "
22464 "Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction."
22474 msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies."
22480 "This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
22481 "review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
22482 "administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change "
22483 "packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
22484 "changes to other depending or conflicting packages."
22490 "When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution "
22491 "subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
22492 "depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its "
22493 "listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by "
22494 "B<dselect>, override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones "
22495 "that created the unresolved depends or conflicts."
22501 "The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained "
22502 "in more detail below."
22512 msgid "Installs selected packages."
22518 "The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages "
22519 "from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending "
22520 "on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched "
22521 "before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also "
22522 "remove packages that were marked for removal."
22528 "If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install "
22529 "again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If "
22530 "problems persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please "
22531 "investigate into the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian "
22532 "bug tracking system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at "
22533 "L<https://bugs.debian.org/> or by reading the documentation for L<bug(1)> or "
22534 "L<reportbug(1)>, if these are installed."
22540 "Details of the install command depend on the access method's "
22541 "implementation. The user's attention and input may be required during "
22542 "installation, configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the "
22543 "maintainer scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the "
22544 "L<debconf(1)> library, allowing for more flexible or even automated "
22545 "installation setups."
22555 msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages."
22565 msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal."
22575 msgid "Quit B<dselect>."
22580 msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) error code."
22585 msgid "PACKAGE SELECTIONS MANAGEMENT"
22590 msgid "Introduction"
22596 "B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities "
22597 "involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
22598 "For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the Debian "
22599 "package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although "
22600 "B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is "
22601 "only instrumental in doing so and cannot be assumed to be a sufficient "
22602 "substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
22603 "to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In "
22604 "case of doubt, consult the L<dpkg(1)> manual page and the distribution "
22611 "Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first "
22612 "displayed when choosing this command from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
22613 "advised to study all of the information presented in the online help "
22614 "screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be "
22615 "invoked with the ‘B<?>’ key."
22620 msgid "Screen layout"
22626 "The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top "
22627 "half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
22628 "package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group "
22629 "header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
22630 "currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that "
22631 "is displayed can be varied."
22637 "Pressing the ‘B<I>’ key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, "
22638 "an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen."
22643 msgid "Package details view"
22649 "The package details view by default shows the extended package description "
22650 "for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list. The "
22651 "type of detail can be toggled by pressing the ‘B<i>’ key. This alternates "
22657 msgid "the extended description"
22662 msgid "the control information for the installed version"
22667 msgid "the control information for the available version"
22673 "In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing "
22674 "the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and "
22675 "causing it to be listed."
22680 msgid "Packages status list"
22686 "The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the Debian "
22687 "package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
22688 "and packages known from the available packages database."
22694 "For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, "
22695 "installed and available architecture, installed and available versions, the "
22696 "package name and its short description, all in one line. By pressing the "
22697 "‘B<A>’ key, the display of the installed and available architecture can be "
22698 "toggled between on an off. By pressing the ‘B<V>’ key, the display of the "
22699 "installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
22700 "pressing the ‘B<v>’ key, the package status display is toggled between "
22701 "verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default."
22707 "The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which "
22708 "should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and "
22709 "the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of "
22710 "the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user."
22715 msgid "These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:"
22720 msgid "Error flag:"
22725 msgid "I<empty> no error"
22730 msgid "B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;"
22736 #| msgid "B<installed>"
22737 msgid "Installed state:"
22738 msgstr "B<installed>"
22743 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
22744 msgid "I<empty> not installed;"
22745 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
22749 msgid "B<*> fully installed and configured;"
22754 msgid "B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;"
22760 #| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
22761 msgid "B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;"
22762 msgstr "该软件已经解压,但还没有进行配置。"
22766 msgid "B<C> half-configured (an error happened);"
22771 msgid "B<I> half-installed (an error happened)."
22776 msgid "Current and requested selections:"
22781 msgid "B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;"
22786 msgid "B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;"
22791 msgid "B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;"
22796 msgid "B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;"
22801 msgid "B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked."
22806 msgid "Cursor and screen movement"
22812 "The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens "
22813 "can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:"
22818 msgid "B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up"
22823 msgid "B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down"
22828 msgid "B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up"
22833 msgid "B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down"
22838 msgid "B<^p> scroll list 1 line up"
22843 msgid "B<^n> scroll list 1 line down"
22848 msgid "B<t, Home> jump to top of list"
22853 msgid "B<e, End> jump to end of list"
22858 msgid "B<u> scroll info 1 page up"
22863 msgid "B<d> scroll info 1 page down"
22868 msgid "B<^u> scroll info 1 line up"
22873 msgid "B<^d> scroll info 1 line down"
22878 msgid "B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left"
22883 msgid "B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right"
22888 msgid "B<^b> pan display 1 character left"
22893 msgid "B<^f> pan display 1 character right"
22898 msgid "Searching and sorting"
22904 "The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
22905 "pressing ‘B</>’, and typing a simple search string. The string is "
22906 "interpreted as a L<regex(7)> regular expression. If you add ‘B</d>’ to the "
22907 "search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add ‘B</"
22908 "i>’ the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes "
22909 "like this: ‘B</id>’. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly "
22910 "pressing the ‘B<n>’ or ‘B<\\>’ keys, until the wanted package is found. If "
22911 "the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues "
22912 "searching from there."
22918 "The list sort order can be varied by pressing the ‘B<o>’ and ‘B<O>’ keys "
22919 "repeatedly. The following nine sort orderings can be selected:"
22924 msgid "B<alphabet>"
22929 msgid "B<priority+section>"
22934 msgid "B<section+priority>"
22939 msgid "B<available>"
22944 msgid "B<available+priority>"
22950 #| msgid "B<--version>"
22951 msgid "B<available+section>"
22952 msgstr "B<--version>"
22961 msgid "B<status+priority>"
22967 #| msgid "B<--set-selections>"
22968 msgid "B<status+section>"
22969 msgstr "B<--set-selections>"
22974 "Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final "
22975 "subordering sort key."
22980 msgid "Altering selections"
22986 "The requested selection state of individual packages may be altered with the "
22987 "following commands:"
22992 msgid "B<+, Insert> install or upgrade"
22997 msgid "B<=, H> hold in present state and version"
23002 msgid "B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled"
23007 msgid "B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration"
23012 msgid "B<_> remove & purge configuration"
23018 "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
23019 "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
23020 "This will be further explained below."
23026 "It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, "
23027 "by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
23028 "packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings."
23034 "Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, "
23035 "because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends "
23036 "or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution "
23037 "screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
23038 "operations are useful when applied to groups."
23043 msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts"
23049 "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
23050 "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
23051 "First however, an informative help screen is displayed."
23057 "The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved "
23058 "depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the "
23059 "packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose "
23060 "removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show "
23061 "the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be "
23068 "When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have "
23069 "already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, "
23070 "in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency "
23071 "resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
23072 "suggestions made by B<dselect>."
23078 "The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original "
23079 "settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were "
23080 "created, by pressing the ‘B<R>’ key. By pressing the ‘B<D>’ key, the "
23081 "automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency "
23082 "resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing "
23083 "‘B<U>’, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values."
23088 msgid "Establishing the requested selections"
23094 "By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is "
23095 "accepted. If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the "
23096 "requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are "
23097 "any unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a "
23098 "dependency resolution screen."
23104 "To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts "
23105 "and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the ‘B<Q>’ key. This sets the "
23106 "selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
23107 "this unless you've read the fine print."
23113 "The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back "
23114 "to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the ‘B<X>’ or "
23115 "B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
23116 "changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to "
23117 "the last established settings."
23123 "If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the "
23124 "selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the ‘B<C>’ "
23125 "key. This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, "
23126 "but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed "
23127 "B<enter> by accident."
23132 msgid "The requested command was successfully performed."
23138 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
23139 "will be used as the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
23145 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> option have not been specified, it "
23146 "will be used as the B<dpkg> database directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
23152 "If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
23153 "specific configuration file."
23159 "The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. "
23160 "Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry."
23165 msgid "The documentation is lacking."
23170 msgid "There is no help option in the main menu."
23175 msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced."
23181 "The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality "
23182 "standards. Use the access method provided by L<apt(8)>, it is not only not "
23183 "broken, it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
23188 msgid "L<dpkg(1)>, L<apt(8)>, L<sources.list(5)>, L<deb(5)>."
23192 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23193 msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs"
23197 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23198 msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<command>"
23202 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23204 "B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
23205 "system-level processes. Using one of the matching options, B<start-stop-"
23206 "daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a running process."
23210 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23212 "B<Note>: Unless B<--pid> or B<--pidfile> are specified, B<start-stop-daemon> "
23213 "behaves similar to L<killall(1)>. B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
23214 "process table looking for any processes which match the process name, parent "
23215 "pid, uid, and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--"
23216 "start> from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the "
23217 "TERM signal (or the one specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if B<--"
23218 "stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need "
23219 "to live through a B<--stop>, you must specify a pidfile."
23223 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23224 msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
23228 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23230 "Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, "
23231 "B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--"
23232 "oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an "
23233 "instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if "
23234 "specified, by B<--startas>. Any arguments given after B<--> on the command "
23235 "line are passed unmodified to the program being started."
23239 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23240 msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>"
23244 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23246 "Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, "
23247 "B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits "
23248 "with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> "
23249 "exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is "
23250 "specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have "
23255 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23256 msgid "B<-T>, B<--status>"
23260 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23262 "Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit status "
23263 "code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions (since version 1.16.1)."
23267 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23268 msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>"
23272 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23273 msgid "Show usage information and exit."
23277 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23278 msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
23282 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23283 msgid "Show the program version and exit."
23287 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23288 msgid "Matching options"
23292 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23293 msgid "B<--pid> I<pid>"
23297 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23299 "Check for a process with the specified I<pid> (since version 1.17.6). The "
23300 "I<pid> must be a number greater than 0."
23304 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23305 msgid "B<--ppid> I<ppid>"
23309 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23311 "Check for a process with the specified parent pid I<ppid> (since version "
23312 "1.17.7). The I<ppid> must be a number greater than 0."
23316 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23318 #| msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
23319 msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pidfile>"
23320 msgstr "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
23323 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23324 msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pidfile>."
23328 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23330 "B<Note>: Using this matching option alone might cause unintended processes "
23331 "to be acted on, if the old process terminated without being able to remove "
23336 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23338 "B<Warning>: Using this match option with a world-writable pidfile or using "
23339 "it alone with a daemon that writes the pidfile as an unprivileged (non-"
23340 "root) user will be refused with an error (since version 1.19.3) as this is "
23341 "a security risk, because either any user can write to it, or if the daemon "
23342 "gets compromised, the contents of the pidfile cannot be trusted, and then a "
23343 "privileged runner (such as an init script executed as root) would end up "
23344 "acting on any system process. Using I</dev/null> is exempt from these "
23349 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23350 msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>"
23354 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23356 "Check for processes that are instances of this I<executable>. The "
23357 "I<executable> argument should be an absolute pathname."
23361 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23363 "B<Note>: This might not work as intended with interpreted scripts, as the "
23364 "executable will point to the interpreter. Take into account processes "
23365 "running from inside a chroot will also be matched, so other match "
23366 "restrictions might be needed."
23370 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23371 msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>"
23375 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23377 "Check for processes with the name I<process-name>. The I<process-name> is "
23378 "usually the process filename, but it could have been changed by the process "
23383 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23385 "B<Note>: On most systems this information is retrieved from the process comm "
23386 "name from the kernel, which tends to have a relatively short length limit "
23387 "(assuming more than 15 characters is non-portable)."
23391 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23392 msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
23396 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23398 "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
23402 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23404 "B<Note>: Using this matching option alone will cause all processes matching "
23405 "the user to be acted on."
23409 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23410 msgid "Generic options"
23414 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23415 msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
23419 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23420 msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
23424 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23425 msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>"
23429 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23431 "With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
23436 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23437 msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
23441 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23443 "With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
23444 "process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
23445 "processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
23446 "then take further action as determined by the schedule."
23450 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23452 "If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule "
23453 "I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the "
23454 "signal specified with B<--signal>."
23458 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23460 "I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
23461 "each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means "
23462 "to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds "
23463 "for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the "
23464 "schedule forever if necessary."
23468 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23470 "If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
23471 "B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, "
23472 "then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored."
23476 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23477 msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>"
23481 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23483 "With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
23484 "specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>."
23488 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23489 msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>"
23493 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23495 "Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
23500 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23501 msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>"
23505 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23506 msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
23510 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23511 msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
23515 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23516 msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
23520 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23521 msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>[B<:>I<group>|I<gid>]"
23525 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23527 "Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
23528 "specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
23529 "as you would for the L<chown(1)> command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). If a user "
23530 "is specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used. When "
23531 "using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups "
23532 "are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--"
23533 "group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of "
23534 "(like adding per process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
23538 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23539 msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>"
23543 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23545 "Change directory and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please "
23546 "note that the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
23550 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23551 msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>"
23555 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23557 "Change directory to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after "
23558 "the chroot if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, "
23559 "B<start-stop-daemon> will change directory to the root directory before "
23560 "starting the process."
23564 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23565 msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>"
23569 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23571 "Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
23572 "will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and "
23573 "force it into the background."
23577 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23579 "B<Warning>: B<start-stop-daemon> cannot check the exit status if the process "
23580 "fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a last resort, and is only "
23581 "meant for programs that either make no sense forking on their own, or where "
23582 "it's not feasible to add the code for them to do this themselves."
23586 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23588 #| msgid "B<--version>"
23589 msgid "B<--notify-await>"
23590 msgstr "B<--version>"
23593 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23595 "Wait for the background process to send a readiness notification before "
23596 "considering the service started (since version 1.19.3). This implements "
23597 "parts of the systemd readiness protocol, as specified in the L<sd_notify(3)> "
23598 "manual page. The following variables are supported:"
23602 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23607 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23608 msgid "The program is ready to give service, so we can exit safely."
23612 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23613 msgid "B<EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=>I<number>"
23617 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23619 "The program requests to extend the timeout by I<number> microseconds. This "
23620 "will reset the current timeout to the specified value."
23624 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23626 #| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
23627 msgid "B<ERRNO=>I<number>"
23628 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
23631 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23633 "The program is exiting with an error. Do the same and print the user-"
23634 "friendly string for the B<errno> value."
23638 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23639 msgid "B<--notify-timeout> I<timeout>"
23643 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23645 "Set a timeout for the B<--notify-await> option (since version 1.19.3). When "
23646 "the timeout is reached, B<start-stop-daemon> will exit with an error code, "
23647 "and no readiness notification will be awaited. The default is B<60> seconds."
23651 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23652 msgid "B<-C>, B<--no-close>"
23656 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23658 "Do not close any file descriptor when forcing the daemon into the background "
23659 "(since version 1.16.5). Used for debugging purposes to see the process "
23660 "output, or to redirect file descriptors to log the process output. Only "
23661 "relevant when using B<--background>."
23665 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23667 #| msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
23668 msgid "B<-O>, B<--output> I<pathname>"
23669 msgstr "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
23672 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23674 "Redirect B<stdout> and B<stderr> to I<pathname> when forcing the daemon into "
23675 "the background (since version 1.20.6). Only relevant when using B<--"
23680 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23681 msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
23685 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23686 msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
23690 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23691 msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>"
23695 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23697 "This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before "
23698 "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally "
23699 "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default "
23700 "I<priority> is 0. The currently supported policy values are B<other>, "
23701 "B<fifo> and B<rr>."
23705 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23707 "This option might do nothing on some systems, where POSIX process scheduling "
23708 "is not supported."
23712 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23713 msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>"
23717 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23719 "This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before "
23720 "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally "
23721 "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default "
23722 "I<priority> is 4, unless I<class> is B<idle>, then I<priority> will always "
23723 "be 7. The currently supported values for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-"
23724 "effort> and B<real-time>."
23728 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23730 "This option might do nothing on some systems, where Linux IO scheduling is "
23735 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23736 msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>"
23740 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23742 "This sets the umask of the process before starting it (since version "
23747 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23748 msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>"
23752 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23754 "Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
23755 "option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--"
23756 "pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, "
23757 "the file will only be removed when stopping the program if B<--remove-"
23758 "pidfile> is used."
23762 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23764 "B<Note>: This feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the "
23765 "program being executed forks from its main process. Because of this, it is "
23766 "usually only useful when combined with the B<--background> option."
23770 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23771 msgid "B<--remove-pidfile>"
23775 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23777 "Used when stopping a program that does not remove its own pid file (since "
23778 "version 1.17.19). This option will make B<start-stop-daemon> remove the "
23779 "file referenced with B<--pidfile> after terminating the process."
23783 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23784 msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
23788 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23790 "The requested action was performed. If B<--oknodo> was specified, it's also "
23791 "possible that nothing had to be done. This can happen when B<--start> was "
23792 "specified and a matching process was already running, or when B<--stop> was "
23793 "specified and there were no matching processes."
23797 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23798 msgid "If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done."
23802 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23804 "If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the schedule was "
23805 "reached and the processes were still running."
23809 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23814 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23815 msgid "Any other error."
23819 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23821 "When using the B<--status> command, the following status codes are returned:"
23825 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23826 msgid "Program is running."
23830 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23831 msgid "Program is not running and the pid file exists."
23835 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23836 msgid "Program is not running."
23840 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23845 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23846 msgid "Unable to determine program status."
23850 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23852 "Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named "
23853 "food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):"
23857 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23860 " start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
23861 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food \\\n"
23862 " --chuid food -- --daemon\n"
23867 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23868 msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:"
23872 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23875 " start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
23876 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --retry 5\n"
23881 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23882 msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:"
23886 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23889 " start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
23890 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n"
23895 #: update-alternatives.pod
23897 "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands"
23901 #: update-alternatives.pod
23902 msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<command>"
23906 #: update-alternatives.pod
23908 "B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
23909 "about the symbolic links comprising the alternatives system."
23913 #: update-alternatives.pod
23915 "It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
23916 "to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many "
23917 "systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to "
23918 "the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, "
23919 "but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to "
23920 "invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference."
23924 #: update-alternatives.pod
23926 "The alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in the "
23927 "filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable functionality. "
23928 "The alternatives system and the system administrator together determine "
23929 "which actual file is referenced by this generic name. For example, if the "
23930 "text editors L<ed(1)> and L<nvi(1)> are both installed on the system, the "
23931 "alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/bin/editor> to refer "
23932 "to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator can override this "
23933 "and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the alternatives system "
23934 "will not alter this setting until explicitly requested to do so."
23938 #: update-alternatives.pod
23940 "The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. "
23941 "Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> "
23942 "I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file "
23943 "referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be "
23944 "confined within the I<%CONFDIR%> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why "
23945 "this is a Good Thing."
23949 #: update-alternatives.pod
23951 "When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
23952 "installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update "
23953 "information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-"
23954 "alternatives> is usually called from the following Debian package maintainer "
23955 "scripts, B<postinst> (configure) to install the alternative and from "
23956 "B<prerm> and B<postrm> (remove) to remove the alternative. B<Note>: in most "
23957 "(if not all) cases no other maintainer script actions should call B<update-"
23958 "alternatives>, in particular neither of B<upgrade> nor B<disappear>, as any "
23959 "other such action can lose the manual state of an alternative, or make the "
23960 "alternative temporarily flip-flop, or completely switch when several of them "
23961 "have the same priority."
23965 #: update-alternatives.pod
23967 "It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronized, so that "
23968 "they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the "
23969 "L<vi(1)> editor are installed, the manual page referenced by I</usr/share/"
23970 "man/man1/vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/"
23971 "vi>. B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> "
23972 "links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A "
23973 "master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>."
23977 #: update-alternatives.pod
23979 "Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
23980 "manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will "
23981 "automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how "
23982 "to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain "
23983 "the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when "
23984 "something is broken)."
23988 #: update-alternatives.pod
23990 "Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
23991 "system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic "
23992 "settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run "
23993 "on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to "
23998 #: update-alternatives.pod
24000 "Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is "
24001 "in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will "
24002 "be those which have the highest priority."
24006 #: update-alternatives.pod
24008 "When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
24009 "the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master "
24010 "alternative name. The current choice is marked with a ‘*’. You will then "
24011 "be prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the "
24012 "choice made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will "
24013 "need to use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode "
24014 "(or you can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)."
24018 #: update-alternatives.pod
24020 "If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the B<--set> option "
24021 "instead (see below)."
24025 #: update-alternatives.pod
24027 "Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. "
24028 "In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all "
24029 "involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in "
24030 "a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism."
24034 #: update-alternatives.pod
24035 msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
24039 #: update-alternatives.pod
24041 "Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
24042 "specific terms will help to explain its operation."
24046 #: update-alternatives.pod
24047 msgid "generic name (or alternative link)"
24051 #: update-alternatives.pod
24053 "A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
24054 "to one of a number of files of similar function."
24058 #: update-alternatives.pod
24059 msgid "alternative name"
24063 #: update-alternatives.pod
24064 msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory."
24068 #: update-alternatives.pod
24069 msgid "alternative (or alternative path)"
24073 #: update-alternatives.pod
24075 "The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
24076 "via a generic name using the alternatives system."
24080 #: update-alternatives.pod
24081 msgid "alternatives directory"
24085 #: update-alternatives.pod
24087 "A directory, by default I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
24091 #: update-alternatives.pod
24092 msgid "administrative directory"
24096 #: update-alternatives.pod
24098 "A directory, by default I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
24099 "alternatives>' state information."
24103 #: update-alternatives.pod
24108 #: update-alternatives.pod
24109 msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
24113 #: update-alternatives.pod
24114 msgid "master link"
24118 #: update-alternatives.pod
24120 "The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in "
24121 "the group are configured."
24125 #: update-alternatives.pod
24130 #: update-alternatives.pod
24132 "An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of "
24137 #: update-alternatives.pod
24138 msgid "automatic mode"
24142 #: update-alternatives.pod
24144 "When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
24145 "the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate "
24150 #: update-alternatives.pod
24151 msgid "manual mode"
24155 #: update-alternatives.pod
24157 "When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
24158 "any changes to the system administrator's settings."
24162 #: update-alternatives.pod
24164 "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..."
24168 #: update-alternatives.pod
24170 "Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<link> is the generic name for "
24171 "the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives "
24172 "directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master "
24173 "link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in "
24174 "the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link. Zero "
24175 "or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be "
24176 "specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will "
24177 "fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave "
24178 "alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be "
24179 "displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to "
24180 "be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used."
24184 #: update-alternatives.pod
24186 "If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives "
24187 "system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of "
24188 "alternatives for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, "
24189 "will be added with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and "
24190 "the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed "
24191 "alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the "
24192 "newly added alternatives."
24196 #: update-alternatives.pod
24197 msgid "B<--set> I<name> I<path>"
24201 #: update-alternatives.pod
24203 "Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name>. This is equivalent to "
24204 "B<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable."
24208 #: update-alternatives.pod
24209 msgid "B<--remove> I<name> I<path>"
24213 #: update-alternatives.pod
24215 "Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a "
24216 "name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
24217 "which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
24218 "I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the "
24219 "group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such "
24220 "alternative left. Associated slave links will be updated or removed, "
24221 "correspondingly. If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links "
24222 "are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed."
24226 #: update-alternatives.pod
24227 msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
24231 #: update-alternatives.pod
24233 "Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is "
24234 "a name in the alternatives directory."
24238 #: update-alternatives.pod
24240 "Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with B<--"
24241 "skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not configured "
24242 "in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed. Thus a simple "
24243 "way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes '' | update-alternatives "
24248 #: update-alternatives.pod
24249 msgid "B<--auto> I<name>"
24253 #: update-alternatives.pod
24255 "Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode. "
24256 "In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to "
24257 "the highest priority installed alternatives."
24261 #: update-alternatives.pod
24262 msgid "B<--display> I<name>"
24266 #: update-alternatives.pod
24268 "Display information about the link group. Information displayed includes "
24269 "the group's mode (auto or manual), the master and slave links, which "
24270 "alternative the master link currently points to, what other alternatives are "
24271 "available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest "
24272 "priority alternative currently installed."
24276 #: update-alternatives.pod
24277 msgid "B<--get-selections>"
24281 #: update-alternatives.pod
24283 "List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group) and "
24284 "their status (since version 1.15.0). Each line contains up to 3 fields "
24285 "(separated by one or more spaces). The first field is the alternative name, "
24286 "the second one is the status (either B<auto> or B<manual>), and the last one "
24287 "contains the current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and "
24288 "thus might contain spaces)."
24292 #: update-alternatives.pod
24294 "Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated "
24295 "by B<--get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly (since version "
24300 #: update-alternatives.pod
24301 msgid "B<--query> I<name>"
24305 #: update-alternatives.pod
24307 "Display information about the link group like B<--display> does, but in a "
24308 "machine parseable way (since version 1.15.0, see section L</QUERY FORMAT> "
24313 #: update-alternatives.pod
24314 msgid "B<--list> I<name>"
24318 #: update-alternatives.pod
24319 msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
24323 #: update-alternatives.pod
24324 msgid "B<--config> I<name>"
24328 #: update-alternatives.pod
24330 "Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
24331 "interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated."
24335 #: update-alternatives.pod
24336 msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>"
24340 #: update-alternatives.pod
24342 "Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
24343 "default. Defaults to «I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>»."
24347 #: update-alternatives.pod
24349 "Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
24350 "the default. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>» if "
24351 "B<%ADMINDIR_ENVVAR%> has not been set."
24355 #: update-alternatives.pod
24357 "Specifies the installation directory where alternatives links will be "
24358 "created (since version 1.20.1). Defaults to «I</>» if B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%> "
24359 "has not been set."
24363 #: update-alternatives.pod
24365 "Specifies the root directory (since version 1.20.1). This also sets the "
24366 "alternatives, installation and administrative directories to match. "
24367 "Defaults to «I</>» if B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%> has not been set."
24371 #: update-alternatives.pod
24372 msgid "B<--log> I<file>"
24376 #: update-alternatives.pod
24378 "Specifies the log file (since version 1.15.0), when this is to be different "
24379 "from the default (%LOGDIR%/alternatives.log)."
24383 #: update-alternatives.pod
24385 "Allow replacing or dropping any real file that is installed where an "
24386 "alternative link has to be installed or removed."
24390 #: update-alternatives.pod
24391 msgid "B<--skip-auto>"
24395 #: update-alternatives.pod
24397 "Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in "
24398 "automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>."
24402 #: update-alternatives.pod
24403 msgid "Do not generate any comments unless errors occur."
24407 #: update-alternatives.pod
24408 msgid "B<--verbose>"
24412 #: update-alternatives.pod
24413 msgid "Generate more comments about what is being done."
24417 #: update-alternatives.pod
24419 "Generate even more comments, helpful for debugging, about what is being done "
24420 "(since version 1.19.3)."
24424 #: update-alternatives.pod
24426 "Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
24431 #: update-alternatives.pod
24432 msgid "B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%>"
24436 #: update-alternatives.pod
24437 msgid "B<%ADMINDIR_ENVVAR%>"
24441 #: update-alternatives.pod
24443 "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
24444 "as the base administrative directory."
24448 #: update-alternatives.pod
24449 msgid "I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives/>"
24453 #: update-alternatives.pod
24455 "The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
24460 #: update-alternatives.pod
24461 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives/>"
24465 #: update-alternatives.pod
24467 "The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--"
24468 "admindir> option."
24472 #: update-alternatives.pod
24473 msgid "QUERY FORMAT"
24477 #: update-alternatives.pod
24479 "The B<--query> format is using an RFC822-like flat format. It's made of "
24480 "I<n> + 1 stanzas where I<n> is the number of alternatives available in the "
24481 "queried link group. The first stanza contains the following fields:"
24485 #: update-alternatives.pod
24486 msgid "B<Name:> I<name>"
24490 #: update-alternatives.pod
24491 msgid "The alternative name in the alternative directory."
24495 #: update-alternatives.pod
24496 msgid "B<Link:> I<link>"
24500 #: update-alternatives.pod
24501 msgid "The generic name of the alternative."
24505 #: update-alternatives.pod
24506 msgid "B<Slaves:> I<list-of-slaves>"
24510 #: update-alternatives.pod
24512 "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave links "
24513 "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
24514 "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
24515 "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave link."
24519 #: update-alternatives.pod
24520 msgid "B<Status:> I<status>"
24524 #: update-alternatives.pod
24525 msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)."
24529 #: update-alternatives.pod
24530 msgid "B<Best:> I<best-choice>"
24534 #: update-alternatives.pod
24536 "The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there "
24537 "is no alternatives available."
24541 #: update-alternatives.pod
24542 msgid "B<Value:> I<currently-selected-alternative>"
24546 #: update-alternatives.pod
24548 "The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic "
24549 "value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist."
24553 #: update-alternatives.pod
24555 "The other stanzas describe the available alternatives in the queried link "
24560 #: update-alternatives.pod
24561 msgid "B<Alternative:> I<path-of-this-alternative>"
24565 #: update-alternatives.pod
24566 msgid "Path to this stanza's alternative."
24570 #: update-alternatives.pod
24571 msgid "B<Priority:> I<priority-value>"
24575 #: update-alternatives.pod
24576 msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative."
24580 #: update-alternatives.pod
24582 "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives "
24583 "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
24584 "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
24585 "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative."
24589 #: update-alternatives.pod
24594 #: update-alternatives.pod
24597 " $ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
24599 " Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
24601 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
24602 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
24603 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
24604 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
24605 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
24607 " Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
24608 " Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
24613 #: update-alternatives.pod
24616 " Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
24617 " Priority: -100\n"
24619 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
24624 #: update-alternatives.pod
24627 " Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
24630 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
24631 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
24632 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
24633 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
24634 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
24639 #: update-alternatives.pod
24641 "With B<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its "
24642 "activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-"
24643 "alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel and "
24644 "returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; "
24645 "if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug."
24649 #: update-alternatives.pod
24651 "There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
24652 "B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by "
24653 "the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the "
24654 "associated manual page."
24658 #: update-alternatives.pod
24660 "To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
24661 "setting for it, use the B<--display> action:"
24665 #: update-alternatives.pod
24668 " update-alternatives --display vi\n"
24673 #: update-alternatives.pod
24675 "To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
24676 "then select a number from the list:"
24680 #: update-alternatives.pod
24683 " update-alternatives --config vi\n"
24688 #: update-alternatives.pod
24690 "To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
24695 #: update-alternatives.pod
24698 " update-alternatives --auto vi\n"
24703 #: update-alternatives.pod
24705 #| msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard."
24706 msgid "L<ln(1)>, FHS (the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard)."
24707 msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, 文件系统层次结构标准。"
24711 #~| "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
24712 #~| "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your "
24713 #~| "whole system.>"
24715 #~ "B<Warning>: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
24716 #~ "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
24719 #~ "I<警告: 这些选项大多数是提供给专家用户使用的。在没有完全理解它们的效果的情"
24720 #~ "况下使用,很可能会破坏您的整个系统。>"
24723 #~| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
24725 #~ "B<deb822>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<deb-changes>(5), B<dpkg-"
24726 #~ "parsechangelog>(1)."
24727 #~ msgstr "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
24729 #~ msgid "B<GCJFLAGS>"
24730 #~ msgstr "B<GCJFLAGS>"
24732 #~ msgid "Options for the GNU Java compiler (gcj). A subset of B<CFLAGS>."
24733 #~ msgstr "GNU Java 编译器(gcj)选项。B<CFLAGS> 的子集。"
24735 #~ msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
24736 #~ msgstr "B<3.> 执行 I<postrm> 脚本"
24741 #~ msgid "dpkg suite"
24742 #~ msgstr "dpkg 软件集"
24744 #~ msgid "deb-control"
24745 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
24748 #~| msgid "deb-control"
24749 #~ msgid "deb-conffiles"
24750 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
24753 #~| msgid "B<config-files>"
24754 #~ msgid "conffiles"
24755 #~ msgstr "B<config-files>"
24758 #~| msgid "deb-control"
24759 #~ msgid "debian/control"
24760 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
24763 #~| msgid "deb-control"
24764 #~ msgid "deb-src-files"
24765 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
24768 #~| msgid "deb-control"
24769 #~ msgid "deb-src-rules"
24770 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
24774 #~ msgid "Debian Project"
24778 #~| msgid "dpkg suite"
24779 #~ msgid "dpkg utilities"
24780 #~ msgstr "dpkg 软件集"
24783 #~| msgid "deb-control"
24784 #~ msgid "deb-src-symbols"
24785 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
24788 #~| msgid "deb-control"
24789 #~ msgid "deb-postinst"
24790 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
24793 #~| msgid "deb-control"
24794 #~ msgid "deb-postrm"
24795 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
24798 #~| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
24800 #~ msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
24807 #~| "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n"
24808 #~| " Build a deb package.\n"
24809 #~| "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n"
24810 #~| " List contents of a deb package.\n"
24811 #~| "B<-e>, B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n"
24812 #~| " Extract control-information from a package.\n"
24813 #~| "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n"
24814 #~| " Extract the files contained by package.\n"
24815 #~| "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n"
24816 #~| " Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n"
24818 #~| "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n"
24819 #~| " Display control field(s) of a package.\n"
24820 #~| "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
24821 #~| " Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n"
24822 #~| " Debian package.\n"
24823 #~| "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n"
24824 #~| " Show information about a package.\n"
24826 #~ "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n"
24827 #~ " Build a deb package.\n"
24828 #~ "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n"
24829 #~ " List contents of a deb package.\n"
24830 #~ "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]\n"
24831 #~ " Extract control-information from a package.\n"
24832 #~ "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n"
24833 #~ " Extract the files contained by package.\n"
24834 #~ "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n"
24835 #~ " Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n"
24837 #~ "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n"
24838 #~ " Display control field(s) of a package.\n"
24839 #~ "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
24840 #~ " Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package.\n"
24841 #~ "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
24842 #~ " Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package.\n"
24843 #~ "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n"
24844 #~ " Show information about a package.\n"
24846 #~ "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n"
24847 #~ " 构建 deb 软件包。\n"
24848 #~ "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n"
24849 #~ " 列出 deb 包的内容。\n"
24850 #~ "B<-e>, B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n"
24852 #~ "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n"
24854 #~ "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n"
24855 #~ " 抽取包中文件并显示文件名。\n"
24856 #~ "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n"
24858 #~ "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
24859 #~ " 显示 Debian 包中的文件系统 tar 文件。\n"
24860 #~ "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n"
24864 #~ "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n"
24865 #~ " List packages matching given pattern.\n"
24866 #~ "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n"
24867 #~ " Report status of specified package.\n"
24868 #~ "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n"
24869 #~ " List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.\n"
24870 #~ "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n"
24871 #~ " Search for a filename from installed packages.\n"
24872 #~ "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n"
24873 #~ " Display details about I<package-name>, as found in\n"
24874 #~ " I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. Users of APT-based frontends\n"
24875 #~ " should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> instead.\n"
24877 #~ "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n"
24878 #~ " 列出匹配给定模式的包。\n"
24879 #~ "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n"
24881 #~ "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n"
24882 #~ " 列出由包 I<package-name> 安装到系统中的文件。\n"
24883 #~ "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n"
24884 #~ " 在已安装的包中搜索文件名。\n"
24885 #~ "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n"
24886 #~ " 根据 I<%ADMINDIR%/available> 中找到的信息,\n"
24887 #~ " 显示关于 I<package-name> 的详情。而使用基于 APT 的前端\n"
24888 #~ " 的用户应使用 B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> 。\n"
24890 #~ msgid "dpkg-source"
24891 #~ msgstr "dpkg-source"
24894 #~| msgid "The package has been triggered."
24895 #~ msgid "After the package was triggered."
24896 #~ msgstr "该软件包已被触发。"
24899 #~| msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
24900 #~ msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required)"
24901 #~ msgstr "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
24904 #~ "A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless "
24905 #~ "forced to do that with option B<--force-hold>."
24907 #~ "B<dpkg> 不处理标记为保留(B<hold>)的软件包,除非用 B<--force-hold> 选项来强"
24911 #~| msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
24912 #~ msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked “hold”."
24913 #~ msgstr "B<bold>: 连同标记了 “hold” 的软件包一并处理。"
24915 #~ msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
24918 #~ msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"